<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" version="2.0"><channel><title>Full Trial Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/download-latest-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6575917</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/407/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/407/</a> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Do you want your children to access knowledge early? With over 500,000+ audiobooks, including categories like Ages 5 &amp; Under, Bedtime Stories, and Early Education, we bring your beloved child useful lessons. Get 3 free audiobooks right away for your child to start exploring. Audiobooks can be listened to on iPhone, iPad, Android, helping your child learn anytime, anywhere. Let's build the future for children together! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]></description><atom:link href="https://www.spreaker.com/show/6575917/episodes/feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/><language>en</language><category>Education</category><copyright>Copyright Glenna  Pagac</copyright><image><url>https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/56bd2112ab643ba7cb4a84555299b538.jpg</url><title>Full Trial Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/download-latest-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6575917</link></image><lastBuildDate>Sat, 29 Mar 2025 03:36:59 +0000</lastBuildDate><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:owner><itunes:name>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:name><itunes:email>feeds@spreaker.com</itunes:email></itunes:owner><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/56bd2112ab643ba7cb4a84555299b538.jpg"/><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/407/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Do you want your children to access knowledge early? With over 500,000+ audiobooks, including categories like Ages 5...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/407/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/407/</a> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Do you want your children to access knowledge early? With over 500,000+ audiobooks, including categories like Ages 5 &amp; Under, Bedtime Stories, and Early Education, we bring your beloved child useful lessons. Get 3 free audiobooks right away for your child to start exploring. Audiobooks can be listened to on iPhone, iPad, Android, helping your child learn anytime, anywhere. Let's build the future for children together! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:category text="Education"/><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type><item><title>The Borders, Human Itineraries, and All Our Relation: 2022 by Nadia Yala Kisukidi, Dele Adeyemo, Rinaldo Walcott, Natalie Diaz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-borders-human-itineraries-and-all-our-relation-2022-by-nadia-yala-kisukidi-dele-adeyemo-rinaldo-walcott-natalie-diaz--65205160</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676231" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676231</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Borders, Human Itineraries, and All Our Relation: 2022 Series: Part of The Alchemy Lecture Author: Nadia Yala Kisukidi, Dele Adeyemo, Rinaldo Walcott, Natalie Diaz Narrator: Angelique Lazarus, Christina Sharpe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Four Alchemists. One book. A constellation of ideas. In November 2022, the first annual Alchemy Lecture took place at York University in Toronto, bringing four deep and agile writers from different geographies and disciplines into vibrant conversation on a topic of urgent relevance: humans and borders. Now, in these pages, that conversation is captured and expanded in insightful, passionate ways.     Architect, artist, and urban theorist Dele Adeyemo (UK/Nigeria) calls attention to the complexity of Black infrastructures, questioning how “the environments that surround us condition the possibility of our being.” Poet Natalie Diaz (US/Mojave/Akimel O’otham) writes: “Like story, migration is the sensual movement of knowledge,” and asks, “What is the language we need to live right now?” Philosopher Nadia Yala Kisukidi (France) suggests there is no diasporic life “without the dynamics of fabulation, where we pass down, from generation to generation, the stories of our ancestors who walked barefoot for many months.” And cultural theorist Rinaldo Walcott (Canada) asks us to consider inheritances beyond white supremacist logics: “What might it mean to live a life, if we can’t risk desiring and working towards utopia?”     As each Alchemist considers the legacies of anti-colonial struggle, the future of the planet, and the textures of Black and Indigenous life, their essays speak to each other in multiple ways, creating something startling and revelatory: a vision of the world as it is, and as it could be.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676231</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2024 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205160/9781039009141.mp3" length="4837230" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676231 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Borders, Human Itineraries, and All Our Relation: 2022 Series: Part of The Alchemy Lecture Author: Nadia Yala Kisukidi, Dele Adeyemo, Rinaldo...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676231" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676231</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Borders, Human Itineraries, and All Our Relation: 2022 Series: Part of The Alchemy Lecture Author: Nadia Yala Kisukidi, Dele Adeyemo, Rinaldo Walcott, Natalie Diaz Narrator: Angelique Lazarus, Christina Sharpe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: October 15, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Four Alchemists. One book. A constellation of ideas. In November 2022, the first annual Alchemy Lecture took place at York University in Toronto, bringing four deep and agile writers from different geographies and disciplines into vibrant conversation on a topic of urgent relevance: humans and borders. Now, in these pages, that conversation is captured and expanded in insightful, passionate ways.     Architect, artist, and urban theorist Dele Adeyemo (UK/Nigeria) calls attention to the complexity of Black infrastructures, questioning how “the environments that surround us condition the possibility of our being.” Poet Natalie Diaz (US/Mojave/Akimel O’otham) writes: “Like story, migration is the sensual movement of knowledge,” and asks, “What is the language we need to live right now?” Philosopher Nadia Yala Kisukidi (France) suggests there is no diasporic life “without the dynamics of fabulation, where we pass down, from generation to generation, the stories of our ancestors who walked barefoot for many months.” And cultural theorist Rinaldo Walcott (Canada) asks us to consider inheritances beyond white supremacist logics: “What might it mean to live a life, if we can’t risk desiring and working towards utopia?”     As each Alchemist considers the legacies of anti-colonial struggle, the future of the planet, and the textures of Black and Indigenous life, their essays speak to each other in multiple ways, creating something startling and revelatory: a vision of the world as it is, and as it could be.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1a29fb50347c1d0421d20408859727cb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Incarcerations by Alpa Shah</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-incarcerations-by-alpa-shah--65205114</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681606" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681606</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Incarcerations Author: Alpa Shah Narrator: Tania Rodrigues Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'A gripping and rigorous crime story about the murder of a once thriving democracy, exposing an arsenal of lethal weapons, some wielded on the streets, others in the courts and press' NAOMI KLEIN                                   ‘Essential reading' YANIS VAROUFAKIS                                   The world’s largest democracy is facing the greatest challenge since the end of British colonial rule in 1947.                      ﻿The Incarcerations pulls back the curtain on Indian democracy to tell the remarkable and chilling story of the Bhima Koregaon case, in which 16 human rights defenders (the BK-16) – professors, lawyers, journalists, poets – have been imprisoned, without credible evidence and without trial, as Maoist terrorists.           Alpa Shah unravels how these alleged terrorists were charged with inciting violence at a public commemoration in 2018, accused of waging a war against the Indian state, and plotting to kill the Indian Prime Minister, Narendra Modi. Expertly leading us through the case, Shah exposes some of the world’s most shocking revelations of cyber warfare research, which show not only hacking of emails and mobile phones of the BK-16, but also implantation of the electronic evidence that was used to incarcerate them. Through the life histories of the BK-16, Shah dives deep into the issues they fought for and tells the story of India’s three main minorities – Adivasi, Dalits and Muslims – and what the search for democracy entails for them.           Essential and urgent, The Incarcerations reveals how this case is a bellwether for the collapse of democracy in India, as for the first time in the nation’s history there is a multi-pronged, coordinated attack on key defenders of various pillars of democracy. In so doing, Shah shows that democracy today must be not only about protecting freedom of expression and democratic institutions, but also about supporting and safeguarding the social movements that question our global inequalities.                        ‘A chilling, meticulously documented account of the arrest and ongoing trial of some of India’s most exceptional citizens. The Incarcerations shows us that the BK-16 pose a danger to the current Hindu Nationalist regime not for what they have done, but for daring to have a different dream about what kind of country India should be. Alpa Shah’s book is about the criminalisation and incarceration of dissent itself. It does us a great service’ Arundhati Roy]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681606</guid><pubDate>Thu, 14 Mar 2024 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205114/9780008518837.mp3" length="2437195" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681606 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Incarcerations Author: Alpa Shah Narrator: Tania Rodrigues Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 14, 2024...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681606" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681606</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Incarcerations Author: Alpa Shah Narrator: Tania Rodrigues Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 14, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'A gripping and rigorous crime story about the murder of a once thriving democracy, exposing an arsenal of lethal weapons, some wielded on the streets, others in the courts and press' NAOMI KLEIN                                   ‘Essential reading' YANIS VAROUFAKIS                                   The world’s largest democracy is facing the greatest challenge since the end of British colonial rule in 1947.                      ﻿The Incarcerations pulls back the curtain on Indian democracy to tell the remarkable and chilling story of the Bhima Koregaon case, in which 16 human rights defenders (the BK-16) – professors, lawyers, journalists, poets – have been imprisoned, without credible evidence and without trial, as Maoist terrorists.           Alpa Shah unravels how these alleged terrorists were charged with inciting violence at a public commemoration in 2018, accused of waging a war against the Indian state, and plotting to kill the Indian Prime Minister, Narendra Modi. Expertly leading us through the case, Shah exposes some of the world’s most shocking revelations of cyber warfare research, which show not only hacking of emails and mobile phones of the BK-16, but also implantation of the electronic evidence that was used to incarcerate them. Through the life histories of the BK-16, Shah dives deep into the issues they fought for and tells the story of India’s three main minorities – Adivasi, Dalits and Muslims – and what the search for democracy entails for them.           Essential and urgent, The Incarcerations reveals how this case is a bellwether for the collapse of democracy in India, as for the first time in the nation’s history there is a multi-pronged, coordinated attack on key defenders of various pillars of democracy. In so doing, Shah shows that democracy today must be not only about protecting freedom of expression and democratic institutions, but also about supporting and safeguarding the social movements that question our global inequalities.                        ‘A chilling, meticulously documented account of the arrest and ongoing trial of some of India’s most exceptional citizens. The Incarcerations shows us that the BK-16 pose a danger to the current Hindu Nationalist regime not for what they have done, but for daring to have a different dream about what kind of country India should be. Alpa Shah’s book is about the criminalisation and incarceration of dissent itself. It does us a great service’ Arundhati Roy]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/58f46dbced6b4167d7d289ccb66742a1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Blood Money: Why the Powerful Turn a Blind Eye While China Kills Americans by Peter Schweizer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/blood-money-why-the-powerful-turn-a-blind-eye-while-china-kills-americans-by-peter-schweizer--65205107</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681589" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681589</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood Money: Why the Powerful Turn a Blind Eye While China Kills Americans Author: Peter Schweizer Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 14   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  AN INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER It’s often said that China is in a cold war with America. The reality is far worse: the war is hot, and the body count is one-sided. China is killing Americans and working aggres­sively to maximize the carnage while our leaders remain passive and, in some cases, compliant. Why? If anyone could crack the code, it’s the renowned nonpartisan investigator Peter Schweizer. Schweizer’s previous three number one New York Times bestsellers sent shock waves through official Wash­ington, sparking FBI investigations and congres­sional probes that continue to this day. For Blood Money, Schweizer and his team of forensic investigators spent more than two years scouring a trove of restricted Chinese military documents, data-mining a mountain of American financial records, and tracking US political lead­ers’ investments and family businesses. Schweizer unloads bombshell after bombshell, exposing the Chinese Communist Party’s covert operations in the American drug trade, social justice movement, and medical establishment to sow chaos and deca­dence in the United States. A towering achievement of investigative jour­nalism, Blood Money is one of those rare books that makes you clearly see the world anew.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681589</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Feb 2024 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205107/9780063061224.mp3" length="2437259" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681589 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood Money: Why the Powerful Turn a Blind Eye While China Kills Americans Author: Peter Schweizer Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681589" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681589</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood Money: Why the Powerful Turn a Blind Eye While China Kills Americans Author: Peter Schweizer Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: February 27, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.43 of Total 14   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  AN INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER It’s often said that China is in a cold war with America. The reality is far worse: the war is hot, and the body count is one-sided. China is killing Americans and working aggres­sively to maximize the carnage while our leaders remain passive and, in some cases, compliant. Why? If anyone could crack the code, it’s the renowned nonpartisan investigator Peter Schweizer. Schweizer’s previous three number one New York Times bestsellers sent shock waves through official Wash­ington, sparking FBI investigations and congres­sional probes that continue to this day. For Blood Money, Schweizer and his team of forensic investigators spent more than two years scouring a trove of restricted Chinese military documents, data-mining a mountain of American financial records, and tracking US political lead­ers’ investments and family businesses. Schweizer unloads bombshell after bombshell, exposing the Chinese Communist Party’s covert operations in the American drug trade, social justice movement, and medical establishment to sow chaos and deca­dence in the United States. A towering achievement of investigative jour­nalism, Blood Money is one of those rare books that makes you clearly see the world anew.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cca79eaac44bd10d94999b1865fd0a11.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Limitarianism: The Case Against Extreme Wealth by Ingrid Robeyns</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/limitarianism-the-case-against-extreme-wealth-by-ingrid-robeyns--65205094</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683668" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683668</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Limitarianism: The Case Against Extreme Wealth Author: Ingrid Robeyns Narrator: Rachel Bavidge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: February  1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. We all notice when the poor get poorer: when there are more rough sleepers and food bank queues start to grow. But if the rich become richer, there is nothing much to see in public and, for most of us, daily life doesn't change. Or at least, not immediately. In this astonishing, eye-opening intervention, world-leading philosopher and economist Ingrid Robeyns exposes the true extent of our wealth problem, which has spent the past fifty years silently spiralling out of control. In moral, political, economic, social, environmental and psychological terms, she shows, extreme wealth is not only unjustifiable but harmful to us all - the rich included. In place of our current system, Robeyns offers a breathtakingly clear alternative: limitarianism. The answer to so many of the problems posed by neoliberal capitalism - and the opportunity for a vastly better world - lies in placing a hard limit on the wealth that any one person can accumulate. Because no-one should have more than ten million, and no one needs more than one million. Not even you. ©2024 Ingrid Robeyns (P)2024 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683668</guid><pubDate>Thu, 01 Feb 2024 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205094/9780241627594.mp3" length="2437244" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683668 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Limitarianism: The Case Against Extreme Wealth Author: Ingrid Robeyns Narrator: Rachel Bavidge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683668" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683668</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Limitarianism: The Case Against Extreme Wealth Author: Ingrid Robeyns Narrator: Rachel Bavidge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: February  1, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. We all notice when the poor get poorer: when there are more rough sleepers and food bank queues start to grow. But if the rich become richer, there is nothing much to see in public and, for most of us, daily life doesn't change. Or at least, not immediately. In this astonishing, eye-opening intervention, world-leading philosopher and economist Ingrid Robeyns exposes the true extent of our wealth problem, which has spent the past fifty years silently spiralling out of control. In moral, political, economic, social, environmental and psychological terms, she shows, extreme wealth is not only unjustifiable but harmful to us all - the rich included. In place of our current system, Robeyns offers a breathtakingly clear alternative: limitarianism. The answer to so many of the problems posed by neoliberal capitalism - and the opportunity for a vastly better world - lies in placing a hard limit on the wealth that any one person can accumulate. Because no-one should have more than ten million, and no one needs more than one million. Not even you. ©2024 Ingrid Robeyns (P)2024 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f26d774cb1f0a4d7c876f76a7a489088.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Infectious Generosity: The Ultimate Idea Worth Spreading by Chris Anderson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/infectious-generosity-the-ultimate-idea-worth-spreading-by-chris-anderson--65205170</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683672" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683672</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Infectious Generosity: The Ultimate Idea Worth Spreading Author: Chris Anderson Narrator: Chris Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 25, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Perhaps the simplest, most powerful moral question you can ask of your life is: 'Am I a net giver, or a net taker?' As head of TED for the past 20 years, Chris Anderson has had a ringside view of the world's most significant thinkers sharing their boldest ideas across every imaginable discipline. Yet there's a single theme that stands out in his mind as the essential connecting thread: generosity. It may seem simple, but generosity has played a key role in building the tools, knowledge, and institutions that have allowed civilisation to flourish. Now, in our unsettled modern world, beset by disruption and division, Anderson believes our collective future depends on reconnecting to this vital human trait. In this profound and inspiring book, Anderson shows how the same technologies that have been a catalyst for negativity can be turned into an exponential force for good - to create chain reactions of generous behaviour. The potential lies in every one of us, right now - for generosity, it turns out, is wired deeply inside you. Gifts of time, talent, connection and kindness have always been part of what it is to be a good human. What's different today, Anderson reveals, is the power each of us has - if we'd only stop to think about it - to catalyse world-changing, self-replicating impact. The people, companies, investors and organisations who understand this, who prioritise generosity - who give more to the world than they take from it - are the ones that will own the future. And they'll be happier as a result. This book shows you how. ©2024 Chris Anderson (P)2024 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683672</guid><pubDate>Thu, 25 Jan 2024 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205170/9780753560532.mp3" length="2437214" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683672 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Infectious Generosity: The Ultimate Idea Worth Spreading Author: Chris Anderson Narrator: Chris Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683672" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683672</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Infectious Generosity: The Ultimate Idea Worth Spreading Author: Chris Anderson Narrator: Chris Anderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 25, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Perhaps the simplest, most powerful moral question you can ask of your life is: 'Am I a net giver, or a net taker?' As head of TED for the past 20 years, Chris Anderson has had a ringside view of the world's most significant thinkers sharing their boldest ideas across every imaginable discipline. Yet there's a single theme that stands out in his mind as the essential connecting thread: generosity. It may seem simple, but generosity has played a key role in building the tools, knowledge, and institutions that have allowed civilisation to flourish. Now, in our unsettled modern world, beset by disruption and division, Anderson believes our collective future depends on reconnecting to this vital human trait. In this profound and inspiring book, Anderson shows how the same technologies that have been a catalyst for negativity can be turned into an exponential force for good - to create chain reactions of generous behaviour. The potential lies in every one of us, right now - for generosity, it turns out, is wired deeply inside you. Gifts of time, talent, connection and kindness have always been part of what it is to be a good human. What's different today, Anderson reveals, is the power each of us has - if we'd only stop to think about it - to catalyse world-changing, self-replicating impact. The people, companies, investors and organisations who understand this, who prioritise generosity - who give more to the world than they take from it - are the ones that will own the future. And they'll be happier as a result. This book shows you how. ©2024 Chris Anderson (P)2024 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6ef7953b32b678b44e4bfbdd6417fdd6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Spirit of Our Politics: Spiritual Formation and the Renovation of Public Life by Michael R. Wear</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-spirit-of-our-politics-spiritual-formation-and-the-renovation-of-public-life-by-michael-r-wear--65205200</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676018" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676018</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spirit of Our Politics: Spiritual Formation and the Renovation of Public Life Author: Michael R. Wear Narrator: Michael Wear Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Read by the author. For those discouraged and exhausted by the bitterness and rage in our politics, Michael Wear offers a new paradigm of political involvement rooted in the teachings of Jesus and drawing insights from Dallas Willard's approach to spiritual formation. When political division shows up not only on the campaign trail but also at our dinner tables, we wonder: Can we be part of a better way? The Spirit of Our Politics says 'yes,' offering a distinctly Christian approach to politics that results in healing rather than division, kindness rather than hatred, and hope rather than despair. In this profound and hope-filled book, Michael Wear--a leading thinker and practitioner at the intersection of faith and politics--applies insights taken from the work of Dallas Willard to argue that by focusing on having the 'right' politics, we lose sight of the kind of people we are becoming, to destructive results. This paradigm-shifting book reveals: - Why we need to reframe how we view our political involvement as Christians - How as Christians we can reorient our politics for the good of others - The crucial connection between discipleship to Jesus and political involvement - A different way of talking about politics that is edifying, not stomach-turning - How to navigate political strife in churches and small groups - Why who we are in our political life is not quarantined from who we are in 'real life' - Why gentleness is entirely possible in our political discourse   The Spirit of Our Politics is for readers of any political perspective who long for a new way to think about and engage in politics. That new approach begins with a simple question: What kind of person would I like to be?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676018</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 Jan 2024 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205200/9780310367239.mp3" length="2437280" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676018 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spirit of Our Politics: Spiritual Formation and the Renovation of Public Life Author: Michael R. Wear Narrator: Michael Wear Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676018" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676018</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Spirit of Our Politics: Spiritual Formation and the Renovation of Public Life Author: Michael R. Wear Narrator: Michael Wear Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 23, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Read by the author. For those discouraged and exhausted by the bitterness and rage in our politics, Michael Wear offers a new paradigm of political involvement rooted in the teachings of Jesus and drawing insights from Dallas Willard's approach to spiritual formation. When political division shows up not only on the campaign trail but also at our dinner tables, we wonder: Can we be part of a better way? The Spirit of Our Politics says 'yes,' offering a distinctly Christian approach to politics that results in healing rather than division, kindness rather than hatred, and hope rather than despair. In this profound and hope-filled book, Michael Wear--a leading thinker and practitioner at the intersection of faith and politics--applies insights taken from the work of Dallas Willard to argue that by focusing on having the 'right' politics, we lose sight of the kind of people we are becoming, to destructive results. This paradigm-shifting book reveals: - Why we need to reframe how we view our political involvement as Christians - How as Christians we can reorient our politics for the good of others - The crucial connection between discipleship to Jesus and political involvement - A different way of talking about politics that is edifying, not stomach-turning - How to navigate political strife in churches and small groups - Why who we are in our political life is not quarantined from who we are in 'real life' - Why gentleness is entirely possible in our political discourse   The Spirit of Our Politics is for readers of any political perspective who long for a new way to think about and engage in politics. That new approach begins with a simple question: What kind of person would I like to be?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7c273e230e9db191be787bb033af837f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Black Boys Like Me: On Race, Identity, and Belonging by Matthew R. Morris</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/black-boys-like-me-on-race-identity-and-belonging-by-matthew-r-morris--65205123</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681470" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681470</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Boys Like Me: On Race, Identity, and Belonging Author: Matthew R. Morris Narrator: Matthew R. Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 16, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  *INSTANT NATIONAL BESTSELLER* *LONGLISTED FOR THE TORONTO BOOK AWARD* “Black Boys Like Me ignited parts of me I honestly didn't believe any book could ever know. . . . Seldom do incredibly titled books earn their titles. Matthew R. Morris earns this classic title with a classic book about our insides.” —Kiese Laymon, author of Heavy   Startlingly honest, bracing personal essays from a perceptive educator that bring us into the world of Black masculinity, hip-hop culture, and learning. This is an examination of the parts that construct my Black character; from how public schooling shapes our ideas about ourselves to how hip-hop and sports are simultaneously the conduit for both Black abundance and Black boundaries. This book is a meditation on the influences that have shaped Black boys like me. What does it mean to be a young Black man with an immigrant father and a white mother, teaching in a school system that historically has held an exclusionary definition of success? In eight illuminating essays, Matthew R. Morris grapples with this question, and others related to identity and perception. After graduating high school in Scarborough, Morris spent four years in the U.S. on multiple football scholarships and, having spent that time in the States experiencing “the Mecca of hip hop and Black culture,” returned home with a newfound perspective. Now an elementary school teacher himself in Toronto, Morris explores the tension between his consumption of Black culture as a child, his teenage performances of the ideas and values of the culture that often betrayed his identity, and the ways society and the people guiding him—his parents, coaches, and teachers—received those performances. What emerges is a painful journey toward transcending performance altogether, toward true knowledge of the self. With the wide-reaching scope of Desmond Cole’s The Skin We’re In and the introspective snapshot of life in Between the World and Me by Ta-Nehisi Coates, Black Boys Like Me is an unflinching debut that invites readers to create braver spaces and engage in crucial conversations around race and belonging.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681470</guid><pubDate>Tue, 16 Jan 2024 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205123/9780735244610.mp3" length="4837170" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681470 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Boys Like Me: On Race, Identity, and Belonging Author: Matthew R. Morris Narrator: Matthew R. Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681470" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681470</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Boys Like Me: On Race, Identity, and Belonging Author: Matthew R. Morris Narrator: Matthew R. Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: January 16, 2024 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  *INSTANT NATIONAL BESTSELLER* *LONGLISTED FOR THE TORONTO BOOK AWARD* “Black Boys Like Me ignited parts of me I honestly didn't believe any book could ever know. . . . Seldom do incredibly titled books earn their titles. Matthew R. Morris earns this classic title with a classic book about our insides.” —Kiese Laymon, author of Heavy   Startlingly honest, bracing personal essays from a perceptive educator that bring us into the world of Black masculinity, hip-hop culture, and learning. This is an examination of the parts that construct my Black character; from how public schooling shapes our ideas about ourselves to how hip-hop and sports are simultaneously the conduit for both Black abundance and Black boundaries. This book is a meditation on the influences that have shaped Black boys like me. What does it mean to be a young Black man with an immigrant father and a white mother, teaching in a school system that historically has held an exclusionary definition of success? In eight illuminating essays, Matthew R. Morris grapples with this question, and others related to identity and perception. After graduating high school in Scarborough, Morris spent four years in the U.S. on multiple football scholarships and, having spent that time in the States experiencing “the Mecca of hip hop and Black culture,” returned home with a newfound perspective. Now an elementary school teacher himself in Toronto, Morris explores the tension between his consumption of Black culture as a child, his teenage performances of the ideas and values of the culture that often betrayed his identity, and the ways society and the people guiding him—his parents, coaches, and teachers—received those performances. What emerges is a painful journey toward transcending performance altogether, toward true knowledge of the self. With the wide-reaching scope of Desmond Cole’s The Skin We’re In and the introspective snapshot of life in Between the World and Me by Ta-Nehisi Coates, Black Boys Like Me is an unflinching debut that invites readers to create braver spaces and engage in crucial conversations around race and belonging.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4ddd45ae7246f5cd735b8f522eec08e3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Sheridan’s Secret Mission: How the South Won the War After the Civil War by Robert Cwiklik</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/sheridan-s-secret-mission-how-the-south-won-the-war-after-the-civil-war-by-robert-cwiklik--65205102</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682951</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sheridan’s Secret Mission: How the South Won the War After the Civil War Author: Robert Cwiklik Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An impeccably researched, character-driven narrative history recounting the fascinating late-Reconstruction Era mission of General Philip Sheridan, a Union hero dispatched to the South 10 years after the Civil War to protect the rights of newly freed black men, who were under siege by violent paramilitary groups like the White league intent on erasing their postwar gains. On New Year’s Eve 1874, Sheridan made a splash on his arrival in New Orleans. Accompanied by family and friends, he claimed to be on vacation and bound for Cuba. In reality, he was in the Crescent City on behalf of President Ulysses S. Grant, who had asked him to undertake a vital mission: to investigate the activities of violent vigilante groups menacing the rights of former slaves, or freedmen. Grant had been alarmed as Southern white paramilitaries staged a flurry of attacks against freedmen in recent months to neutralize their political clout. The citizenship and voting rights of former slaves were among the most consequential fruits of the Union's Civil War victory. Republicans were now reckoning with the possibility that outlaw gangs like the White League, made up mostly of former Confederate soldiers and winked at by Democratic officials, could turn back the clock and consign freedmen to an existence little better than slavery. A few days after Sheridan's arrival in New Orleans, Democrats, apparently assisted by White League operatives, seized control of the state House of Representatives through trickery and violence. After federal soldiers stationed nearby ushered several Democratic claimants to office out of the House chamber, at the request of the Republican governor, Sheridan publicly denounced the “spirit of defiance to all lawful authority” in Louisiana and threatened to round up White League leaders to face trial before military tribunals. Many Northern newspapers condemned Sheridan's actions and those of the federal troops; some called for Grant's impeachment. This dramatic clash lies at the heart of Robert Cwiklik’s revelatory new history, which spans a series of tragic episodes of racial terror in the post-Civil War South that contributed to the overthrow of Reconstruction Era protections for black rights. Deeply researched and replete with startling details, the book sheds an essential light on the history of racial oppression in America and resonates powerfully with our contemporary ''post-racial'' condition.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682951</guid><pubDate>Tue, 16 Jan 2024 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205102/9780062950673.mp3" length="2437256" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682951 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sheridan’s Secret Mission: How the South Won the War After the Civil War Author: Robert Cwiklik Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682951</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sheridan’s Secret Mission: How the South Won the War After the Civil War Author: Robert Cwiklik Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: January 16, 2024 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An impeccably researched, character-driven narrative history recounting the fascinating late-Reconstruction Era mission of General Philip Sheridan, a Union hero dispatched to the South 10 years after the Civil War to protect the rights of newly freed black men, who were under siege by violent paramilitary groups like the White league intent on erasing their postwar gains. On New Year’s Eve 1874, Sheridan made a splash on his arrival in New Orleans. Accompanied by family and friends, he claimed to be on vacation and bound for Cuba. In reality, he was in the Crescent City on behalf of President Ulysses S. Grant, who had asked him to undertake a vital mission: to investigate the activities of violent vigilante groups menacing the rights of former slaves, or freedmen. Grant had been alarmed as Southern white paramilitaries staged a flurry of attacks against freedmen in recent months to neutralize their political clout. The citizenship and voting rights of former slaves were among the most consequential fruits of the Union's Civil War victory. Republicans were now reckoning with the possibility that outlaw gangs like the White League, made up mostly of former Confederate soldiers and winked at by Democratic officials, could turn back the clock and consign freedmen to an existence little better than slavery. A few days after Sheridan's arrival in New Orleans, Democrats, apparently assisted by White League operatives, seized control of the state House of Representatives through trickery and violence. After federal soldiers stationed nearby ushered several Democratic claimants to office out of the House chamber, at the request of the Republican governor, Sheridan publicly denounced the “spirit of defiance to all lawful authority” in Louisiana and threatened to round up White League leaders to face trial before military tribunals. Many Northern newspapers condemned Sheridan's actions and those of the federal troops; some called for Grant's impeachment. This dramatic clash lies at the heart of Robert Cwiklik’s revelatory new history, which spans a series of tragic episodes of racial terror in the post-Civil War South that contributed to the overthrow of Reconstruction Era protections for black rights. Deeply researched and replete with startling details, the book sheds an essential light on the history of racial oppression in America and resonates powerfully with our contemporary ''post-racial'' condition.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d9da280409f27189938b9740351d82da.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How Migration Really Works: The Facts About the Most Divisive Issue in Politics by Hein De Haas</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-migration-really-works-the-facts-about-the-most-divisive-issue-in-politics-by-hein-de-haas--65205223</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672538" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672538</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Migration Really Works: The Facts About the Most Divisive Issue in Politics Author: Hein De Haas Narrator: Matthew Spencer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 13 minutes Release date: December 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An authoritative guide to global migration that corrects decades of misunderstanding and misguided policy, "defying orthodoxy on all sides of the debate" (Yascha Mounk, author of The Identity Trap​).  As debates on immigration have reached fever pitch, so has political and media fearmongering. But what are the facts behind the headlines?  Drawing on three decades of research, migration expert Hein de Haas destroys the myths that politicians, interest groups, and media spread about immigration. He reveals:      -  Global migration is not at an all-time high   -  Climate change will not lead to mass migration   -  Immigration mainly benefits the wealthy, not workers   -  Border restrictions have paradoxically produced more migration    Ultimately, de Haas shows migration not as a problem to be solved, nor as a solution to a problem, but as it really is.    This book is an essential guide to one of our most divisive political issues, showing how we can move beyond today’s deeply polarized debate and make migration work better for everyone.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672538</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Dec 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205223/9781668631751.mp3" length="1477721" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672538 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Migration Really Works: The Facts About the Most Divisive Issue in Politics Author: Hein De Haas Narrator: Matthew Spencer Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672538" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672538</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Migration Really Works: The Facts About the Most Divisive Issue in Politics Author: Hein De Haas Narrator: Matthew Spencer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 13 minutes Release date: December 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An authoritative guide to global migration that corrects decades of misunderstanding and misguided policy, "defying orthodoxy on all sides of the debate" (Yascha Mounk, author of The Identity Trap​).  As debates on immigration have reached fever pitch, so has political and media fearmongering. But what are the facts behind the headlines?  Drawing on three decades of research, migration expert Hein de Haas destroys the myths that politicians, interest groups, and media spread about immigration. He reveals:      -  Global migration is not at an all-time high   -  Climate change will not lead to mass migration   -  Immigration mainly benefits the wealthy, not workers   -  Border restrictions have paradoxically produced more migration    Ultimately, de Haas shows migration not as a problem to be solved, nor as a solution to a problem, but as it really is.    This book is an essential guide to one of our most divisive political issues, showing how we can move beyond today’s deeply polarized debate and make migration work better for everyone.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d9f1bc92cee84ea3efdf39e8b0460977.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Fabulist: The Lying, Hustling, Grifting, Stealing, and Very American Legend of George Santos by Mark Chiusano</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-fabulist-the-lying-hustling-grifting-stealing-and-very-american-legend-of-george-santos-by-mark-chiusano--65205119</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681623" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681623</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fabulist: The Lying, Hustling, Grifting, Stealing, and Very American Legend of George Santos Author: Mark Chiusano Narrator: André Santana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the dogged Long Island reporter who has been on his trail since 2019, the bizarre, page-turning, and frankly hysterical story of America’s most outrageous grifter—former US Representative George Santos. America is used to larger-than-life politicians, from Telfon Don to AOC and from Dark Brandon to MTG. The political arena has been injected with an unmistakable edge of celebrity flair and tabloid intrigue. Yet in 2022, a new player on the national scene outshone them all. George Anthony Devolder Santos, and his revolving door of pseudonyms, shed glaring new light on how far we’d let our politics slide as his claimed resume was shred to bits in the wake of a longshot run to office from New York’s 3rd Congressional District.    From Wall Street gigs to an amateur volleyball career, from embellished claims of Jewish heritage to a fabricated 9/11 story involving his mother’s death, Santos’s legend continued to grow as his web of lies evaporated in real time. And the only thing wilder than this charlatan embedding himself in the warm, consequence-evading arms of our nation’s capital was the Queens con artist’s refusal to bow his head in shame.   Newsday alum and PEN/Hemingway honoree Mark Chiusano tells the full (well, as full as can be given the subject) story of Santos here for the first time. From humble years spent in Brazil and glamorous nights on the west side of Manhattan, to the stunning small-time scams employed to ease his slippery climb up the American society ladder, The Fabulist tells a story you’ll have to read for yourself to believe…and even then, it’s George Santos, so who’s to say for sure.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681623</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Nov 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205119/9781797168197.mp3" length="1477747" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681623 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fabulist: The Lying, Hustling, Grifting, Stealing, and Very American Legend of George Santos Author: Mark Chiusano Narrator: André Santana Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681623" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681623</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fabulist: The Lying, Hustling, Grifting, Stealing, and Very American Legend of George Santos Author: Mark Chiusano Narrator: André Santana Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 13 minutes Release date: November 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the dogged Long Island reporter who has been on his trail since 2019, the bizarre, page-turning, and frankly hysterical story of America’s most outrageous grifter—former US Representative George Santos. America is used to larger-than-life politicians, from Telfon Don to AOC and from Dark Brandon to MTG. The political arena has been injected with an unmistakable edge of celebrity flair and tabloid intrigue. Yet in 2022, a new player on the national scene outshone them all. George Anthony Devolder Santos, and his revolving door of pseudonyms, shed glaring new light on how far we’d let our politics slide as his claimed resume was shred to bits in the wake of a longshot run to office from New York’s 3rd Congressional District.    From Wall Street gigs to an amateur volleyball career, from embellished claims of Jewish heritage to a fabricated 9/11 story involving his mother’s death, Santos’s legend continued to grow as his web of lies evaporated in real time. And the only thing wilder than this charlatan embedding himself in the warm, consequence-evading arms of our nation’s capital was the Queens con artist’s refusal to bow his head in shame.   Newsday alum and PEN/Hemingway honoree Mark Chiusano tells the full (well, as full as can be given the subject) story of Santos here for the first time. From humble years spent in Brazil and glamorous nights on the west side of Manhattan, to the stunning small-time scams employed to ease his slippery climb up the American society ladder, The Fabulist tells a story you’ll have to read for yourself to believe…and even then, it’s George Santos, so who’s to say for sure.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2b74293cfc2b6d3df94b0e50eab3d4e0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Controligarchs: Exposing the Billionaire Class, their Secret Deals, and the Globalist Plot to Dominate Your Life by Seamus Bruner</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/controligarchs-exposing-the-billionaire-class-their-secret-deals-and-the-globalist-plot-to-dominate-your-life-by-seamus-bruner--65205138</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679056" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679056</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Controligarchs: Exposing the Billionaire Class, their Secret Deals, and the Globalist Plot to Dominate Your Life Author: Seamus Bruner Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Controligarchs peers into the future and provides a haunting and revelatory exposé of the globalist elite’s playbook for the next five years.” - Peter Schweizer, author of Red-Handed, Clinton Cash, and Profiles in Corruption Imagine a world in which you own nothing and rent everything. Most of the protein in your diet comes from bugs. You are not allowed to have more than one child, and your financial and medical data are instantly transferred to a centralized government database via a subdermal microchip. Controligarchs warns that this will be our existence if the supranational elites of the World Economic Forum get their way. In this book, investigative journalist Seamus Bruner—who led the teams whose findings sparked multiple FBI investigations and congressional probes into the Clintons and the Bidens—exposes the billionaires who control the levers of power that dominate every aspect of your life.  Inside this pathbreaking new book, you will discover:  - Bill Gates’s $11.7 billion food takeover scheme… and the real reason he’s snapping up America’s farmland  - Mark Zuckerberg’s $36 billion plot to reengineer society and force you into tech addiction  - Jeff Bezos’s taxpayer-funded electric vehicle ambitions, climate hypocrisy, and $1.2 billion plan to spy on you by overseeing your “smart” home  - The Soros family’s project to use its $25 billion empire to influence elections and society for the next 50 years  - How World Economic Forum (WEF) founder Klaus Schwab built an exclusive club in Davos where the top 25 WEF members—now worth more than $10 trillion—have more economic power than most world governments, and how these global oligarchs are seizing control over our future  Based on a mountain of financial filings, insider documents, and corporate records, Controligarchs rips back the curtain on never-before-published revelations about the life-altering schemes that globalist elites have in store for you. This book is a must-read for anyone who values American independence and personal freedom.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679056</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Nov 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205138/9780593789148.mp3" length="4837209" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679056 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Controligarchs: Exposing the Billionaire Class, their Secret Deals, and the Globalist Plot to Dominate Your Life Author: Seamus Bruner Narrator: John...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679056" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679056</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Controligarchs: Exposing the Billionaire Class, their Secret Deals, and the Globalist Plot to Dominate Your Life Author: Seamus Bruner Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Controligarchs peers into the future and provides a haunting and revelatory exposé of the globalist elite’s playbook for the next five years.” - Peter Schweizer, author of Red-Handed, Clinton Cash, and Profiles in Corruption Imagine a world in which you own nothing and rent everything. Most of the protein in your diet comes from bugs. You are not allowed to have more than one child, and your financial and medical data are instantly transferred to a centralized government database via a subdermal microchip. Controligarchs warns that this will be our existence if the supranational elites of the World Economic Forum get their way. In this book, investigative journalist Seamus Bruner—who led the teams whose findings sparked multiple FBI investigations and congressional probes into the Clintons and the Bidens—exposes the billionaires who control the levers of power that dominate every aspect of your life.  Inside this pathbreaking new book, you will discover:  - Bill Gates’s $11.7 billion food takeover scheme… and the real reason he’s snapping up America’s farmland  - Mark Zuckerberg’s $36 billion plot to reengineer society and force you into tech addiction  - Jeff Bezos’s taxpayer-funded electric vehicle ambitions, climate hypocrisy, and $1.2 billion plan to spy on you by overseeing your “smart” home  - The Soros family’s project to use its $25 billion empire to influence elections and society for the next 50 years  - How World Economic Forum (WEF) founder Klaus Schwab built an exclusive club in Davos where the top 25 WEF members—now worth more than $10 trillion—have more economic power than most world governments, and how these global oligarchs are seizing control over our future  Based on a mountain of financial filings, insider documents, and corporate records, Controligarchs rips back the curtain on never-before-published revelations about the life-altering schemes that globalist elites have in store for you. This book is a must-read for anyone who values American independence and personal freedom.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7ee3b2e428499479ede5ffd547cbc8ec.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Network of Lies: The Epic Saga of Fox News, Donald Trump, and the Battle for America by Brian Stelter</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/network-of-lies-the-epic-saga-of-fox-news-donald-trump-and-the-battle-for-america-by-brian-stelter--65205086</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683650" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683650</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Network of Lies: The Epic Saga of Fox News, Donald Trump, and the Battle for America Author: Brian Stelter Narrator: Brian Stelter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 11   Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Fox News paid almost a billion dollars in legal settlements to bury the contents of this “essential…grinding, momentum-building” (The New York Times) account of the network’s blatant attempts to manipulate the truth, mislead the public, and influence our elections—from the New York Times bestselling author of Hoax. The ongoing criminal trials of Donald Trump are also a trial for the nation he once led. We are undergoing a stress test of American democracy, the rule of law, and the very notion of a shared political reality. Can we achieve accountability for premeditated assaults on democracy and what forms should accountability take?   In Network of Lies, New York Times bestselling author Brian Stelter answers these questions by weaving together private texts, unpublished emails, depositions, and other primary sources to tell the chilling story of Trump’s alleged conspiracy to steal the 2020 election, and the right-wing media’s mission to put him back in office in 2024.   Trump couldn’t have convinced millions of Americans of the Big Lie without Fox News. From the moment Joe Biden became president-elect in 2020, Fox hosts fueled a fire of misinformation and violence by spreading Trump’s tales of election fraud and suppressing the truth. Come January, Sean Hannity insisted Trump needed to stop listening to “crazy people” who swore he could stay in power, but it was too late—thousands of Trump’s deluded followers had stormed the Capitol and Trump operatives had breached Dominion Voting Systems’ voting machines in Georgia.   Now, the 2020 lies are at the center of numerous indictments and his reelection campaign, but Trump is not the only one under fire. The once-untouchable Rupert Murdoch has been held accountable. Dominion’s legal war, chronicled in-depth for the first time here, revealed that the ninety-two-year-old Fox chairman knew Trump’s lies were dangerous but he allowed the lies to fill Fox’s airwaves because, as his “pain sponge” Suzanne Scott admitted, telling the truth was “bad for business.”   Network of Lies goes inside the chat rooms, board rooms, and court rooms where the pro-Trump media’s greed and selfishness were exposed. Featuring Stelter’s “thorough and damning” (The New York Times) investigative prowess and direct quotations so shocking they read like fiction, Network of Lies is the definitive origin story of Trump’s attempt to tear down the guardrails of American democracy, and an urgent plea to learn from past mistakes as we head into 2024’s pivotal presidential election.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683650</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Nov 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205086/9781797168944.mp3" length="1477829" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683650 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Network of Lies: The Epic Saga of Fox News, Donald Trump, and the Battle for America Author: Brian Stelter Narrator: Brian Stelter Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683650" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683650</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Network of Lies: The Epic Saga of Fox News, Donald Trump, and the Battle for America Author: Brian Stelter Narrator: Brian Stelter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: November 14, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.82 of Total 11   Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Fox News paid almost a billion dollars in legal settlements to bury the contents of this “essential…grinding, momentum-building” (The New York Times) account of the network’s blatant attempts to manipulate the truth, mislead the public, and influence our elections—from the New York Times bestselling author of Hoax. The ongoing criminal trials of Donald Trump are also a trial for the nation he once led. We are undergoing a stress test of American democracy, the rule of law, and the very notion of a shared political reality. Can we achieve accountability for premeditated assaults on democracy and what forms should accountability take?   In Network of Lies, New York Times bestselling author Brian Stelter answers these questions by weaving together private texts, unpublished emails, depositions, and other primary sources to tell the chilling story of Trump’s alleged conspiracy to steal the 2020 election, and the right-wing media’s mission to put him back in office in 2024.   Trump couldn’t have convinced millions of Americans of the Big Lie without Fox News. From the moment Joe Biden became president-elect in 2020, Fox hosts fueled a fire of misinformation and violence by spreading Trump’s tales of election fraud and suppressing the truth. Come January, Sean Hannity insisted Trump needed to stop listening to “crazy people” who swore he could stay in power, but it was too late—thousands of Trump’s deluded followers had stormed the Capitol and Trump operatives had breached Dominion Voting Systems’ voting machines in Georgia.   Now, the 2020 lies are at the center of numerous indictments and his reelection campaign, but Trump is not the only one under fire. The once-untouchable Rupert Murdoch has been held accountable. Dominion’s legal war, chronicled in-depth for the first time here, revealed that the ninety-two-year-old Fox chairman knew Trump’s lies were dangerous but he allowed the lies to fill Fox’s airwaves because, as his “pain sponge” Suzanne Scott admitted, telling the truth was “bad for business.”   Network of Lies goes inside the chat rooms, board rooms, and court rooms where the pro-Trump media’s greed and selfishness were exposed. Featuring Stelter’s “thorough and damning” (The New York Times) investigative prowess and direct quotations so shocking they read like fiction, Network of Lies is the definitive origin story of Trump’s attempt to tear down the guardrails of American democracy, and an urgent plea to learn from past mistakes as we head into 2024’s pivotal presidential election.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bc349477f469f6b3933bb33971ebe285.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A City on Mars: Can we settle space, should we settle space, and have we really thought this through? by Zach Weinersmith, Kelly Weinersmith</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-city-on-mars-can-we-settle-space-should-we-settle-space-and-have-we-really-thought-this-through-by-zach-weinersmith-kelly-weinersmith--65205255</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671576" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671576</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A City on Mars: Can we settle space, should we settle space, and have we really thought this through? Author: Zach Weinersmith, Kelly Weinersmith Narrator: Kelly Weinersmith, Zach Weinersmith, Brittany Pressley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: November  7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  * THE INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * Scientific American’s #1 Book for 2023 * A New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice * A Times Best Science and Environment Book of 2023 * “Helpfully pulls back the curtain on some of the lesser-discussed challenges to humanity’s off-Earth pursuits . . . Any reader enthusiastic about space settlement will find much to appreciate in this book . . . [The Weinersmiths] write with a confident belief that humanity will one day travel off-planet.” –Science   From the bestselling authors of Soonish, a brilliant and hilarious off-world investigation into space settlement Earth is not well. The promise of starting life anew somewhere far, far away—no climate change, no war, no Twitter—beckons, and settling the stars finally seems within our grasp. Or is it? Critically acclaimed, bestselling authors Kelly and Zach Weinersmith set out to write the essential guide to a glorious future of space settlements, but after years of research, they aren’t so sure it’s a good idea. Space technologies and space business are progressing fast, but we lack the knowledge needed to have space kids, build space farms, and create space nations in a way that doesn’t spark conflict back home. In a world hurtling toward human expansion into space, A City on Mars investigates whether the dream of new worlds won’t create nightmares, both for settlers and the people they leave behind. In the process, the Weinersmiths answer every question about space you’ve ever wondered about, and many you’ve never considered: Can you make babies in space? Should corporations govern space settlements? What about space war? Are we headed for a housing crisis on the Moon’s Peaks of Eternal Light—and what happens if you’re left in the Craters of Eternal Darkness? Why do astronauts love taco sauce? Speaking of meals, what’s the legal status of space cannibalism? With deep expertise and a winning sense of humor, the Weinersmiths investigate perhaps the biggest questions humanity will ever ask itself—whether and how to become multiplanetary. Get in, we’re going to Mars.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671576</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205255/9780593791929.mp3" length="4837308" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671576 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A City on Mars: Can we settle space, should we settle space, and have we really thought this through? Author: Zach Weinersmith, Kelly Weinersmith...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671576" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671576</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A City on Mars: Can we settle space, should we settle space, and have we really thought this through? Author: Zach Weinersmith, Kelly Weinersmith Narrator: Kelly Weinersmith, Zach Weinersmith, Brittany Pressley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 19 minutes Release date: November  7, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  * THE INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER * Scientific American’s #1 Book for 2023 * A New York Times Book Review Editors' Choice * A Times Best Science and Environment Book of 2023 * “Helpfully pulls back the curtain on some of the lesser-discussed challenges to humanity’s off-Earth pursuits . . . Any reader enthusiastic about space settlement will find much to appreciate in this book . . . [The Weinersmiths] write with a confident belief that humanity will one day travel off-planet.” –Science   From the bestselling authors of Soonish, a brilliant and hilarious off-world investigation into space settlement Earth is not well. The promise of starting life anew somewhere far, far away—no climate change, no war, no Twitter—beckons, and settling the stars finally seems within our grasp. Or is it? Critically acclaimed, bestselling authors Kelly and Zach Weinersmith set out to write the essential guide to a glorious future of space settlements, but after years of research, they aren’t so sure it’s a good idea. Space technologies and space business are progressing fast, but we lack the knowledge needed to have space kids, build space farms, and create space nations in a way that doesn’t spark conflict back home. In a world hurtling toward human expansion into space, A City on Mars investigates whether the dream of new worlds won’t create nightmares, both for settlers and the people they leave behind. In the process, the Weinersmiths answer every question about space you’ve ever wondered about, and many you’ve never considered: Can you make babies in space? Should corporations govern space settlements? What about space war? Are we headed for a housing crisis on the Moon’s Peaks of Eternal Light—and what happens if you’re left in the Craters of Eternal Darkness? Why do astronauts love taco sauce? Speaking of meals, what’s the legal status of space cannibalism? With deep expertise and a winning sense of humor, the Weinersmiths investigate perhaps the biggest questions humanity will ever ask itself—whether and how to become multiplanetary. Get in, we’re going to Mars.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2680890bb63c792a464820b8bc43e0f0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Among the Braves: Hope, Struggle, and Exile in the Battle for Hong Kong and the Future of Global Democracy by Timothy Mclaughlin, Shibani Ma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/among-the-braves-hope-struggle-and-exile-in-the-battle-for-hong-kong-and-the-future-of-global-democracy-by-timothy-mclaughlin-shibani-ma--65205214</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672547" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672547</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Among the Braves: Hope, Struggle, and Exile in the Battle for Hong Kong and the Future of Global Democracy Author: Timothy Mclaughlin, Shibani Mahtani Narrator: Jason Vu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: November  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Through the eyes of two frontline journalists comes a gripping narrative history of the Hong Kong pro-democracy movement centered around a cast of core activists, culminating in the 2019 mass protests and Beijing's brutal crackdown.   Hong Kong was an experiment in governance. Handed back to China in 1997 after 156 years of British rule, it was meant to be a carve-out between hostile systems: a bridge between communism and capitalism, authoritarianism and liberal democracy. “One country, two systems” kept its media free, its courts independent and its protests boisterous, designed also to convince Taiwan of a peaceful solution to Beijing’s desire for reunification.  Yet this formulation excluded Hong Kong’s own people, their future negotiated by political titans in faraway capitals. In 2019, an ill-conceived law spear-headed by a sycophantic leader pushed millions to take to the streets in one of the most enduring protest movements the world has ever seen. Xi Jinping responded with a draconian national security law that sought not only to end the demonstrations but quash the “problem” of Hong Kongers’ identity and desire for freedom.  Reverend Chu, who believed Hong Kong had to carry the spirit of students at Tiananmen Square, saw his silver-haired comrades who birthed the city’s modern pro-democracy movement handcuffed and taken from their homes. Tommy, an art student radicalized into throwing Molotov cocktails, watched “braves” like him brutalized by police before his own arrest prompted him to flee. Finn epitomized the decentralized nature of the movement and its internet-fueled victories, but online anonymity couldn’t stop his life from unravelling. Gwyneth could predict her eventual fate when she chose to give up her career as a journalist to stand for election as an opposition candidate, and did it anyway.  In Among the Braves, Shibani Mahtani and Timothy McLaughlin tell the story of Hong Kong’s past, and what the sacrifices of its people mean for global democracy’s shaky foundation.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672547</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205214/9781668633304.mp3" length="1477829" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672547 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Among the Braves: Hope, Struggle, and Exile in the Battle for Hong Kong and the Future of Global Democracy Author: Timothy Mclaughlin, Shibani Mahtani...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672547" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672547</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Among the Braves: Hope, Struggle, and Exile in the Battle for Hong Kong and the Future of Global Democracy Author: Timothy Mclaughlin, Shibani Mahtani Narrator: Jason Vu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 31 minutes Release date: November  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Through the eyes of two frontline journalists comes a gripping narrative history of the Hong Kong pro-democracy movement centered around a cast of core activists, culminating in the 2019 mass protests and Beijing's brutal crackdown.   Hong Kong was an experiment in governance. Handed back to China in 1997 after 156 years of British rule, it was meant to be a carve-out between hostile systems: a bridge between communism and capitalism, authoritarianism and liberal democracy. “One country, two systems” kept its media free, its courts independent and its protests boisterous, designed also to convince Taiwan of a peaceful solution to Beijing’s desire for reunification.  Yet this formulation excluded Hong Kong’s own people, their future negotiated by political titans in faraway capitals. In 2019, an ill-conceived law spear-headed by a sycophantic leader pushed millions to take to the streets in one of the most enduring protest movements the world has ever seen. Xi Jinping responded with a draconian national security law that sought not only to end the demonstrations but quash the “problem” of Hong Kongers’ identity and desire for freedom.  Reverend Chu, who believed Hong Kong had to carry the spirit of students at Tiananmen Square, saw his silver-haired comrades who birthed the city’s modern pro-democracy movement handcuffed and taken from their homes. Tommy, an art student radicalized into throwing Molotov cocktails, watched “braves” like him brutalized by police before his own arrest prompted him to flee. Finn epitomized the decentralized nature of the movement and its internet-fueled victories, but online anonymity couldn’t stop his life from unravelling. Gwyneth could predict her eventual fate when she chose to give up her career as a journalist to stand for election as an opposition candidate, and did it anyway.  In Among the Braves, Shibani Mahtani and Timothy McLaughlin tell the story of Hong Kong’s past, and what the sacrifices of its people mean for global democracy’s shaky foundation.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/88a55b0952ec0048cbeba3c64979d6b2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Founding Partisans: Hamilton, Madison, Jefferson, Adams and the Brawling Birth of American Politics by H. W. Brands</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/founding-partisans-hamilton-madison-jefferson-adams-and-the-brawling-birth-of-american-politics-by-h-w-brands--65205193</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671583" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671583</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Founding Partisans: Hamilton, Madison, Jefferson, Adams and the Brawling Birth of American Politics Author: H. W. Brands Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 29 minutes Release date: November  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From bestselling historian and Pulitzer Prize finalist H.W. Brands, a revelatory history of the shocking emergence of vicious political division at the birth of the United States. To the framers of the Constitution, political parties were a fatal threat to republican virtues. They had suffered the consequences of partisan politics in Britain before the American Revolution, and they wanted nothing similar for America. Yet parties emerged even before the Constitution was ratified, and they took firmer root in the following decade. In Founding Partisans, master historian H. W. Brands has crafted a fresh and lively narrative of the early years of the republic as the Founding Fathers fought one another with competing visions of what our nation would be. The first party, the Federalists, formed around Alexander Hamilton, James Madison and their efforts to overthrow the Articles of Confederation and make the federal government more robust. Their opponents organized as the Antifederalists, who feared the corruption and encroachments on liberty that a strong central government would surely bring. The Antifederalists lost but regrouped under the new Constitution as the Republicans, led by Thomas Jefferson, whose bruising contest against Federalist John Adams marked the climax of this turbulent chapter of American political history.  The country’s first years unfolded in a contentious spiral of ugly elections and blatant violations of the Constitution. Still, peaceful transfers of power continued, and the nascent country made its way towards global dominance, against all odds. Founding Partisans is a powerful reminder that fierce partisanship is a problem as old as the republic.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671583</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205193/9780593749029.mp3" length="4837240" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671583 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Founding Partisans: Hamilton, Madison, Jefferson, Adams and the Brawling Birth of American Politics Author: H. W. Brands Narrator: Robert Fass Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671583" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671583</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Founding Partisans: Hamilton, Madison, Jefferson, Adams and the Brawling Birth of American Politics Author: H. W. Brands Narrator: Robert Fass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 29 minutes Release date: November  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From bestselling historian and Pulitzer Prize finalist H.W. Brands, a revelatory history of the shocking emergence of vicious political division at the birth of the United States. To the framers of the Constitution, political parties were a fatal threat to republican virtues. They had suffered the consequences of partisan politics in Britain before the American Revolution, and they wanted nothing similar for America. Yet parties emerged even before the Constitution was ratified, and they took firmer root in the following decade. In Founding Partisans, master historian H. W. Brands has crafted a fresh and lively narrative of the early years of the republic as the Founding Fathers fought one another with competing visions of what our nation would be. The first party, the Federalists, formed around Alexander Hamilton, James Madison and their efforts to overthrow the Articles of Confederation and make the federal government more robust. Their opponents organized as the Antifederalists, who feared the corruption and encroachments on liberty that a strong central government would surely bring. The Antifederalists lost but regrouped under the new Constitution as the Republicans, led by Thomas Jefferson, whose bruising contest against Federalist John Adams marked the climax of this turbulent chapter of American political history.  The country’s first years unfolded in a contentious spiral of ugly elections and blatant violations of the Constitution. Still, peaceful transfers of power continued, and the nascent country made its way towards global dominance, against all odds. Founding Partisans is a powerful reminder that fierce partisanship is a problem as old as the republic.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0a7a622fc092bda973893f0f0a1fd783.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Future of Geography: How the Competition in Space Will Change Our World by Tim Marshall</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-future-of-geography-how-the-competition-in-space-will-change-our-world-by-tim-marshall--65205178</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675660" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675660</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Geography: How the Competition in Space Will Change Our World Author: Tim Marshall Narrator: Tim Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: November  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the New York Times bestselling author of Prisoners of Geography and leading geopolitics expert comes an “insightful, hopeful, and endlessly fascinating” (Daily Express) book on today’s space race—including the increasingly tense power struggle between the US, China, and Russia and what it means for all of us here on Earth. Spy satellites orbiting the moon. Space metals worth more than most countries’ GDP. People on Mars within the next ten years. This isn’t science fiction—it’s reality.   Humans are venturing up and out, and we’re taking our competitive spirit with us. Soon, what happens in space will shape human history as much the mountains, rivers, and seas have impacted civilizations around the world. It’s no coincidence that Russia, China, and the USA are leading the way. The next fifty years will change the face of global politics and the world order as we know it.   In this must-read work, bestselling author Tim Marshall navigates the new astropolitical reality to show how we got here and where we’re heading. Extensively researched, “thought-provoking” (Popular Science), and drawing on the latest information from intelligence, government, and civilian institutions, this book provides a detailed, clear account of the new space race, the power rivalries, and how technology, economics, and war have a ripple effect on everyone across the globe. Written with all the insight and wit that have made Marshall one of the world’s most popular and trusted writer on geopolitics, The Future of Geography is an essential read about global power, politics, and the future of humanity.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675660</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205178/9781797167077.mp3" length="1477773" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675660 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Geography: How the Competition in Space Will Change Our World Author: Tim Marshall Narrator: Tim Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675660" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675660</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Geography: How the Competition in Space Will Change Our World Author: Tim Marshall Narrator: Tim Marshall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: November  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the New York Times bestselling author of Prisoners of Geography and leading geopolitics expert comes an “insightful, hopeful, and endlessly fascinating” (Daily Express) book on today’s space race—including the increasingly tense power struggle between the US, China, and Russia and what it means for all of us here on Earth. Spy satellites orbiting the moon. Space metals worth more than most countries’ GDP. People on Mars within the next ten years. This isn’t science fiction—it’s reality.   Humans are venturing up and out, and we’re taking our competitive spirit with us. Soon, what happens in space will shape human history as much the mountains, rivers, and seas have impacted civilizations around the world. It’s no coincidence that Russia, China, and the USA are leading the way. The next fifty years will change the face of global politics and the world order as we know it.   In this must-read work, bestselling author Tim Marshall navigates the new astropolitical reality to show how we got here and where we’re heading. Extensively researched, “thought-provoking” (Popular Science), and drawing on the latest information from intelligence, government, and civilian institutions, this book provides a detailed, clear account of the new space race, the power rivalries, and how technology, economics, and war have a ripple effect on everyone across the globe. Written with all the insight and wit that have made Marshall one of the world’s most popular and trusted writer on geopolitics, The Future of Geography is an essential read about global power, politics, and the future of humanity.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f77d9a0d4fcf2823cccaf21c88ba31fd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>When We Walk By: Forgotten Humanity, Broken Systems, and the Role We Can Each Play in Ending Homelessness in America by Donald W. Burnes, Ke</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/when-we-walk-by-forgotten-humanity-broken-systems-and-the-role-we-can-each-play-in-ending-homelessness-in-america-by-donald-w-burnes-ke--65205134</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682941" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682941</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When We Walk By: Forgotten Humanity, Broken Systems, and the Role We Can Each Play in Ending Homelessness in America Author: Donald W. Burnes, Kevin F. Adler Narrator: Kevin F. Adler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: November  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How to end homelessness in America: a must-read guide to understanding housing instability, supporting our unhoused neighbors, and reclaiming our humanity. A deeply humanizing analysis that will change the way you think about poverty and homelessness—for the socially engaged reader of Isabel Wilkerson's Caste and Matthew Desmond's Evicted. Think about the last time that you saw or interacted with an unhoused person. What did you do? What did you say? Did you offer money or a smile, or did you avert your gaze? When We Walk By takes an urgent look at homelessness in America, showing us what we lose—in ourselves and as a society—when we choose to walk past and ignore our neighbors in shelters, insecure housing, or on the streets. And it brilliantly shows what we stand to gain when we embrace our humanity and move toward evidence-based people-first, community-driven solutions, offering social analysis, economic and political histories, and the real stories of unhoused people. Authors Kevin F. Adler and Donald W. Burnes, with Amanda Banh and Andrijana Bilbija, recast chronic homelessness in the U.S. as a byproduct of twin crises: our social services systems are failing, and so is our humanity. Readers will learn:   - Why our brains have been trained to overlook our unhoused neighbors - The social, economic, and political forces that shape myths like “all homeless people are addicts” and “they’d have a house if they got a job” - What conservative economics gets wrong about housing insecurity - What relational poverty is, and how to shift away from “us versus them” thinking - That for many Americans, housing insecurity is just one missed paycheck away - Who “the homeless” really are—and why that might surprise you - What you can do to help, starting today A necessary, deeply humanizing read that goes beyond theory and policy analysis to offer engaged solutions with compassion and heart, When We Walk By is a must-read for anyone who cares about homelessness, housing solutions, and their own humanity.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682941</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205134/9798889840336.mp3" length="4837246" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682941 to listen full audiobooks. Title: When We Walk By: Forgotten Humanity, Broken Systems, and the Role We Can Each Play in Ending Homelessness in America Author: Donald W. Burnes, Kevin F....</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682941" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682941</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When We Walk By: Forgotten Humanity, Broken Systems, and the Role We Can Each Play in Ending Homelessness in America Author: Donald W. Burnes, Kevin F. Adler Narrator: Kevin F. Adler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: November  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How to end homelessness in America: a must-read guide to understanding housing instability, supporting our unhoused neighbors, and reclaiming our humanity. A deeply humanizing analysis that will change the way you think about poverty and homelessness—for the socially engaged reader of Isabel Wilkerson's Caste and Matthew Desmond's Evicted. Think about the last time that you saw or interacted with an unhoused person. What did you do? What did you say? Did you offer money or a smile, or did you avert your gaze? When We Walk By takes an urgent look at homelessness in America, showing us what we lose—in ourselves and as a society—when we choose to walk past and ignore our neighbors in shelters, insecure housing, or on the streets. And it brilliantly shows what we stand to gain when we embrace our humanity and move toward evidence-based people-first, community-driven solutions, offering social analysis, economic and political histories, and the real stories of unhoused people. Authors Kevin F. Adler and Donald W. Burnes, with Amanda Banh and Andrijana Bilbija, recast chronic homelessness in the U.S. as a byproduct of twin crises: our social services systems are failing, and so is our humanity. Readers will learn:   - Why our brains have been trained to overlook our unhoused neighbors - The social, economic, and political forces that shape myths like “all homeless people are addicts” and “they’d have a house if they got a job” - What conservative economics gets wrong about housing insecurity - What relational poverty is, and how to shift away from “us versus them” thinking - That for many Americans, housing insecurity is just one missed paycheck away - Who “the homeless” really are—and why that might surprise you - What you can do to help, starting today A necessary, deeply humanizing read that goes beyond theory and policy analysis to offer engaged solutions with compassion and heart, When We Walk By is a must-read for anyone who cares about homelessness, housing solutions, and their own humanity.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/583cb7af75d562279e907783aa7484cd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Party of the People: Inside the Multiracial Populist Coalition Remaking the GOP by Patrick Ruffini</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/party-of-the-people-inside-the-multiracial-populist-coalition-remaking-the-gop-by-patrick-ruffini--65205096</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681624" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681624</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Party of the People: Inside the Multiracial Populist Coalition Remaking the GOP Author: Patrick Ruffini Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: November  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An eye-opening, “must-read” (Ben Shapiro, founder of The Daily Wire) about the future of the Republican party as they unite working-class voters in a multi-racial, cross-generational populist coalition. Donald Trump’s victory in the 2016 presidential election shocked the world. Yet his defeat in 2020 may have been even more surprising: he received 12 million more votes in 2020 than in 2016 and his unexpectedly diverse coalition included millions of nonwhite voters, a rarity for the modern Republican party.   In 2020, Trump defied expectations and few journalists, strategists, or politicians could explain why Trump had nearly won reelection. Patrick Ruffini, a Republican pollster and one of the country’s leading experts on political targeting, technology, and demography, has the answers—and the explanation may surprise you. For all his apparent divisiveness, Trump assembled the most diverse Republican presidential coalition in history and rode political trends that will prove significant for decades to come.   The shift is profound: seven in ten American voters belong to groups that have shifted right in the last two presidential elections, while under three in ten whites with a college degree belong to votes groups that are trending left. Together, this super-majority of right-trending voters forms a colorblind, populist coalition, largely united by its working-class roots, moderate to conservative views on policy, strong religious beliefs, and indifference to or outright rejection of the identity politics practice by the left. Not all these voters are Republican, and in certain corners of the coalition, only a small minority are. But recent elections are pointing us towards a future where party allegiances have been utterly upended.   The Party of the People demonstrates this data. Ruffini was as wrong as every pollster in 2016 and spent the intervening years figuring out why and developing better methods of analyzing voters in the digital age. Using robust data, he shifts you away from the complacent, widespread narrative that the Republican party is a party of white, rural voters. It is, but more importantly for its longevity, it’s a party of non-college-educated voters. And as fewer voters attend college, the Republican party shows no signs of stagnation. With rich data and clear analysis, Party of the People is a “deeply researched book” (Amy Walter, editor-in-chief of The Cook Political Report) that explains the present and future of the Republican party and American elections.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681624</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Nov 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205096/9781797168227.mp3" length="1477711" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681624 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Party of the People: Inside the Multiracial Populist Coalition Remaking the GOP Author: Patrick Ruffini Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681624" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681624</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Party of the People: Inside the Multiracial Populist Coalition Remaking the GOP Author: Patrick Ruffini Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: November  7, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An eye-opening, “must-read” (Ben Shapiro, founder of The Daily Wire) about the future of the Republican party as they unite working-class voters in a multi-racial, cross-generational populist coalition. Donald Trump’s victory in the 2016 presidential election shocked the world. Yet his defeat in 2020 may have been even more surprising: he received 12 million more votes in 2020 than in 2016 and his unexpectedly diverse coalition included millions of nonwhite voters, a rarity for the modern Republican party.   In 2020, Trump defied expectations and few journalists, strategists, or politicians could explain why Trump had nearly won reelection. Patrick Ruffini, a Republican pollster and one of the country’s leading experts on political targeting, technology, and demography, has the answers—and the explanation may surprise you. For all his apparent divisiveness, Trump assembled the most diverse Republican presidential coalition in history and rode political trends that will prove significant for decades to come.   The shift is profound: seven in ten American voters belong to groups that have shifted right in the last two presidential elections, while under three in ten whites with a college degree belong to votes groups that are trending left. Together, this super-majority of right-trending voters forms a colorblind, populist coalition, largely united by its working-class roots, moderate to conservative views on policy, strong religious beliefs, and indifference to or outright rejection of the identity politics practice by the left. Not all these voters are Republican, and in certain corners of the coalition, only a small minority are. But recent elections are pointing us towards a future where party allegiances have been utterly upended.   The Party of the People demonstrates this data. Ruffini was as wrong as every pollster in 2016 and spent the intervening years figuring out why and developing better methods of analyzing voters in the digital age. Using robust data, he shifts you away from the complacent, widespread narrative that the Republican party is a party of white, rural voters. It is, but more importantly for its longevity, it’s a party of non-college-educated voters. And as fewer voters attend college, the Republican party shows no signs of stagnation. With rich data and clear analysis, Party of the People is a “deeply researched book” (Amy Walter, editor-in-chief of The Cook Political Report) that explains the present and future of the Republican party and American elections.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/102648a0887c96ba96980c8895690bab.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Mao's America: A Survivor's Warning by Xi Van Fleet</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/mao-s-america-a-survivor-s-warning-by-xi-van-fleet--65205245</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670974" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670974</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mao's America: A Survivor's Warning Author: Xi Van Fleet Narrator: Ava Wong, Xi Van Fleet, James Lindsay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An inspiring survivor of Mao’s Cultural Revolution in China makes a passionate case that history is eerily repeating itself as the Woke Revolution spreads across America.   Xi Van Fleet lived through the horrors of the Chinese Cultural Revolution as a schoolgirl. Forced to the countryside with other young Chinese for re-education after high school, she later escaped communism and found freedom and new a life in America. But more than 30 years later, Xi disturbingly sees signs of the same Cultural Marxism that ravaged her birth country of China threatening to destroy the America she now calls home.  ​This is her dire warning to the United States.  Xi compellingly tells the story of two Cultural Revolutions: one driven by Mao and the Chinese Communist Party during her childhood and the one unfolding in today’s America from the progressive left. With captivating personal stories and extensive historic research, Xi reveals the stunning similarities of these two revolutions. This fascinating book shows readers that both revolutions:     -  Use Marxist tactics of division, indoctrination, deception, coercion, cancelation, subversion and violence.  -  Aim to destroy the foundation of the traditional culture to replace it with Marxist ideologies.  -  Weaponize youth, using them as their means to an end.  -  Share the same goal of achieving absolute power at the expense of the people.  -  Lead to the same ending: loss of freedom and totalitarian rule.   Readers will be captivated by the riveting personal story of a Chinese immigrant to the United States who overcame fear and reluctance to get involved in the movement to save America. Her political activism begins with a school board speech in 2021 against Critical Race Theory in Loudoun County, Virginia that unexpectedly goes viral and ignites national media attention. Xi now devotes her life to educating the American public on the shocking parallels between these two revolutions.  Because only when Americans understand what is really happening will they rise up and resist the communist takeover of America.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670974</guid><pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205245/9781668633861.mp3" length="1477631" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670974 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mao's America: A Survivor's Warning Author: Xi Van Fleet Narrator: Ava Wong, Xi Van Fleet, James Lindsay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670974" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670974</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mao's America: A Survivor's Warning Author: Xi Van Fleet Narrator: Ava Wong, Xi Van Fleet, James Lindsay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An inspiring survivor of Mao’s Cultural Revolution in China makes a passionate case that history is eerily repeating itself as the Woke Revolution spreads across America.   Xi Van Fleet lived through the horrors of the Chinese Cultural Revolution as a schoolgirl. Forced to the countryside with other young Chinese for re-education after high school, she later escaped communism and found freedom and new a life in America. But more than 30 years later, Xi disturbingly sees signs of the same Cultural Marxism that ravaged her birth country of China threatening to destroy the America she now calls home.  ​This is her dire warning to the United States.  Xi compellingly tells the story of two Cultural Revolutions: one driven by Mao and the Chinese Communist Party during her childhood and the one unfolding in today’s America from the progressive left. With captivating personal stories and extensive historic research, Xi reveals the stunning similarities of these two revolutions. This fascinating book shows readers that both revolutions:     -  Use Marxist tactics of division, indoctrination, deception, coercion, cancelation, subversion and violence.  -  Aim to destroy the foundation of the traditional culture to replace it with Marxist ideologies.  -  Weaponize youth, using them as their means to an end.  -  Share the same goal of achieving absolute power at the expense of the people.  -  Lead to the same ending: loss of freedom and totalitarian rule.   Readers will be captivated by the riveting personal story of a Chinese immigrant to the United States who overcame fear and reluctance to get involved in the movement to save America. Her political activism begins with a school board speech in 2021 against Critical Race Theory in Loudoun County, Virginia that unexpectedly goes viral and ignites national media attention. Xi now devotes her life to educating the American public on the shocking parallels between these two revolutions.  Because only when Americans understand what is really happening will they rise up and resist the communist takeover of America.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4d6ca1ab2bc9f96ea598e1088dd35f91.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Renegade: Defending Democracy and Liberty in Our Divided Country by Adam Kinzinger, Michael D'antonio</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/renegade-defending-democracy-and-liberty-in-our-divided-country-by-adam-kinzinger-michael-d-antonio--65205207</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673165" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673165</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Renegade: Defending Democracy and Liberty in Our Divided Country Author: Adam Kinzinger, Michael D'antonio Narrator: Adam Kinzinger, Maria Shriver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  INSTANT NEW YORK     TIMES BESTSELLER  Adam Kinzinger captures one of the most transformative periods in     recent political history in a riveting, personal account from inside     Congress, including the January 6 attacks on the U.S. Capitol and his vote     to impeach Donald Trump.  On January 6, 2021, Donald Trump incited a violent mob to storm the US     Capitol in attempts to overturn the presidential election. It was a     betrayal of our Constitution, and one of the darkest days in recent     history. Yet to former congressman Adam Kinzinger it was also the     culmination of a cultural and political rupture he’d long seen coming.     Constructive criticism from within the Republican Party was no longer     enough. It was time to stand up, even if it meant betraying his own party.  In Renegade, Kinzinger tells his story of faith, service, and     political duty in a democracy under siege. From the small Illinois county     board where he got his start, to his years in the Air Force flying tanker     missions over Iraq, to his final tumultuous term in Congress as one of the     few Republican members to vote to impeach Trump and join the House Select     Committee to Investigate the January 6th Attack on the United States     Capitol, Kinzinger takes readers inside the most critical moments and pivotal     decisions of the last years. The result is both a searing examination of     the rise of extremism and the GOP’s subsequent descent into a dysfunctional     and destructive force, and a rousing call to return to unity.  Raw, provocative, and clear-eyed, Renegade captures one of     the most transformative periods in recent American history.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673165</guid><pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205207/9780593795163.mp3" length="4837211" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673165 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Renegade: Defending Democracy and Liberty in Our Divided Country Author: Adam Kinzinger, Michael D'antonio Narrator: Adam Kinzinger, Maria Shriver...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673165" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673165</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Renegade: Defending Democracy and Liberty in Our Divided Country Author: Adam Kinzinger, Michael D'antonio Narrator: Adam Kinzinger, Maria Shriver Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  INSTANT NEW YORK     TIMES BESTSELLER  Adam Kinzinger captures one of the most transformative periods in     recent political history in a riveting, personal account from inside     Congress, including the January 6 attacks on the U.S. Capitol and his vote     to impeach Donald Trump.  On January 6, 2021, Donald Trump incited a violent mob to storm the US     Capitol in attempts to overturn the presidential election. It was a     betrayal of our Constitution, and one of the darkest days in recent     history. Yet to former congressman Adam Kinzinger it was also the     culmination of a cultural and political rupture he’d long seen coming.     Constructive criticism from within the Republican Party was no longer     enough. It was time to stand up, even if it meant betraying his own party.  In Renegade, Kinzinger tells his story of faith, service, and     political duty in a democracy under siege. From the small Illinois county     board where he got his start, to his years in the Air Force flying tanker     missions over Iraq, to his final tumultuous term in Congress as one of the     few Republican members to vote to impeach Trump and join the House Select     Committee to Investigate the January 6th Attack on the United States     Capitol, Kinzinger takes readers inside the most critical moments and pivotal     decisions of the last years. The result is both a searing examination of     the rise of extremism and the GOP’s subsequent descent into a dysfunctional     and destructive force, and a rousing call to return to unity.  Raw, provocative, and clear-eyed, Renegade captures one of     the most transformative periods in recent American history.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/09442765abc61180af70521f5f7c45a2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>All You Need to Know About the Music Business: 11th Edition by Donald S. Passman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/all-you-need-to-know-about-the-music-business-11th-edition-by-donald-s-passman--65205204</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673818" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673818</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All You Need to Know About the Music Business: 11th Edition Author: Donald S. Passman Narrator: Gibson Frazier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Dubbed “the industry bible” by the Los Angeles Times, All You Need to Know About the Music Business by veteran music lawyer Donald Passman is the go-to guide for everyone in the music business through ten editions, over thirty years, and over a half a million copies sold. Now with updates explaining why musicians have more power today than ever in history; discussion of the mega-million-dollar sales of artists’ songs and record catalogs; how artist access to streaming media, and particularly TikTok, has completely reshaped the music business; the latest on music created by AI; and a full update of the latest numbers and trends. For more than thirty years, All You Need to Know About the Music Business has been universally regarded as the definitive guide to the music industry. Now in its eleventh edition, Passman leads novices and experts alike through what has been the most profound change in the music business since the days of wax cylinders and piano rolls: streaming. For the first time in history, music is no longer monetized by selling something—it’s monetized by how many times a listener streams a song. And also, for the first time, artists can get their music to listeners without a record company gatekeeper, creating a new democracy for music.    The “industry bible” (Los Angeles Times), now updated, is essential for anyone in the music business—musicians, songwriters, lawyers, agents, promoters, publishers, executives, and managers—and the definitive guide for anyone who wants to be in the business.    So, whether you are—or aspire to be—in the music industry, veteran music lawyer Passman’s comprehensive guide is an indispensable tool. He offers timely information about the latest trends, including the reasons why artists have more clout than ever in history, the massive influence of TikTok, the mega million dollar sales of artists’ songs and record catalogs, music in Web3 and the Metaverse, music created by AI, and a full update of the latest numbers and practices.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673818</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205204/9781797166063.mp3" length="1477679" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673818 to listen full audiobooks. Title: All You Need to Know About the Music Business: 11th Edition Author: Donald S. Passman Narrator: Gibson Frazier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673818" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673818</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: All You Need to Know About the Music Business: 11th Edition Author: Donald S. Passman Narrator: Gibson Frazier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 27 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Dubbed “the industry bible” by the Los Angeles Times, All You Need to Know About the Music Business by veteran music lawyer Donald Passman is the go-to guide for everyone in the music business through ten editions, over thirty years, and over a half a million copies sold. Now with updates explaining why musicians have more power today than ever in history; discussion of the mega-million-dollar sales of artists’ songs and record catalogs; how artist access to streaming media, and particularly TikTok, has completely reshaped the music business; the latest on music created by AI; and a full update of the latest numbers and trends. For more than thirty years, All You Need to Know About the Music Business has been universally regarded as the definitive guide to the music industry. Now in its eleventh edition, Passman leads novices and experts alike through what has been the most profound change in the music business since the days of wax cylinders and piano rolls: streaming. For the first time in history, music is no longer monetized by selling something—it’s monetized by how many times a listener streams a song. And also, for the first time, artists can get their music to listeners without a record company gatekeeper, creating a new democracy for music.    The “industry bible” (Los Angeles Times), now updated, is essential for anyone in the music business—musicians, songwriters, lawyers, agents, promoters, publishers, executives, and managers—and the definitive guide for anyone who wants to be in the business.    So, whether you are—or aspire to be—in the music industry, veteran music lawyer Passman’s comprehensive guide is an indispensable tool. He offers timely information about the latest trends, including the reasons why artists have more clout than ever in history, the massive influence of TikTok, the mega million dollar sales of artists’ songs and record catalogs, music in Web3 and the Metaverse, music created by AI, and a full update of the latest numbers and practices.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e64cc59c197bafced750c08b9b691536.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>It's Not You, It's Capitalism: Why It's Time to Break Up and How to Move On by Malaika Jabali</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/it-s-not-you-it-s-capitalism-why-it-s-time-to-break-up-and-how-to-move-on-by-malaika-jabali--65205190</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675922" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675922</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not You, It's Capitalism: Why It's Time to Break Up and How to Move On Author: Malaika Jabali Narrator: Malaika Jabali Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A biting, brilliant, often hilarious guide to socialism for budding anti-capitalists who know it’s time to dump their toxic ex (Capitalism) and try something finer. Journalist Malaika Jabali debunks myths, centers forgotten socialists of color who have shaped our world, and shows socialism is not all Marx and Bernie Bros—it can be pretty sexy.  We’ve all dated someone who took control of the relationship—you know, someone who makes you feel like you’re unhappy because you’re just not putting in the work, or it’s all in your head. But when you think about trying to meet new people, it feels terrifying. Like, have you looked at Tinder recently? It’s rough out there!  Your tough-love new best friend, award-winning journalist, policy attorney, and life-long socialist Malaika Jabali is here to say: we are all in a generations-long toxic relationship with Capitalism, and it is time to get the h*ll out of there and move ALONG.  She gives you everything you need to know about what a healthy relationship could actually look like, issue by issue—from healthcare and housing to the whole concept of American democracy—with our new boo: Socialism. And no, Socialism isn’t the boring, grey, authoritarian, Cold-War-era monster that you’ve heard about.   With accessible explanations and illustrations, often surprising graphs and stats, and some Drake memes, this book will show you that we NEED to build a world that’s safer, kinder, cleaner, healthier, and more equal. And that this isn’t a utopian dream – it’s within our grasp, if we collectively decide to call out Capitalism for what it really is and wake up to a better future.     Fun, smart, and inspiring, It’s Not You It’s Capitalism is the hottest new relationship in your life!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675922</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205190/9781668635155.mp3" length="1477693" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675922 to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not You, It's Capitalism: Why It's Time to Break Up and How to Move On Author: Malaika Jabali Narrator: Malaika Jabali Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675922" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675922</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Not You, It's Capitalism: Why It's Time to Break Up and How to Move On Author: Malaika Jabali Narrator: Malaika Jabali Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 20 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A biting, brilliant, often hilarious guide to socialism for budding anti-capitalists who know it’s time to dump their toxic ex (Capitalism) and try something finer. Journalist Malaika Jabali debunks myths, centers forgotten socialists of color who have shaped our world, and shows socialism is not all Marx and Bernie Bros—it can be pretty sexy.  We’ve all dated someone who took control of the relationship—you know, someone who makes you feel like you’re unhappy because you’re just not putting in the work, or it’s all in your head. But when you think about trying to meet new people, it feels terrifying. Like, have you looked at Tinder recently? It’s rough out there!  Your tough-love new best friend, award-winning journalist, policy attorney, and life-long socialist Malaika Jabali is here to say: we are all in a generations-long toxic relationship with Capitalism, and it is time to get the h*ll out of there and move ALONG.  She gives you everything you need to know about what a healthy relationship could actually look like, issue by issue—from healthcare and housing to the whole concept of American democracy—with our new boo: Socialism. And no, Socialism isn’t the boring, grey, authoritarian, Cold-War-era monster that you’ve heard about.   With accessible explanations and illustrations, often surprising graphs and stats, and some Drake memes, this book will show you that we NEED to build a world that’s safer, kinder, cleaner, healthier, and more equal. And that this isn’t a utopian dream – it’s within our grasp, if we collectively decide to call out Capitalism for what it really is and wake up to a better future.     Fun, smart, and inspiring, It’s Not You It’s Capitalism is the hottest new relationship in your life!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5677e1f73066c2feea51ad574b8ef2e0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>These Walls: The Battle for Rikers Island and the Future of America's Jails by Eva Fedderly</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/these-walls-the-battle-for-rikers-island-and-the-future-of-america-s-jails-by-eva-fedderly--65205131</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678444" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678444</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: These Walls: The Battle for Rikers Island and the Future of America's Jails Author: Eva Fedderly Narrator: Eunice Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “A critical intervention in the high stakes debate about the social value of jails and what we could do instead to create safety and justice.” —Alex Vitale, author of The End of Policing   In the tradition of Locking Up Our Own and The New Jim Crow, a rarely seen, thought-provoking journey into Rikers Island and the American justice system that “reframes the debate the country’s incarceration crisis, with a compelling focus on architecture as a path forward (Tony Messenger, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Profit and Punishment). For nearly a century, the Rikers Island jail complex has stood on a 413-acre manmade island in the East River of New York. Today it is the largest correctional facility in the city, housing eight active jails and thousands of incarcerated individuals who have not yet been tried. It is also one of the most controversial and notorious jails in America.   Which is why, when mayor Bill de Blasio announced in 2017 that Rikers would be closed within the next decade, replaced with four newly designed jails located within the city boroughs, the surface reaction seemed largely positive. Many were enthusiastic, including Eva Fedderly, a journalist focused on the intersections of social justice and design, who was covering the closure and its impact for Architectural Digest. But as Fedderly dug deeper and spoke to more people involved, she discovered that the consensus was hardly universal. Among architects tasked with redesigns that reconcile profits and progress, the members of law enforcement working to stop incarceration cycles in community hot spots, the reformers and abolitionists calling for change, and, most wrenchingly, the incarcerated and formerly incarcerated people whose lives will be most affected, some agreed that closing Rikers was a step in the right direction, but many were quick to point out that Rikers was being replaced, not removed. On one point, however, there was firm agreement: whatever the outcome, the world would be watching.   Part on-the-ground reporting, part deep social and architectural history, These Walls is an eye-opening, “insightful…bracing look at how the nation’s jails—and the nation itself—ought to be reformed” (Kirkus Reviews) and a challenge to our long-held beliefs about what constitutes power and justice.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678444</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205131/9781797167527.mp3" length="1477719" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678444 to listen full audiobooks. Title: These Walls: The Battle for Rikers Island and the Future of America's Jails Author: Eva Fedderly Narrator: Eunice Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678444" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678444</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: These Walls: The Battle for Rikers Island and the Future of America's Jails Author: Eva Fedderly Narrator: Eunice Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “A critical intervention in the high stakes debate about the social value of jails and what we could do instead to create safety and justice.” —Alex Vitale, author of The End of Policing   In the tradition of Locking Up Our Own and The New Jim Crow, a rarely seen, thought-provoking journey into Rikers Island and the American justice system that “reframes the debate the country’s incarceration crisis, with a compelling focus on architecture as a path forward (Tony Messenger, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Profit and Punishment). For nearly a century, the Rikers Island jail complex has stood on a 413-acre manmade island in the East River of New York. Today it is the largest correctional facility in the city, housing eight active jails and thousands of incarcerated individuals who have not yet been tried. It is also one of the most controversial and notorious jails in America.   Which is why, when mayor Bill de Blasio announced in 2017 that Rikers would be closed within the next decade, replaced with four newly designed jails located within the city boroughs, the surface reaction seemed largely positive. Many were enthusiastic, including Eva Fedderly, a journalist focused on the intersections of social justice and design, who was covering the closure and its impact for Architectural Digest. But as Fedderly dug deeper and spoke to more people involved, she discovered that the consensus was hardly universal. Among architects tasked with redesigns that reconcile profits and progress, the members of law enforcement working to stop incarceration cycles in community hot spots, the reformers and abolitionists calling for change, and, most wrenchingly, the incarcerated and formerly incarcerated people whose lives will be most affected, some agreed that closing Rikers was a step in the right direction, but many were quick to point out that Rikers was being replaced, not removed. On one point, however, there was firm agreement: whatever the outcome, the world would be watching.   Part on-the-ground reporting, part deep social and architectural history, These Walls is an eye-opening, “insightful…bracing look at how the nation’s jails—and the nation itself—ought to be reformed” (Kirkus Reviews) and a challenge to our long-held beliefs about what constitutes power and justice.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7cc44e377f42b30bd3b9a639cbae8adf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Romney: A Reckoning by Mckay Coppins</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/romney-a-reckoning-by-mckay-coppins--65205080</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682968" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682968</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Romney: A Reckoning Author: Mckay Coppins Narrator: Mckay Coppins, Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 15   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER! In this illuminating and “scoop-rich biography…the tell-all tales rush forth” (Los Angeles Times) offering a “penetrating analysis of the ongoing Republican civil war through the eyes of one of its last embattled centrists” (Publishers Weekly). Few figures in American politics have seen more and said less than Mitt Romney. An outspoken dissident in Donald Trump’s GOP, he has made headlines in recent years for standing alone against the forces he believes are poisoning the party he once led. Romney was the first senator in history to vote to remove from office a president of his own party. When that president’s supporters went on to storm the US Capitol, Romney delivered a thundering speech from the Senate floor accusing his fellow Republicans of stoking insurrection. Despite these moments of public courage, Romney has shared very little about what he’s witnessed behind the scenes over his three decades in politics—in GOP cloakrooms and caucus lunches, in his private meetings with Donald Trump and his family, in his dealings with John McCain, George W. Bush, Barack Obama, Joe Biden, Mitch McConnell, Joe Manchin, and Kyrsten Sinema. Now, Romney provides a window to his most private thoughts.   Based on dozens of interviews with Romney, his family, and his inner circle as well as hundreds of pages of his personal journals and private emails, this in-depth portrait by award-winning journalist McKay Coppins shows a public servant authentically wrestling with the choices he has made over his career. In lively, revelatory detail, the book traces Romney’s early life and rise through the ranks of a fast-transforming Republican Party and exposes how a trail of seemingly small compromises by political leaders has led to a crisis in democracy. “A rare feat in modern-day political reporting” (The New Yorker), Romney: A Reckoning is a redemptive story about a complex politician who summoned his moral courage just as fear and divisiveness were overtaking American life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682968</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205080/9781797168791.mp3" length="1477627" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682968 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Romney: A Reckoning Author: Mckay Coppins Narrator: Mckay Coppins, Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 31 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682968" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682968</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Romney: A Reckoning Author: Mckay Coppins Narrator: Mckay Coppins, Jonathan Davis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 24, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 15   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 6 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER! In this illuminating and “scoop-rich biography…the tell-all tales rush forth” (Los Angeles Times) offering a “penetrating analysis of the ongoing Republican civil war through the eyes of one of its last embattled centrists” (Publishers Weekly). Few figures in American politics have seen more and said less than Mitt Romney. An outspoken dissident in Donald Trump’s GOP, he has made headlines in recent years for standing alone against the forces he believes are poisoning the party he once led. Romney was the first senator in history to vote to remove from office a president of his own party. When that president’s supporters went on to storm the US Capitol, Romney delivered a thundering speech from the Senate floor accusing his fellow Republicans of stoking insurrection. Despite these moments of public courage, Romney has shared very little about what he’s witnessed behind the scenes over his three decades in politics—in GOP cloakrooms and caucus lunches, in his private meetings with Donald Trump and his family, in his dealings with John McCain, George W. Bush, Barack Obama, Joe Biden, Mitch McConnell, Joe Manchin, and Kyrsten Sinema. Now, Romney provides a window to his most private thoughts.   Based on dozens of interviews with Romney, his family, and his inner circle as well as hundreds of pages of his personal journals and private emails, this in-depth portrait by award-winning journalist McKay Coppins shows a public servant authentically wrestling with the choices he has made over his career. In lively, revelatory detail, the book traces Romney’s early life and rise through the ranks of a fast-transforming Republican Party and exposes how a trail of seemingly small compromises by political leaders has led to a crisis in democracy. “A rare feat in modern-day political reporting” (The New Yorker), Romney: A Reckoning is a redemptive story about a complex politician who summoned his moral courage just as fear and divisiveness were overtaking American life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/555e8165a5072a18e25bccd8d53bca83.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Canceling of the American Mind: How Cancel Culture Undermines Trust, Destroys Institutions, and Threatens Us All by Greg Lukianoff, Rikk</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-canceling-of-the-american-mind-how-cancel-culture-undermines-trust-destroys-institutions-and-threatens-us-all-by-greg-lukianoff-rikk--65205120</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682579" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682579</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Canceling of the American Mind: How Cancel Culture Undermines Trust, Destroys Institutions, and Threatens Us All Author: Greg Lukianoff, Rikki Schlott Narrator: Rikki Schlott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. A new way of thinking about cancel culture and the much-needed antidote for our dangerous and divisive times Cancel culture isn't just a moral panic: it erodes our ability to argue productively, listen generously and to be civil when we disagree. Whether on university campuses, in the workplace or on social media, it is a dysfunctional part of how individuals battle for power, status, and dominance. It's just one symptom of a much larger problem: why bother refuting your opponents, when you can just take away their platform or career? In this book, Lukianoff and Shlott analyze the pervasive effects of cancel culture, drawing on original research and data, along with hundreds of new examples showing how the left and the right both work to silence their enemies in different ways. Eye-opening, urgent and transformative, The Canceling of the American Mind offers concrete steps towards reclaiming a culture of free speech, with materials specifically tailored for parents, teachers, business leaders and all those who use social media. It shows how we can all harness intellectual humility to become more resilient and open minded. ©2023 Greg Lukianoff &amp; Rikki Schlott (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682579</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205120/9781802064346.mp3" length="2437308" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682579 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Canceling of the American Mind: How Cancel Culture Undermines Trust, Destroys Institutions, and Threatens Us All Author: Greg Lukianoff, Rikki...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682579" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682579</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Canceling of the American Mind: How Cancel Culture Undermines Trust, Destroys Institutions, and Threatens Us All Author: Greg Lukianoff, Rikki Schlott Narrator: Rikki Schlott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 29 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. A new way of thinking about cancel culture and the much-needed antidote for our dangerous and divisive times Cancel culture isn't just a moral panic: it erodes our ability to argue productively, listen generously and to be civil when we disagree. Whether on university campuses, in the workplace or on social media, it is a dysfunctional part of how individuals battle for power, status, and dominance. It's just one symptom of a much larger problem: why bother refuting your opponents, when you can just take away their platform or career? In this book, Lukianoff and Shlott analyze the pervasive effects of cancel culture, drawing on original research and data, along with hundreds of new examples showing how the left and the right both work to silence their enemies in different ways. Eye-opening, urgent and transformative, The Canceling of the American Mind offers concrete steps towards reclaiming a culture of free speech, with materials specifically tailored for parents, teachers, business leaders and all those who use social media. It shows how we can all harness intellectual humility to become more resilient and open minded. ©2023 Greg Lukianoff &amp; Rikki Schlott (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/733cf503477291d366023e2c7d8bf54d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Canceling of the American Mind: Cancel Culture Undermines Trust, Destroys Institutions, and Threatens Us All—But There Is a Solution by</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-canceling-of-the-american-mind-cancel-culture-undermines-trust-destroys-institutions-and-threatens-us-all-but-there-is-a-solution-by--65205110</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681625" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681625</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Canceling of the American Mind: Cancel Culture Undermines Trust, Destroys Institutions, and Threatens Us All—But There Is a Solution Author: Greg Lukianoff, Rikki Schlott Narrator: Rikki Schlott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A “galvanizing” (The Wall Street Journal) deep dive into cancel culture and its dangers to all Americans from the team that brought you Coddling of the American Mind. Cancel culture is a new phenomenon, and The Canceling of the American Mind is the first book to codify it and survey its effects, including hard data and research on what cancel culture is and how it works, along with hundreds of new examples showing the left and right both working to silence their enemies.   The Canceling of the American Mind changes how you view cancel culture. Rather than a moral panic, we should consider it a dysfunctional part of how Americans battle for power, status, and dominance. Cancel culture is just one symptom of a much larger problem: the use of cheap rhetorical tactics to “win” arguments without actually winning arguments. After all, why bother refuting your opponents when you can just take away their platform or career?   The good news is that we can beat back this threat to democracy through better citizenship. The Canceling of the American Mind offers concrete steps toward reclaiming a free speech culture, with materials specifically tailored for parents, teachers, business leaders, and everyone who uses social media. We can all show intellectual humility and promote the essential American principles of individuality, resilience, and open-mindedness.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681625</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Oct 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205110/9781797168340.mp3" length="1477879" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681625 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Canceling of the American Mind: Cancel Culture Undermines Trust, Destroys Institutions, and Threatens Us All—But There Is a Solution Author: Greg...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681625" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681625</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Canceling of the American Mind: Cancel Culture Undermines Trust, Destroys Institutions, and Threatens Us All—But There Is a Solution Author: Greg Lukianoff, Rikki Schlott Narrator: Rikki Schlott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 17, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A “galvanizing” (The Wall Street Journal) deep dive into cancel culture and its dangers to all Americans from the team that brought you Coddling of the American Mind. Cancel culture is a new phenomenon, and The Canceling of the American Mind is the first book to codify it and survey its effects, including hard data and research on what cancel culture is and how it works, along with hundreds of new examples showing the left and right both working to silence their enemies.   The Canceling of the American Mind changes how you view cancel culture. Rather than a moral panic, we should consider it a dysfunctional part of how Americans battle for power, status, and dominance. Cancel culture is just one symptom of a much larger problem: the use of cheap rhetorical tactics to “win” arguments without actually winning arguments. After all, why bother refuting your opponents when you can just take away their platform or career?   The good news is that we can beat back this threat to democracy through better citizenship. The Canceling of the American Mind offers concrete steps toward reclaiming a free speech culture, with materials specifically tailored for parents, teachers, business leaders, and everyone who uses social media. We can all show intellectual humility and promote the essential American principles of individuality, resilience, and open-mindedness.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6aa7fbc427f121962b1747ab19dacd53.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Sugar and Slate by Charlotte Williams</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/sugar-and-slate-by-charlotte-williams--65205205</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673853" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673853</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sugar and Slate Author: Charlotte Williams Narrator: Zadeiah Campbell-Davies, Bernadine Evaristo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: October  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. A powerful, intimate memoir from writer and academic Charlotte Williams exploring the intertwined history of Wales, Africa and the Caribbean As the daughter of a white Welsh-speaking mother and black father from Guyana, Charlotte Williams's childhood world was one of mixed messages dominated by the feeling that 'somehow to be half-Welsh and half Afro-Caribbean was to be half of something but never quite anything whole at all.' Sugar and Slate tells the fascinating story of her journey of self-discovery, from the small north Wales town of her birth to Africa, the Caribbean and back to Wales. This is both a personal memoir and a story that speaks to the wider experience of mixed-race Britons. It is a story of Welshness and a story of Wales and above all a story for those of us who look over our shoulder across the sea to some other place. A title in the Black Britain: Writing Back series - selected by Booker Prize-winning author Bernardine Evaristo, this series rediscovers and celebrates pioneering books depicting black Britain that remap the nation. ©2023 Charlotte Williams (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673853</guid><pubDate>Thu, 05 Oct 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205205/9781405959186.mp3" length="2437407" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673853 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sugar and Slate Author: Charlotte Williams Narrator: Zadeiah Campbell-Davies, Bernadine Evaristo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673853" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673853</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sugar and Slate Author: Charlotte Williams Narrator: Zadeiah Campbell-Davies, Bernadine Evaristo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: October  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. A powerful, intimate memoir from writer and academic Charlotte Williams exploring the intertwined history of Wales, Africa and the Caribbean As the daughter of a white Welsh-speaking mother and black father from Guyana, Charlotte Williams's childhood world was one of mixed messages dominated by the feeling that 'somehow to be half-Welsh and half Afro-Caribbean was to be half of something but never quite anything whole at all.' Sugar and Slate tells the fascinating story of her journey of self-discovery, from the small north Wales town of her birth to Africa, the Caribbean and back to Wales. This is both a personal memoir and a story that speaks to the wider experience of mixed-race Britons. It is a story of Welshness and a story of Wales and above all a story for those of us who look over our shoulder across the sea to some other place. A title in the Black Britain: Writing Back series - selected by Booker Prize-winning author Bernardine Evaristo, this series rediscovers and celebrates pioneering books depicting black Britain that remap the nation. ©2023 Charlotte Williams (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/989bebbd9da8693d1aa6ff05ba1a033a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Great American Bank Robbery: The Unauthorized Report About What Really Caused the Great Recession by Paul Sperry</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-great-american-bank-robbery-the-unauthorized-report-about-what-really-caused-the-great-recession-by-paul-sperry--65205212</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676003" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676003</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great American Bank Robbery: The Unauthorized Report About What Really Caused the Great Recession Author: Paul Sperry Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: October  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  You may not realize it, but you helped pay for a $10 million, fourteen-month government “investigation” of the housing collapse. Only your $10 million didn’t buy much, and it certainly didn’t buy truth; any hope of that went out the window on day one. The congressionally appointed panel—made up primarily of anti-market, historic revisionists—managed to shift the blame away from Washington and onto mortgage lenders and “greedy” Wall Street executives, while protecting the real culprits at the core of the crisis: POLITICIANS LIKE THEMSELVES. It’s not about Democrat or Republican, left or right, black or white. It’s about the usual suspects—money and power and the people who use government to manipulate them for private advantage. The Great American Bank Robbery maps out in detail exactly how Washington social engineers and their accomplices reshaped banking regulations and housing policies and gutted time-tested underwriting standards that led to the worst financial calamity since the 1930s, one that has robbed American households of $14 trillion in net worth. And they’re not done yet . . . Accompanying tables and appendix are included in the audiobook companion PDF download.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676003</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205212/9781599510729.mp3" length="1477735" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676003 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great American Bank Robbery: The Unauthorized Report About What Really Caused the Great Recession Author: Paul Sperry Narrator: Milton Bagby...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676003" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676003</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Great American Bank Robbery: The Unauthorized Report About What Really Caused the Great Recession Author: Paul Sperry Narrator: Milton Bagby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: October  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  You may not realize it, but you helped pay for a $10 million, fourteen-month government “investigation” of the housing collapse. Only your $10 million didn’t buy much, and it certainly didn’t buy truth; any hope of that went out the window on day one. The congressionally appointed panel—made up primarily of anti-market, historic revisionists—managed to shift the blame away from Washington and onto mortgage lenders and “greedy” Wall Street executives, while protecting the real culprits at the core of the crisis: POLITICIANS LIKE THEMSELVES. It’s not about Democrat or Republican, left or right, black or white. It’s about the usual suspects—money and power and the people who use government to manipulate them for private advantage. The Great American Bank Robbery maps out in detail exactly how Washington social engineers and their accomplices reshaped banking regulations and housing policies and gutted time-tested underwriting standards that led to the worst financial calamity since the 1930s, one that has robbed American households of $14 trillion in net worth. And they’re not done yet . . . Accompanying tables and appendix are included in the audiobook companion PDF download.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2e969bf6ae1ac5a07a913321eea835a1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Cruel and Usual Punishment: The Terrifying Global Implications of Islamic Law by Nonie Darwish</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/cruel-and-usual-punishment-the-terrifying-global-implications-of-islamic-law-by-nonie-darwish--65205194</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676002" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676002</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cruel and Usual Punishment: The Terrifying Global Implications of Islamic Law Author: Nonie Darwish Narrator: Carol Jacobanis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: October  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Nonie Darwish lived for thirty years in a majority Muslim nation. Everything about her life?family, sexuality, hygiene, business, banking, contracts, economics, politics, social issues, everything?was dictated by the Islamic law code known as Sharia. But Sharia isn't staying in majority Muslim nations. Darwish now lives in the West and brings a warning; the goal of radical Islam is to bring Sharia law to your country. If that happens, the fabric of Western law and liberty will be ripped in two. Under Sharia law: - A woman can be beaten for talking to men who are not her relatives and flogged for not wearing a headdress - Daughters, sisters, and wives can be legally killed by the men in their family - Non-Muslims can be beheaded, and their Muslim killers will not receive the death penalty - Certain kinds of child molestation are allowed - The husband of a 'rebellious' wife can deny her medical care or place her under house arrest Think it can't happen? In 2008, England?once the seat of Western liberty and now the home of many Muslim immigrants?declared that Sharia courts in Britain have the force of law. When Muslim populations reach as little as 1 or 2 percent, says Darwish, they begin making demands of the larger community, such as foot-level faucets for washing before praying in public schools, businesses, and airports. 'Airports in Kansas City, Phoenix, and Indianapolis are among those who have already installed foot baths for Muslim cab drivers,' writes Darwish. These demands test how far Westerners will go in accommodating the Muslim minority. How far will they push? The Organization of the Islamic Conference works to Islamize international human rights laws and apply Sharia 'standards' for blasphemy to all nations. The penalty for blasphemy? Death. Weaving personal experience together with extensive documentation and research, Darwish exposes the facts and reveals the global threat posed by Sharia law. Anyone concerned about Western rights and liberties ignores her warning and analysis at their peril.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676002</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205194/9781599510705.mp3" length="1477731" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676002 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cruel and Usual Punishment: The Terrifying Global Implications of Islamic Law Author: Nonie Darwish Narrator: Carol Jacobanis Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676002" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676002</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cruel and Usual Punishment: The Terrifying Global Implications of Islamic Law Author: Nonie Darwish Narrator: Carol Jacobanis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: October  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Nonie Darwish lived for thirty years in a majority Muslim nation. Everything about her life?family, sexuality, hygiene, business, banking, contracts, economics, politics, social issues, everything?was dictated by the Islamic law code known as Sharia. But Sharia isn't staying in majority Muslim nations. Darwish now lives in the West and brings a warning; the goal of radical Islam is to bring Sharia law to your country. If that happens, the fabric of Western law and liberty will be ripped in two. Under Sharia law: - A woman can be beaten for talking to men who are not her relatives and flogged for not wearing a headdress - Daughters, sisters, and wives can be legally killed by the men in their family - Non-Muslims can be beheaded, and their Muslim killers will not receive the death penalty - Certain kinds of child molestation are allowed - The husband of a 'rebellious' wife can deny her medical care or place her under house arrest Think it can't happen? In 2008, England?once the seat of Western liberty and now the home of many Muslim immigrants?declared that Sharia courts in Britain have the force of law. When Muslim populations reach as little as 1 or 2 percent, says Darwish, they begin making demands of the larger community, such as foot-level faucets for washing before praying in public schools, businesses, and airports. 'Airports in Kansas City, Phoenix, and Indianapolis are among those who have already installed foot baths for Muslim cab drivers,' writes Darwish. These demands test how far Westerners will go in accommodating the Muslim minority. How far will they push? The Organization of the Islamic Conference works to Islamize international human rights laws and apply Sharia 'standards' for blasphemy to all nations. The penalty for blasphemy? Death. Weaving personal experience together with extensive documentation and research, Darwish exposes the facts and reveals the global threat posed by Sharia law. Anyone concerned about Western rights and liberties ignores her warning and analysis at their peril.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c8c6b0265be38b3b2ccc692e13800ca1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>First Strike: TWA Flight 800 and the Attack on America by Jack Cashill, James Sanders</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/first-strike-twa-flight-800-and-the-attack-on-america-by-jack-cashill-james-sanders--65205180</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676000" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676000</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First Strike: TWA Flight 800 and the Attack on America Author: Jack Cashill, James Sanders Narrator: Josh Bloomberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 58 minutes Release date: October  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  September 11, 2001, did not represent the first aerial assault against the American mainland. The first came on July 17,1996, with the downing of TWA Flight 800. This book looks in detail at what people saw and heard on this fateful night. First Strike explains how a determined corps of ordinary citizens worked to reveal the compromise and corruption that tainted the federal investigation. With an impressive array of facts, Jack Cashill and James Sanders show the relationship between events in July 1996 and September 2001 and proclaim how and why the American government has attempted to cover up the truth.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676000</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205180/9781404118225.mp3" length="1477613" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676000 to listen full audiobooks. Title: First Strike: TWA Flight 800 and the Attack on America Author: Jack Cashill, James Sanders Narrator: Josh Bloomberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676000" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676000</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: First Strike: TWA Flight 800 and the Attack on America Author: Jack Cashill, James Sanders Narrator: Josh Bloomberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 58 minutes Release date: October  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  September 11, 2001, did not represent the first aerial assault against the American mainland. The first came on July 17,1996, with the downing of TWA Flight 800. This book looks in detail at what people saw and heard on this fateful night. First Strike explains how a determined corps of ordinary citizens worked to reveal the compromise and corruption that tainted the federal investigation. With an impressive array of facts, Jack Cashill and James Sanders show the relationship between events in July 1996 and September 2001 and proclaim how and why the American government has attempted to cover up the truth.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/33d94efe270984934798a61a72e165d8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Democracy Awakening: Notes on the State of America by Heather Cox Richardson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/democracy-awakening-notes-on-the-state-of-america-by-heather-cox-richardson--65205234</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671567" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671567</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy Awakening: Notes on the State of America Author: Heather Cox Richardson Narrator: Heather Cox Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 25   Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 12 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A New York Times Bestseller A vital and urgent call to action about the precarious state of American democracy, charting its historical challenges and current threats, from one of our era’s most important and insightful historians, with a new afterword by the author. “Magisterial.” –The Washington Post “An excellent primer for anyone who needs the important facts of the last 150 years of American history–and how they got us to the sorry place we inhabit today.” –Guardian At a time when the very foundations of American democracy seem under threat, the lessons of the past offer a road map for navigating a moment of political crisis. In Democracy Awakening, acclaimed historian Heather Cox Richardson delves into the tumultuous journey of American democracy, tracing the roots of Donald Trump’s “authoritarian experiment” to the earliest days of the republic. She examines the historical forces that have led to the current political climate, showing how modern conservatism has preyed upon a disaffected population, weaponizing language and promoting false history to consolidate power. With remarkable clarity and the same accessible voice that brings millions to her newsletter, Letters from an American, Richardson wrangles a chaotic news feed into a story that pivots effortlessly from the Founders to the abolitionists to Nixon to the January 6 insurrection. An essential read for anyone concerned about the state of America, Democracy Awakening is more than a history book; it’s a call to action. Richardson reminds us that democracy requires constant vigilance and participation from all of us, showing how we, as a nation, can take the lessons of the past to secure a more just and equitable future.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671567</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205234/9780593789476.mp3" length="4837166" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671567 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy Awakening: Notes on the State of America Author: Heather Cox Richardson Narrator: Heather Cox Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671567" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671567</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy Awakening: Notes on the State of America Author: Heather Cox Richardson Narrator: Heather Cox Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 25   Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 12 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A New York Times Bestseller A vital and urgent call to action about the precarious state of American democracy, charting its historical challenges and current threats, from one of our era’s most important and insightful historians, with a new afterword by the author. “Magisterial.” –The Washington Post “An excellent primer for anyone who needs the important facts of the last 150 years of American history–and how they got us to the sorry place we inhabit today.” –Guardian At a time when the very foundations of American democracy seem under threat, the lessons of the past offer a road map for navigating a moment of political crisis. In Democracy Awakening, acclaimed historian Heather Cox Richardson delves into the tumultuous journey of American democracy, tracing the roots of Donald Trump’s “authoritarian experiment” to the earliest days of the republic. She examines the historical forces that have led to the current political climate, showing how modern conservatism has preyed upon a disaffected population, weaponizing language and promoting false history to consolidate power. With remarkable clarity and the same accessible voice that brings millions to her newsletter, Letters from an American, Richardson wrangles a chaotic news feed into a story that pivots effortlessly from the Founders to the abolitionists to Nixon to the January 6 insurrection. An essential read for anyone concerned about the state of America, Democracy Awakening is more than a history book; it’s a call to action. Richardson reminds us that democracy requires constant vigilance and participation from all of us, showing how we, as a nation, can take the lessons of the past to secure a more just and equitable future.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/aa89b99f0d39c2705c6eaa4c24aa9ab2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Sparks: China's Underground Historians and Their Battle for the Future by Ian Johnson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/sparks-china-s-underground-historians-and-their-battle-for-the-future-by-ian-johnson--65205195</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676704" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676704</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sparks: China's Underground Historians and Their Battle for the Future Author: Ian Johnson Narrator: Ian Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. In China today a nationwide movement emerges, defying crackdowns and censorship to challenge the Communist Party on its most hallowed ground: its control of history. In traditional China, dynasties rewrote history to justify their rule by proving that their predecessors were unworthy of holding power. Marxism gave this a modern gloss, describing history as an unstoppable force heading toward Communism's triumph. The Chinese Communist Party builds on these ideas to whitewash its misdeeds and justify its rule. But in recent years, a network of independent writers, artists and film-makers have challenged this state-led disremembering. Using digital technologies to bypass China's legendary surveillance state, their samizdat journals, guerilla media posts and underground films document a pattern of disasters: from past famines and purges to the ethnic clashes and virus outbreaks of the present. Based on years of research in Xi Jinping's China, Sparks challenges stereotypes of a China where the state has quashed all free thought, revealing instead a country engaged in one of humanity's great struggles of memory against forgetting - a battle that will shape the China that emerges in the mid-twenty-first century. ©2023 Ian Johnson (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676704</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205195/9780241667156.mp3" length="2437425" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676704 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sparks: China's Underground Historians and Their Battle for the Future Author: Ian Johnson Narrator: Ian Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676704" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676704</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sparks: China's Underground Historians and Their Battle for the Future Author: Ian Johnson Narrator: Ian Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 12 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. In China today a nationwide movement emerges, defying crackdowns and censorship to challenge the Communist Party on its most hallowed ground: its control of history. In traditional China, dynasties rewrote history to justify their rule by proving that their predecessors were unworthy of holding power. Marxism gave this a modern gloss, describing history as an unstoppable force heading toward Communism's triumph. The Chinese Communist Party builds on these ideas to whitewash its misdeeds and justify its rule. But in recent years, a network of independent writers, artists and film-makers have challenged this state-led disremembering. Using digital technologies to bypass China's legendary surveillance state, their samizdat journals, guerilla media posts and underground films document a pattern of disasters: from past famines and purges to the ethnic clashes and virus outbreaks of the present. Based on years of research in Xi Jinping's China, Sparks challenges stereotypes of a China where the state has quashed all free thought, revealing instead a country engaged in one of humanity's great struggles of memory against forgetting - a battle that will shape the China that emerges in the mid-twenty-first century. ©2023 Ian Johnson (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/03edab48cf9e698671dd246e47c3c64e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Enough by Cassidy Hutchinson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/enough-by-cassidy-hutchinson--65205097</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682966" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682966</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enough Author: Cassidy Hutchinson Narrator: Cassidy Hutchinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 175   Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 54 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   Cassidy Hutchinson’s desk was mere steps from the most controversial president in recent American history, and she provides a riveting account of her extraordinary experience as an idealistic young woman thrust into the middle of a national crisis, where she risked everything to tell the truth about President Trump and some of the most powerful people who surrounded him. Ever since a childhood visit to Washington, DC, Cassidy Hutchinson aspired to serve her country in government. Raised in a working-class family with a military background, she was the first in her immediate family to graduate from college. Despite having no ties to Washington, Hutchinson landed a vital position at the center of the Trump White House.    Her life took a dramatic turn on January 6th, 2021, when, at twenty-four, she found herself in one of the most extraordinary and unprecedented calamities in modern political history.    Hutchinson was faced with a choice between loyalty to the Trump administration or loyalty to the country by revealing what she saw and heard in the attempt to overthrow a democratic election. She bravely came forward to become the pivotal witness in the House January 6 investigations, as her testimony transfixed and stunned the nation. In her memoir, Hutchinson reveals the struggle between the pressures she confronted to toe the party line and the demands of the oath she swore to defend American democracy.    Enough reaches far beyond the typical insider political account. It’s the saga of a woman whose “bravery and patriotism” (Liz Cheney, former US Representative) helped her overcome childhood challenges to get her dream job, only to face a crisis of conscience—one that more senior White House aides tried to evade—and, in the process, find her voice and herself. As the New York Times noted, “In this age of political cowardice and self-dealing, it can be easy to forget that public service is supposed to be a noble calling...Cassidy Hutchinson reminded us what that looks like.” This is a portrait of how the courage of one person can change the course of history.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682966</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205097/9781797162249.mp3" length="1477599" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682966 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enough Author: Cassidy Hutchinson Narrator: Cassidy Hutchinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 26,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682966" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682966</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enough Author: Cassidy Hutchinson Narrator: Cassidy Hutchinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 175   Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 54 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   Cassidy Hutchinson’s desk was mere steps from the most controversial president in recent American history, and she provides a riveting account of her extraordinary experience as an idealistic young woman thrust into the middle of a national crisis, where she risked everything to tell the truth about President Trump and some of the most powerful people who surrounded him. Ever since a childhood visit to Washington, DC, Cassidy Hutchinson aspired to serve her country in government. Raised in a working-class family with a military background, she was the first in her immediate family to graduate from college. Despite having no ties to Washington, Hutchinson landed a vital position at the center of the Trump White House.    Her life took a dramatic turn on January 6th, 2021, when, at twenty-four, she found herself in one of the most extraordinary and unprecedented calamities in modern political history.    Hutchinson was faced with a choice between loyalty to the Trump administration or loyalty to the country by revealing what she saw and heard in the attempt to overthrow a democratic election. She bravely came forward to become the pivotal witness in the House January 6 investigations, as her testimony transfixed and stunned the nation. In her memoir, Hutchinson reveals the struggle between the pressures she confronted to toe the party line and the demands of the oath she swore to defend American democracy.    Enough reaches far beyond the typical insider political account. It’s the saga of a woman whose “bravery and patriotism” (Liz Cheney, former US Representative) helped her overcome childhood challenges to get her dream job, only to face a crisis of conscience—one that more senior White House aides tried to evade—and, in the process, find her voice and herself. As the New York Times noted, “In this age of political cowardice and self-dealing, it can be easy to forget that public service is supposed to be a noble calling...Cassidy Hutchinson reminded us what that looks like.” This is a portrait of how the courage of one person can change the course of history.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d6917eff718e625bb46830b38106731e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Four Tests: What It Will Take to Keep America Strong and Good by Daniel Baer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-four-tests-what-it-will-take-to-keep-america-strong-and-good-by-daniel-baer--65205127</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681626" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681626</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Four Tests: What It Will Take to Keep America Strong and Good Author: Daniel Baer Narrator: Travis Tonn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A “lucidly argued” (Kirkus Reviews), illuminating, and ultimately optimistic roadmap for America’s future and the “tests” the United States must meet to maintain leadership and power in the 21st century—from the former US Ambassador to the Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe. In today’s fraught global and political climate, the assumption that America maintains its dominant status in global politics is waning. The divisions between us, economic changes driven by globalization and technology, as well as climate change, pandemics, and the resurgence of authoritarianism, make it difficult to be optimistic about America’s future. But what if we use this moment as an opportunity to think about what might come next, and how to build what we need to succeed?   If we’re going to allow ourselves to diagnose a “polycrisis” then we should also admit the possibility of “polyprogress.” This book is a roadmap for those who want to take America’s challenges head on, and who hold on to the conviction that we can tackle them.   In The Four Tests, Baer argues that we are living through a transition moment and lays out the four tests we must meet:   -Scale: Can the US maintain enough scale—or create a facsimile of it through deeper partnerships with friends and allies—as China and other countries continue to rise?  -Investment: Can the US muster and effectively direct resources toward investments, particularly investments in people, to lay a foundation for American success in the post-industrial economy?  -Fairness: Can the US address unfairnesses in its economy and society so that they don’t stifle growth and undermine social cohesion in a more competitive world?  -Identity: Can Americans build a thin but shared political identity, inclusive of every American, that can hold us together and help us work together in a difficult global landscape?   While each test poses significant challenges, the US has advantages that some of our most vexing competitors lack. Meeting these tests demands changes in behavior and culture—from politicians, corporate leaders, and citizens. But if we meet these tests, then we can be confident of America’s future. The question is not whether we can succeed—but whether we will.   Straightforward and hopeful, Baer’s pragmatic approach will provide fodder for discussion for Trump-supporting aunts and their Elizabeth Warren–stan nephews far beyond the beltway.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681626</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205127/9781797168371.mp3" length="1477633" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681626 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Four Tests: What It Will Take to Keep America Strong and Good Author: Daniel Baer Narrator: Travis Tonn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681626" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681626</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Four Tests: What It Will Take to Keep America Strong and Good Author: Daniel Baer Narrator: Travis Tonn Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A “lucidly argued” (Kirkus Reviews), illuminating, and ultimately optimistic roadmap for America’s future and the “tests” the United States must meet to maintain leadership and power in the 21st century—from the former US Ambassador to the Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe. In today’s fraught global and political climate, the assumption that America maintains its dominant status in global politics is waning. The divisions between us, economic changes driven by globalization and technology, as well as climate change, pandemics, and the resurgence of authoritarianism, make it difficult to be optimistic about America’s future. But what if we use this moment as an opportunity to think about what might come next, and how to build what we need to succeed?   If we’re going to allow ourselves to diagnose a “polycrisis” then we should also admit the possibility of “polyprogress.” This book is a roadmap for those who want to take America’s challenges head on, and who hold on to the conviction that we can tackle them.   In The Four Tests, Baer argues that we are living through a transition moment and lays out the four tests we must meet:   -Scale: Can the US maintain enough scale—or create a facsimile of it through deeper partnerships with friends and allies—as China and other countries continue to rise?  -Investment: Can the US muster and effectively direct resources toward investments, particularly investments in people, to lay a foundation for American success in the post-industrial economy?  -Fairness: Can the US address unfairnesses in its economy and society so that they don’t stifle growth and undermine social cohesion in a more competitive world?  -Identity: Can Americans build a thin but shared political identity, inclusive of every American, that can hold us together and help us work together in a difficult global landscape?   While each test poses significant challenges, the US has advantages that some of our most vexing competitors lack. Meeting these tests demands changes in behavior and culture—from politicians, corporate leaders, and citizens. But if we meet these tests, then we can be confident of America’s future. The question is not whether we can succeed—but whether we will.   Straightforward and hopeful, Baer’s pragmatic approach will provide fodder for discussion for Trump-supporting aunts and their Elizabeth Warren–stan nephews far beyond the beltway.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7046f664ddf7a54b90b7b67bea51434c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Sister: North Korea's Kim Yo Jong, the Most Dangerous Woman in the World by Sung-Yoon Lee</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-sister-north-korea-s-kim-yo-jong-the-most-dangerous-woman-in-the-world-by-sung-yoon-lee--65205091</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678553" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678553</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sister: North Korea's Kim Yo Jong, the Most Dangerous Woman in the World Author: Sung-Yoon Lee Narrator: Dexter Galang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This first book on Kim Jong Un’s increasingly powerful sister, tapped to be his successor, offers jaw-dropping insights into the latest generation of North Korea’s secretive and murderous dynasty.  The first woman ever to issue the threat of a nuclear weapons strike is not even officially a head of state. Kim Yo Jong is the sister of North Korea’s Supreme Leader Kim Jong Un and, as their murderous regime’s chief propagandist, internal administrator, and foreign policymaker, she is the most powerful woman in North Korean history. Cruel but charming, she threatens and insults foreign leaders with sardonic wit, issuing proclamations and denunciations in her own name, a first for any woman in the Korean royal family.  She memorably called the South Korean Defense Minister “a senseless and scum-like guy” before going on to promise South Korea “a miserable fate little short of total destruction and ruin”. A princess by birth with great expectations for her macabre kingdom, she was brought up to believe it is her mission to reunite North Korea with the South or die trying. She’s ruthless and incredibly dangerous.    The Sister, written by Sung-Yoon Lee, a scholar of Korean and East Asian studies and a specialist on North Korea, is a fascinating, authoritative account of the mysterious world of North Korea and its ruling dynasty—a family whose lust for power entails the brutal repression of civilians, a missile program that can reach the continental US, and the constant threat of global havoc.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678553</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Sep 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205091/9781668635612.mp3" length="1477699" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678553 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sister: North Korea's Kim Yo Jong, the Most Dangerous Woman in the World Author: Sung-Yoon Lee Narrator: Dexter Galang Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678553" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678553</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sister: North Korea's Kim Yo Jong, the Most Dangerous Woman in the World Author: Sung-Yoon Lee Narrator: Dexter Galang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 12, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This first book on Kim Jong Un’s increasingly powerful sister, tapped to be his successor, offers jaw-dropping insights into the latest generation of North Korea’s secretive and murderous dynasty.  The first woman ever to issue the threat of a nuclear weapons strike is not even officially a head of state. Kim Yo Jong is the sister of North Korea’s Supreme Leader Kim Jong Un and, as their murderous regime’s chief propagandist, internal administrator, and foreign policymaker, she is the most powerful woman in North Korean history. Cruel but charming, she threatens and insults foreign leaders with sardonic wit, issuing proclamations and denunciations in her own name, a first for any woman in the Korean royal family.  She memorably called the South Korean Defense Minister “a senseless and scum-like guy” before going on to promise South Korea “a miserable fate little short of total destruction and ruin”. A princess by birth with great expectations for her macabre kingdom, she was brought up to believe it is her mission to reunite North Korea with the South or die trying. She’s ruthless and incredibly dangerous.    The Sister, written by Sung-Yoon Lee, a scholar of Korean and East Asian studies and a specialist on North Korea, is a fascinating, authoritative account of the mysterious world of North Korea and its ruling dynasty—a family whose lust for power entails the brutal repression of civilians, a missile program that can reach the continental US, and the constant threat of global havoc.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/77853d98946e0bf4768ca1f007a75d15.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How Elites Ate the Social Justice Movement by Fredrik Deboer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-elites-ate-the-social-justice-movement-by-fredrik-deboer--65205240</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672853" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672853</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Elites Ate the Social Justice Movement Author: Fredrik Deboer Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: September  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An eye-opening exploration of American policy reform, or lack thereof, in the wake of the murder of George Floyd and the Black Lives Matter movement and how the country can do better in the future from Fredrik deBoer, “one of the sharpest and funniest writers on the internet” (The New York Times). In 2020, while the Covid-19 pandemic raged, the United States was hit by a ripple of political discontent the likes of which had not been seen since the 1960s. The spark was the viral video of the horrific police murder of an unarmed Black man in Minneapolis. The killings of George Floyd galvanized a nation already reeling from Covid and a toxic political cycle. Tens of thousands poured into the streets to protest. Major corporations and large nonprofit groups—institutions that are usually resolutely apolitical—raced to join in. The fervor for racial justice intersected with the already simmering demands for change from the #MeToo movement and for economic justice from Gen Z. The entire country suddenly seemed to be roaring for change in one voice.   Then nothing much happened.   In How Elites Ate the Social Justice Movement, Fredrik deBoer explores why these passionate movements failed and how they could succeed in the future. In the digital age, social movements flare up but then lose steam through a lack of tangible goals, the inherent moderating effects of our established institutions and political parties, and the lack of any real grassroots movement in contemporary America. Hidden beneath the rhetoric of the oppressed and symbolism of the downtrodden lies and the inconvenient fact that those are doing the organizing, messaging, protesting, and campaigning are predominantly drawn from this country’s more upwardly mobile educated classes. Poses are more important than policies.   deBoer lays out an alternative vision for how society’s winners can contribute to social justice movements without taking them over, and how activists and their organizations can become more resistant to the influence of elites, nonprofits, corporations, and political parties. Only by organizing around class rather than empty gestures can we begin the hard work of changing minds and driving policy.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672853</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205240/9781797165677.mp3" length="1477655" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672853 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Elites Ate the Social Justice Movement Author: Fredrik Deboer Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672853" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672853</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Elites Ate the Social Justice Movement Author: Fredrik Deboer Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: September  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An eye-opening exploration of American policy reform, or lack thereof, in the wake of the murder of George Floyd and the Black Lives Matter movement and how the country can do better in the future from Fredrik deBoer, “one of the sharpest and funniest writers on the internet” (The New York Times). In 2020, while the Covid-19 pandemic raged, the United States was hit by a ripple of political discontent the likes of which had not been seen since the 1960s. The spark was the viral video of the horrific police murder of an unarmed Black man in Minneapolis. The killings of George Floyd galvanized a nation already reeling from Covid and a toxic political cycle. Tens of thousands poured into the streets to protest. Major corporations and large nonprofit groups—institutions that are usually resolutely apolitical—raced to join in. The fervor for racial justice intersected with the already simmering demands for change from the #MeToo movement and for economic justice from Gen Z. The entire country suddenly seemed to be roaring for change in one voice.   Then nothing much happened.   In How Elites Ate the Social Justice Movement, Fredrik deBoer explores why these passionate movements failed and how they could succeed in the future. In the digital age, social movements flare up but then lose steam through a lack of tangible goals, the inherent moderating effects of our established institutions and political parties, and the lack of any real grassroots movement in contemporary America. Hidden beneath the rhetoric of the oppressed and symbolism of the downtrodden lies and the inconvenient fact that those are doing the organizing, messaging, protesting, and campaigning are predominantly drawn from this country’s more upwardly mobile educated classes. Poses are more important than policies.   deBoer lays out an alternative vision for how society’s winners can contribute to social justice movements without taking them over, and how activists and their organizations can become more resistant to the influence of elites, nonprofits, corporations, and political parties. Only by organizing around class rather than empty gestures can we begin the hard work of changing minds and driving policy.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cdb853b662e2bafa4549dd170e3ad374.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>No Silly Questions: The Daily Aus explains how the world works (and why you should care) by Sam Koslowski, Zara Seidler</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/no-silly-questions-the-daily-aus-explains-how-the-world-works-and-why-you-should-care-by-sam-koslowski-zara-seidler--65205158</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683876" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683876</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Silly Questions: The Daily Aus explains how the world works (and why you should care) Author: Sam Koslowski, Zara Seidler Narrator: Sam Koslowski, Zara Seidler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: September  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Do you ever feel overwhelmed by the news cycle and a bit lost without the background to everything that's going on? You care what's happening in the world - but you can't help feeling you missed the part where the key stuff got explained. What's a budget deficit? How does voting actually work? What's the deal with the UN? And what does net zero mean again? Thankfully, No Silly Questions is here to lay out the facts and principles behind the day's headlines. Zara Seidler and Sam Koslowski, creators of The Daily Aus - Australia's leading social-first news service - are like your super well-informed mates who you can rely on to quickly bring you up to speed. They will plug your knowledge gaps with jargon-free explainers on everything from emissions trading and crypto to interest rates and human rights, so you can avoid the anxiety of asking the 'silly' questions and get on with your day feeling more knowledgeable and assured.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683876</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205158/9781761341496.mp3" length="1477843" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683876 to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Silly Questions: The Daily Aus explains how the world works (and why you should care) Author: Sam Koslowski, Zara Seidler Narrator: Sam Koslowski,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683876" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683876</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Silly Questions: The Daily Aus explains how the world works (and why you should care) Author: Sam Koslowski, Zara Seidler Narrator: Sam Koslowski, Zara Seidler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: September  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Do you ever feel overwhelmed by the news cycle and a bit lost without the background to everything that's going on? You care what's happening in the world - but you can't help feeling you missed the part where the key stuff got explained. What's a budget deficit? How does voting actually work? What's the deal with the UN? And what does net zero mean again? Thankfully, No Silly Questions is here to lay out the facts and principles behind the day's headlines. Zara Seidler and Sam Koslowski, creators of The Daily Aus - Australia's leading social-first news service - are like your super well-informed mates who you can rely on to quickly bring you up to speed. They will plug your knowledge gaps with jargon-free explainers on everything from emissions trading and crypto to interest rates and human rights, so you can avoid the anxiety of asking the 'silly' questions and get on with your day feeling more knowledgeable and assured.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/62cc9800be41bd966ec4654136c73b22.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Last Politician: Inside Joe Biden's White House and the Struggle for America's Future by Franklin Foer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-last-politician-inside-joe-biden-s-white-house-and-the-struggle-for-america-s-future-by-franklin-foer--65205092</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682589" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682589</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Politician: Inside Joe Biden's White House and the Struggle for America's Future Author: Franklin Foer Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins, Franklin Foer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 10 minutes Release date: September  5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The New York Times bestseller Franklin Foer tells the definitive insider story of the first two years of the Biden presidency, with exclusive access to Biden’s longtime team of advisers, and presents a gripping portrait of a president during this momentous time in our nation’s history. 'You might love Biden or you might hate Biden, but either way, if you want to understand him, you will want to buy this book.' —Politico “A triumph of reporting.” — Geoff Bennett, PBS NewsHour  “Deeply reported . . . a terrific read.” —Chuck Todd, Meet the Press “Fantastic . . . The first real insider account of the Biden White House and a fascinating read about Biden himself.” —Jon Favreau, Pod Save America On January 20, 2021, standing where only two weeks earlier police officers had battled with right-wing paramilitaries, Joe Biden took his oath of office. The American people were still sick with COVID-19, his economists were already warning him of an imminent financial crisis, and his party, the Democrats, had the barest of majorities in the Senate. Yet, faced with an unprecedented set of crises, Joe Biden decided he would not play defense. Instead, he set out to transform the nation.  With unparalleled access to the tight inner circle of advisers who have surrounded Biden for decades, Franklin Foer dramatizes in forensic detail the first two years of the Biden presidency, concluding with the historic midterm elections. The result is a gripping and high-definition portrait of a major president at a time when democracy itself seems imperiled. The Last Politician is a landmark work of political reporting—which includes thrilling, blow-by-blow insider reports of the botched withdrawal from Afghanistan and the White House’s swift response to the Russian invasion of Ukraine—that is destined to shape history’s view of a president in the eye of the storm.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682589</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205092/9780593588611.mp3" length="4837228" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682589 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Politician: Inside Joe Biden's White House and the Struggle for America's Future Author: Franklin Foer Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682589" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682589</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Last Politician: Inside Joe Biden's White House and the Struggle for America's Future Author: Franklin Foer Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins, Franklin Foer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 10 minutes Release date: September  5, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The New York Times bestseller Franklin Foer tells the definitive insider story of the first two years of the Biden presidency, with exclusive access to Biden’s longtime team of advisers, and presents a gripping portrait of a president during this momentous time in our nation’s history. 'You might love Biden or you might hate Biden, but either way, if you want to understand him, you will want to buy this book.' —Politico “A triumph of reporting.” — Geoff Bennett, PBS NewsHour  “Deeply reported . . . a terrific read.” —Chuck Todd, Meet the Press “Fantastic . . . The first real insider account of the Biden White House and a fascinating read about Biden himself.” —Jon Favreau, Pod Save America On January 20, 2021, standing where only two weeks earlier police officers had battled with right-wing paramilitaries, Joe Biden took his oath of office. The American people were still sick with COVID-19, his economists were already warning him of an imminent financial crisis, and his party, the Democrats, had the barest of majorities in the Senate. Yet, faced with an unprecedented set of crises, Joe Biden decided he would not play defense. Instead, he set out to transform the nation.  With unparalleled access to the tight inner circle of advisers who have surrounded Biden for decades, Franklin Foer dramatizes in forensic detail the first two years of the Biden presidency, concluding with the historic midterm elections. The result is a gripping and high-definition portrait of a major president at a time when democracy itself seems imperiled. The Last Politician is a landmark work of political reporting—which includes thrilling, blow-by-blow insider reports of the botched withdrawal from Afghanistan and the White House’s swift response to the Russian invasion of Ukraine—that is destined to shape history’s view of a president in the eye of the storm.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/560f9808ed7112c65590c7e830b850fb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to Interpret the Constitution by Cass R. Sunstein</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-interpret-the-constitution-by-cass-r-sunstein--65205130</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679344" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679344</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Interpret the Constitution Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From New York Times bestselling author Cass Sunstein, a timely and powerful argument for rethinking how the U.S. Constitution is interpretedThe U.S. Supreme Court has eliminated the right to abortion and is revisiting other fundamental questions today—about voting rights, affirmative action, gun laws, and much more. Once-arcane theories of constitutional interpretation are profoundly affecting the lives of all Americans. In this brief and urgent book, Harvard Law School professor Cass Sunstein provides a lively introduction to competing approaches to interpreting the Constitution—and argues that the only way to choose one is to ask whether it would change American life for the better or worse. If a method of interpretation would eliminate the right of privacy, allow racial segregation, or obliterate free speech, it would be unacceptable for that reason.But some Supreme Court justices are committed to “originalism,” arguing that the meaning of the Constitution is settled by how it was publicly understood when it was ratified. Originalists insist that their approach is dictated by the Constitution. That, Sunstein argues, is a big mistake. The Constitution doesn’t contain instructions for its own interpretation. Any approach to constitutional interpretation needs to be defended in terms of its broad effects—what it does to our rights and our institutions. It must respect those rights and institutions—and safeguard the conditions for democracy itself.Passionate and compelling, How to Interpret the Constitution is essential reading for anyone who is concerned about how the Supreme Court is changing the rights and lives of Americans today.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679344</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Aug 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205130/9798889567349.mp3" length="2437192" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679344 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Interpret the Constitution Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679344" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679344</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Interpret the Constitution Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Graham Winton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 15, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From New York Times bestselling author Cass Sunstein, a timely and powerful argument for rethinking how the U.S. Constitution is interpretedThe U.S. Supreme Court has eliminated the right to abortion and is revisiting other fundamental questions today—about voting rights, affirmative action, gun laws, and much more. Once-arcane theories of constitutional interpretation are profoundly affecting the lives of all Americans. In this brief and urgent book, Harvard Law School professor Cass Sunstein provides a lively introduction to competing approaches to interpreting the Constitution—and argues that the only way to choose one is to ask whether it would change American life for the better or worse. If a method of interpretation would eliminate the right of privacy, allow racial segregation, or obliterate free speech, it would be unacceptable for that reason.But some Supreme Court justices are committed to “originalism,” arguing that the meaning of the Constitution is settled by how it was publicly understood when it was ratified. Originalists insist that their approach is dictated by the Constitution. That, Sunstein argues, is a big mistake. The Constitution doesn’t contain instructions for its own interpretation. Any approach to constitutional interpretation needs to be defended in terms of its broad effects—what it does to our rights and our institutions. It must respect those rights and institutions—and safeguard the conditions for democracy itself.Passionate and compelling, How to Interpret the Constitution is essential reading for anyone who is concerned about how the Supreme Court is changing the rights and lives of Americans today.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b066985c5ac9cc1d42ea5b78593e9c62.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Daring to Struggle, Daring to Win: Five Decades of Resistance in Chicago's Uptown Community by Helen Shiller</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/daring-to-struggle-daring-to-win-five-decades-of-resistance-in-chicago-s-uptown-community-by-helen-shiller--65205230</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682912" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682912</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Daring to Struggle, Daring to Win: Five Decades of Resistance in Chicago's Uptown Community Author: Helen Shiller Narrator: Helen Shiller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 28 minutes Release date: August  8, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Daring to Struggle, Daring to Win tells the fascinating true story of an individual radical organizer turned independent Chicago city council member, and her forty year struggle for justice in Chicago. Helen Shiller went from radical anti-war activist in Wisconsin, to a member of a collective of white allies of the Black Panther Party in Chicago, to an elected city council person who helped break the back of the racialized opposition to Harold Washington, Chicago's first Black mayor. Shiller participated, when few others did, in the historic fight against the gentrification of a unique economically and racially mixed Chicago community on the Northside. With insight into historic community organizing and political battles in Chicago from the 1970s through 2010, this book details numerous policy fights and conflicts in Chicago during this time, illuminating recurrent political themes and battles that remain relevant to this day.    Daring to Struggle, Daring to Win is a compelling, insightful, must-listen for all those struggling for a better world today.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682912</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Aug 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205230/9798350830200.mp3" length="14437296" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682912 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Daring to Struggle, Daring to Win: Five Decades of Resistance in Chicago's Uptown Community Author: Helen Shiller Narrator: Helen Shiller Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682912" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682912</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Daring to Struggle, Daring to Win: Five Decades of Resistance in Chicago's Uptown Community Author: Helen Shiller Narrator: Helen Shiller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 28 minutes Release date: August  8, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Daring to Struggle, Daring to Win tells the fascinating true story of an individual radical organizer turned independent Chicago city council member, and her forty year struggle for justice in Chicago. Helen Shiller went from radical anti-war activist in Wisconsin, to a member of a collective of white allies of the Black Panther Party in Chicago, to an elected city council person who helped break the back of the racialized opposition to Harold Washington, Chicago's first Black mayor. Shiller participated, when few others did, in the historic fight against the gentrification of a unique economically and racially mixed Chicago community on the Northside. With insight into historic community organizing and political battles in Chicago from the 1970s through 2010, this book details numerous policy fights and conflicts in Chicago during this time, illuminating recurrent political themes and battles that remain relevant to this day.    Daring to Struggle, Daring to Win is a compelling, insightful, must-listen for all those struggling for a better world today.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ecf9dc7b763deedc2a4eb9e070163125.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Share the Dream: Audio Bible Studies: Shining a Light in a Divided World through Six Principles of Martin Luther King Jr. by Matthew Daniels</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/share-the-dream-audio-bible-studies-shining-a-light-in-a-divided-world-through-six-principles-of-martin-luther-king-jr-by-matthew-daniels--65205208</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675951</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Share the Dream: Audio Bible Studies: Shining a Light in a Divided World through Six Principles of Martin Luther King Jr. Series: Part of Audio Bible Studies Author: Matthew Daniels, Chris Broussard Narrator: Matthew Daniels, Chris Broussard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 44 minutes Release date: August  8, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  EMBRACE A LIFE OF LOVE FOR ALL HUMANITY Share the Dream® is a six-session audio Bible study based on the life and teachings of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. You will look at six biblical principles that shaped Dr. King’s life and motivated him to speak on behalf of African Americans in the Civil Rights Movement: love, conscience, freedom, justice, perseverance, and hope. The best way to Share the Dream® is to follow in Dr. King’s footsteps and embrace his vision. You can help a new generation better understand, live, experience, and ultimately form a community around the unifying principles at the heart of the dream to which Dr. King dedicated his life.   Sessions and run times:  - Love (24:00) - Conscience (16:00) - Justice (17:30) - Freedom (14:30) - Perseverance (15:00) - Hope (17:00) The Audio Bible Studies series provides a unique audio learning experience. Unlike a traditional audiobook's direct narration of a book's text, this audio Bible study includes high-quality, live audio sessions from the author that cover important Bible-based topics. These sessions will reflect the ambiance of the unique recording locations, immersing the listener into the teaching. While not required for the audio experience, these studies are designed to partner with the coordinating study guide, sold separately.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675951</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Aug 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205208/9780310164067.mp3" length="1477909" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675951 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Share the Dream: Audio Bible Studies: Shining a Light in a Divided World through Six Principles of Martin Luther King Jr. Series: Part of Audio Bible...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675951</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Share the Dream: Audio Bible Studies: Shining a Light in a Divided World through Six Principles of Martin Luther King Jr. Series: Part of Audio Bible Studies Author: Matthew Daniels, Chris Broussard Narrator: Matthew Daniels, Chris Broussard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 44 minutes Release date: August  8, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  EMBRACE A LIFE OF LOVE FOR ALL HUMANITY Share the Dream® is a six-session audio Bible study based on the life and teachings of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. You will look at six biblical principles that shaped Dr. King’s life and motivated him to speak on behalf of African Americans in the Civil Rights Movement: love, conscience, freedom, justice, perseverance, and hope. The best way to Share the Dream® is to follow in Dr. King’s footsteps and embrace his vision. You can help a new generation better understand, live, experience, and ultimately form a community around the unifying principles at the heart of the dream to which Dr. King dedicated his life.   Sessions and run times:  - Love (24:00) - Conscience (16:00) - Justice (17:30) - Freedom (14:30) - Perseverance (15:00) - Hope (17:00) The Audio Bible Studies series provides a unique audio learning experience. Unlike a traditional audiobook's direct narration of a book's text, this audio Bible study includes high-quality, live audio sessions from the author that cover important Bible-based topics. These sessions will reflect the ambiance of the unique recording locations, immersing the listener into the teaching. While not required for the audio experience, these studies are designed to partner with the coordinating study guide, sold separately.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ffdd5613779b53bba0d27fd223aa6b2d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Living Together: Inventing Moral Science by David Schmidtz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/living-together-inventing-moral-science-by-david-schmidtz--65205215</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678384" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678384</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living Together: Inventing Moral Science Author: David Schmidtz Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Is moral philosophy more foundational than political theory? It is often assumed to be. David Schmidtz argues that the reverse is true: the question of how to live in a community is more fundamental than questions about how to live. This book questions whether we are getting to the foundations of human morality when we ignore contingent features of communities in which political animals live. Schmidtz contends that theorizing about how to live together should take its cue from contemporary moral philosophy's attempts to go beyond formal theory, and ask which principles have a history of demonstrably being organizing principles of actual thriving communities at their best. Ideals emerging from such research should be a distillation of social scientific insight from observable histories of successful community building. What emerges from ongoing testing in the crucible of life experience will be path-dependent in detail even if not in general outline, partly because any way of life is a response to challenges that are themselves contingent, path dependent, and in flux. Building on this view, Schmidtz argues that justice evolved as a device for grounding peace in the mutual recognition that everyone has their own life to live, and everyone has the right and the responsibility to decide for themselves what to want.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678384</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Jul 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205215/9798350803204.mp3" length="14437241" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678384 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living Together: Inventing Moral Science Author: David Schmidtz Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678384" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678384</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living Together: Inventing Moral Science Author: David Schmidtz Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Is moral philosophy more foundational than political theory? It is often assumed to be. David Schmidtz argues that the reverse is true: the question of how to live in a community is more fundamental than questions about how to live. This book questions whether we are getting to the foundations of human morality when we ignore contingent features of communities in which political animals live. Schmidtz contends that theorizing about how to live together should take its cue from contemporary moral philosophy's attempts to go beyond formal theory, and ask which principles have a history of demonstrably being organizing principles of actual thriving communities at their best. Ideals emerging from such research should be a distillation of social scientific insight from observable histories of successful community building. What emerges from ongoing testing in the crucible of life experience will be path-dependent in detail even if not in general outline, partly because any way of life is a response to challenges that are themselves contingent, path dependent, and in flux. Building on this view, Schmidtz argues that justice evolved as a device for grounding peace in the mutual recognition that everyone has their own life to live, and everyone has the right and the responsibility to decide for themselves what to want.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/33b789cb425c17e1d6115b8c4c5cb41e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Brutal Campaign: How the 1988 Election Set the Stage for Twenty-First-Century American Politics by Robert L. Fleegler</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/brutal-campaign-how-the-1988-election-set-the-stage-for-twenty-first-century-american-politics-by-robert-l-fleegler--65205122</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682898" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682898</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brutal Campaign: How the 1988 Election Set the Stage for Twenty-First-Century American Politics Author: Robert L. Fleegler Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 53 minutes Release date: July 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  At 8:00 p.m. eastern standard time on election night 1988, NBC news anchor Tom Brokaw informed the country that they would soon know more about the outcome of 'one of the longest, bloodiest presidential campaigns that anyone can remember.' It was a landslide victory for George H. W. Bush over Michael Dukakis, and yet Bush would serve only one term. The 1988 presidential race quickly receded into history, but it was marked by the beginning of the modern political sex scandals, the first major African American presidential candidacy, the growing power of the religious right, and other key trends that came to define the elections that followed. Bush's campaign tactics clearly illustrated the strategies and issues that allowed Republicans to control the White House for most of the 1970s and 1980s, and the election set the stage for the national political advent of both Joe Biden and Donald Trump. Robert L. Fleegler's narrative history of the 1988 election draws from untapped archival sources and revealing oral history interviews to uncover just how consequential this moment was for American politics. Identifying the seeds of political issues to come, Fleegler delivers an engaging review of an election that set a template for the political dynamics that define our lives to this day.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682898</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Jul 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205122/9798350812503.mp3" length="14437318" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682898 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brutal Campaign: How the 1988 Election Set the Stage for Twenty-First-Century American Politics Author: Robert L. Fleegler Narrator: Christopher...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682898" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682898</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brutal Campaign: How the 1988 Election Set the Stage for Twenty-First-Century American Politics Author: Robert L. Fleegler Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 53 minutes Release date: July 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  At 8:00 p.m. eastern standard time on election night 1988, NBC news anchor Tom Brokaw informed the country that they would soon know more about the outcome of 'one of the longest, bloodiest presidential campaigns that anyone can remember.' It was a landslide victory for George H. W. Bush over Michael Dukakis, and yet Bush would serve only one term. The 1988 presidential race quickly receded into history, but it was marked by the beginning of the modern political sex scandals, the first major African American presidential candidacy, the growing power of the religious right, and other key trends that came to define the elections that followed. Bush's campaign tactics clearly illustrated the strategies and issues that allowed Republicans to control the White House for most of the 1970s and 1980s, and the election set the stage for the national political advent of both Joe Biden and Donald Trump. Robert L. Fleegler's narrative history of the 1988 election draws from untapped archival sources and revealing oral history interviews to uncover just how consequential this moment was for American politics. Identifying the seeds of political issues to come, Fleegler delivers an engaging review of an election that set a template for the political dynamics that define our lives to this day.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1354cbf2005e4c76b41066098445641e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Putin's Prisoner: My Time as a Prisoner of War in Ukraine by Aiden Aslin, John Sweeney</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/putin-s-prisoner-my-time-as-a-prisoner-of-war-in-ukraine-by-aiden-aslin-john-sweeney--65205087</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683389" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683389</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putin's Prisoner: My Time as a Prisoner of War in Ukraine Author: Aiden Aslin, John Sweeney Narrator: Steve John Shepherd, Paul Slack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Aiden Aslin joined the Ukrainian marines in 2018, compelled to defend his adopted homeland from the growing threat of Russian invasion. In February 2022, as Russia mounted a full-scale offensive, Aiden and his unit were stationed at the frontline at Mariupol. Pinned down at a Mariupol steelworks, after a month-long siege and running out of supplies, Aiden was part of the mass surrender of over a thousand Ukrainian troops, in April 2022. Then his real ordeal began. Singled out for his British passport, Aiden was interrogated, tortured, stabbed, turned into a propaganda zombie, tried by a kangaroo court and then sentenced to death. A victim of a catalogue of abuses of international law, Aiden struggled to cling on to any hope of survival. Certain that he was going to be executed, he was eventually freed in a prisoner exchange and permitted to return home. In Putin's Prisoner, Aiden will tell the full, harrowing story of his time fighting in Putin's war, of his six months in Russian captivity, and of his hardened resolve to defend the freedoms of the people of Ukraine. ©2023 Aiden Aslin &amp; John Sweeney (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683389</guid><pubDate>Thu, 20 Jul 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205087/9781529918281.mp3" length="2437480" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683389 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putin's Prisoner: My Time as a Prisoner of War in Ukraine Author: Aiden Aslin, John Sweeney Narrator: Steve John Shepherd, Paul Slack Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683389" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683389</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Putin's Prisoner: My Time as a Prisoner of War in Ukraine Author: Aiden Aslin, John Sweeney Narrator: Steve John Shepherd, Paul Slack Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Aiden Aslin joined the Ukrainian marines in 2018, compelled to defend his adopted homeland from the growing threat of Russian invasion. In February 2022, as Russia mounted a full-scale offensive, Aiden and his unit were stationed at the frontline at Mariupol. Pinned down at a Mariupol steelworks, after a month-long siege and running out of supplies, Aiden was part of the mass surrender of over a thousand Ukrainian troops, in April 2022. Then his real ordeal began. Singled out for his British passport, Aiden was interrogated, tortured, stabbed, turned into a propaganda zombie, tried by a kangaroo court and then sentenced to death. A victim of a catalogue of abuses of international law, Aiden struggled to cling on to any hope of survival. Certain that he was going to be executed, he was eventually freed in a prisoner exchange and permitted to return home. In Putin's Prisoner, Aiden will tell the full, harrowing story of his time fighting in Putin's war, of his six months in Russian captivity, and of his hardened resolve to defend the freedoms of the people of Ukraine. ©2023 Aiden Aslin &amp; John Sweeney (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/577bcc4d6fb812a20846bc57376ddf49.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Arms and Influence by Thomas C. Schelling</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/arms-and-influence-by-thomas-c-schelling--65205259</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679934" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679934</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Arms and Influence Author: Thomas C. Schelling Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 53 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Originally published more than fifty years ago, this landmark book explores the ways in which military capabilities—real or imagined—are used, skillfully or clumsily, as bargaining power. Anne-Marie Slaughter's new introduction to the work shows how Schelling's framework—conceived of in a time of superpowers and mutually assured destruction—still applies to our multipolar world, where wars are fought as much online as on the ground.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679934</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205259/9798350807561.mp3" length="14437225" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679934 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Arms and Influence Author: Thomas C. Schelling Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 53 minutes Release date: July 18,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679934" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679934</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Arms and Influence Author: Thomas C. Schelling Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 53 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Originally published more than fifty years ago, this landmark book explores the ways in which military capabilities—real or imagined—are used, skillfully or clumsily, as bargaining power. Anne-Marie Slaughter's new introduction to the work shows how Schelling's framework—conceived of in a time of superpowers and mutually assured destruction—still applies to our multipolar world, where wars are fought as much online as on the ground.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bda00bc08e36989c7adba7e9805fa5a1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Platform Capitalism by Nick Srnicek</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/platform-capitalism-by-nick-srnicek--65205225</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678366" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678366</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Platform Capitalism Author: Nick Srnicek Narrator: Jamie Renell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What unites Google and Facebook, Apple and Microsoft, Siemens and GE, Uber and Airbnb? Across a wide range of sectors, these firms are transforming themselves into platforms: businesses that provide the hardware and software foundation for others to operate on. This transformation signals a major shift in how capitalist firms operate and how they interact with the rest of the economy: the emergence of platform capitalism. This book critically examines these new business forms, tracing their genesis from the long downturn of the 1970s to the boom and bust of the 1990s and the aftershocks of the 2008 crisis. It shows how the fundamental foundations of the economy are rapidly being carved up among a small number of monopolistic platforms, and how the platform introduces new tendencies within capitalism that pose significant challenges to any vision of a post-capitalist future. This book will be essential for anyone who wants to understand how the most powerful tech companies of our time are transforming the global economy.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678366</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205225/9798765031964.mp3" length="14437203" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678366 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Platform Capitalism Author: Nick Srnicek Narrator: Jamie Renell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678366" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678366</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Platform Capitalism Author: Nick Srnicek Narrator: Jamie Renell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What unites Google and Facebook, Apple and Microsoft, Siemens and GE, Uber and Airbnb? Across a wide range of sectors, these firms are transforming themselves into platforms: businesses that provide the hardware and software foundation for others to operate on. This transformation signals a major shift in how capitalist firms operate and how they interact with the rest of the economy: the emergence of platform capitalism. This book critically examines these new business forms, tracing their genesis from the long downturn of the 1970s to the boom and bust of the 1990s and the aftershocks of the 2008 crisis. It shows how the fundamental foundations of the economy are rapidly being carved up among a small number of monopolistic platforms, and how the platform introduces new tendencies within capitalism that pose significant challenges to any vision of a post-capitalist future. This book will be essential for anyone who wants to understand how the most powerful tech companies of our time are transforming the global economy.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ca8987447ac6433e085f1c80fcf372f3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Histories of Racial Capitalism by Destin Jenkins, Justin Leroy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/histories-of-racial-capitalism-by-destin-jenkins-justin-leroy--65205209</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679905" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679905</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Histories of Racial Capitalism Author: Destin Jenkins, Justin Leroy Narrator: Jaime Lincoln Smith, Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The relationship between race and capitalism is one of the most enduring and controversial historical debates. The concept of racial capitalism offers a way out of this impasse. Racial capitalism is not simply a permutation, phase, or stage in the larger history of capitalism—since the beginning of the Atlantic slave trade and the colonization of the Americas, capitalism, in both material and ideological senses, has been racial, deriving social and economic value from racial classification and stratification. Although Cedric J. Robinson popularized the term, racial capitalism has remained undertheorized for nearly four decades. Histories of Racial Capitalism brings together for the first time distinguished and rising scholars to consider the utility of the concept across historical settings. These scholars offer dynamic accounts of the relationship between social relations of exploitation and the racial terms through which they were organized, justified, and contested. Throughout, the contributors consider and challenge how some claims about the history and nature of capitalism are universalized while others remain marginalized. By theorizing and testing the concept of racial capitalism in different historical circumstances, this book shows its analytical and political power for today's scholars and activists.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679905</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205209/9798765095041.mp3" length="14437284" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679905 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Histories of Racial Capitalism Author: Destin Jenkins, Justin Leroy Narrator: Jaime Lincoln Smith, Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679905" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679905</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Histories of Racial Capitalism Author: Destin Jenkins, Justin Leroy Narrator: Jaime Lincoln Smith, Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The relationship between race and capitalism is one of the most enduring and controversial historical debates. The concept of racial capitalism offers a way out of this impasse. Racial capitalism is not simply a permutation, phase, or stage in the larger history of capitalism—since the beginning of the Atlantic slave trade and the colonization of the Americas, capitalism, in both material and ideological senses, has been racial, deriving social and economic value from racial classification and stratification. Although Cedric J. Robinson popularized the term, racial capitalism has remained undertheorized for nearly four decades. Histories of Racial Capitalism brings together for the first time distinguished and rising scholars to consider the utility of the concept across historical settings. These scholars offer dynamic accounts of the relationship between social relations of exploitation and the racial terms through which they were organized, justified, and contested. Throughout, the contributors consider and challenge how some claims about the history and nature of capitalism are universalized while others remain marginalized. By theorizing and testing the concept of racial capitalism in different historical circumstances, this book shows its analytical and political power for today's scholars and activists.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c6874327efeccada99c0964a43d5afda.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Anti-Oligarchy Constitution: Reconstructing the Economic Foundations of American Democracy by William E. Forbath, Joseph Fishkin</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-anti-oligarchy-constitution-reconstructing-the-economic-foundations-of-american-democracy-by-william-e-forbath-joseph-fishkin--65205176</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678383" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678383</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anti-Oligarchy Constitution: Reconstructing the Economic Foundations of American Democracy Author: William E. Forbath, Joseph Fishkin Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Oligarchy is a threat to the American republic. When too much economic and political power is concentrated in too few hands, we risk losing the 'republican form of government' the Constitution requires. But as Joseph Fishkin and William Forbath show in this retelling of constitutional history, a commitment to prevent oligarchy once stood at the center of a robust tradition in American political and constitutional thought. Fishkin and Forbath demonstrate that reformers, legislators, and even judges working in this 'democracy-of-opportunity' tradition understood that the Constitution imposes a duty on legislatures to thwart oligarchy and promote a broad distribution of wealth and political power. During Reconstruction, Radical Republicans argued in this tradition that racial equality required breaking up the oligarchy of the Slave Power and distributing wealth and opportunity to former slaves and their descendants. President Franklin Roosevelt and the New Dealers built their politics around this tradition, winning the fight against the 'economic royalists' and 'industrial despots.' Today this tradition in progressive American economic and political thought lies dormant. The Anti-Oligarchy Constitution begins the work of recovering it and exploring its profound implications for our deeply unequal society and badly damaged democracy.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678383</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205176/9798765099087.mp3" length="4837219" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678383 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anti-Oligarchy Constitution: Reconstructing the Economic Foundations of American Democracy Author: William E. Forbath, Joseph Fishkin Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678383" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678383</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anti-Oligarchy Constitution: Reconstructing the Economic Foundations of American Democracy Author: William E. Forbath, Joseph Fishkin Narrator: Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 44 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Oligarchy is a threat to the American republic. When too much economic and political power is concentrated in too few hands, we risk losing the 'republican form of government' the Constitution requires. But as Joseph Fishkin and William Forbath show in this retelling of constitutional history, a commitment to prevent oligarchy once stood at the center of a robust tradition in American political and constitutional thought. Fishkin and Forbath demonstrate that reformers, legislators, and even judges working in this 'democracy-of-opportunity' tradition understood that the Constitution imposes a duty on legislatures to thwart oligarchy and promote a broad distribution of wealth and political power. During Reconstruction, Radical Republicans argued in this tradition that racial equality required breaking up the oligarchy of the Slave Power and distributing wealth and opportunity to former slaves and their descendants. President Franklin Roosevelt and the New Dealers built their politics around this tradition, winning the fight against the 'economic royalists' and 'industrial despots.' Today this tradition in progressive American economic and political thought lies dormant. The Anti-Oligarchy Constitution begins the work of recovering it and exploring its profound implications for our deeply unequal society and badly damaged democracy.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d07f00bcb6761ad1d6693071efa96e73.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Nazi Seizure of Power: The Experience of a Single German Town, 1922-1945, Revised Edition by William Sheridan Allen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-nazi-seizure-of-power-the-experience-of-a-single-german-town-1922-1945-revised-edition-by-william-sheridan-allen--65205154</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682907" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682907</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nazi Seizure of Power: The Experience of a Single German Town, 1922-1945, Revised Edition Author: William Sheridan Allen Narrator: Tom Beyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this classic work of twentieth-century history, William Sheridan Allen demonstrates how dictatorship subtly surmounted democracy in Germany and how the Nazi seizure of power encroached from below. Relying upon legal records and interviews with primary sources, Allen dissects Northeim, Germany with microscopic precision to depict the transformation of a sleepy town to a Nazi stronghold. This cogent analysis argues that Hitler rose to power primarily through democratic tactics that incited localized support rather than through violent means. Revised on the basis of newly discovered Nazi documents, The Nazi Seizure of Power: The Experience of a Single German Town, 1922–1945 continues to significantly contribute to our understanding of this phenomenon and the political and moral debate over the roots of fascism. Allen's research provides an intimate, comprehensive study of the mechanics of revolution and an analysis of the Nazi Party's subversion of democracy. Beginning at the end of the Weimar Republic, Allen examines the entire period of the Nazi Revolution within a single locality.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682907</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205154/9798350824506.mp3" length="14437313" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682907 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nazi Seizure of Power: The Experience of a Single German Town, 1922-1945, Revised Edition Author: William Sheridan Allen Narrator: Tom Beyer...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682907" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682907</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nazi Seizure of Power: The Experience of a Single German Town, 1922-1945, Revised Edition Author: William Sheridan Allen Narrator: Tom Beyer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 58 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this classic work of twentieth-century history, William Sheridan Allen demonstrates how dictatorship subtly surmounted democracy in Germany and how the Nazi seizure of power encroached from below. Relying upon legal records and interviews with primary sources, Allen dissects Northeim, Germany with microscopic precision to depict the transformation of a sleepy town to a Nazi stronghold. This cogent analysis argues that Hitler rose to power primarily through democratic tactics that incited localized support rather than through violent means. Revised on the basis of newly discovered Nazi documents, The Nazi Seizure of Power: The Experience of a Single German Town, 1922–1945 continues to significantly contribute to our understanding of this phenomenon and the political and moral debate over the roots of fascism. Allen's research provides an intimate, comprehensive study of the mechanics of revolution and an analysis of the Nazi Party's subversion of democracy. Beginning at the end of the Weimar Republic, Allen examines the entire period of the Nazi Revolution within a single locality.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b2de8bf4d7e4fd39e6300a9c97e731da.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Notes on Democracy by H. L. Mencken</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/notes-on-democracy-by-h-l-mencken--65205082</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682675" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682675</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes on Democracy Author: H. L. Mencken Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “Democracy came into the Western World to the tune of sweet, soft music. There was, at the start, no harsh bawling from below; there was only a dulcet twittering from above.”  When H. L. Mencken wrote Notes on Democracy the country was coping with the aftermath of World War I, contending with Prohibition, and watching the Scopes trial play out; the air of the nation was full of paranoia and intolerance. And while it may seem that certain views and statements in the book are dated and out of touch, the general critiques and philosophy found in this book remain as relevant (and as controversial) today as it was when it was first published in 1926. H. L. Mencken was one of America’s most important and influential writers, and he spares nothing and no one in this biting analysis of our system of government. In his review of the book in The Saturday Review of Literature, Pulitzer Prize winner Walter Lipmann describes Notes on Democracy as a “tremendous polemic” that is able to “destroy, by rendering it ridiculous and unfashionable, the democratic tradition of the American pioneers,” and even compares it to The Social Contract by Jean-Jacques Rousseau. It is Mencken’s trademark satirical and combative rhetoric and style that make the contentious and at times hyperbolic arguments of Notes on Democracy a vital piece of literature in the forever ongoing examination of democracy in America. Featuring an introduction by Stefan Rudnicki.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682675</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jul 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205082/9798212546256.mp3" length="1477523" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682675 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes on Democracy Author: H. L. Mencken Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682675" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682675</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Notes on Democracy Author: H. L. Mencken Narrator: Stefan Rudnicki Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “Democracy came into the Western World to the tune of sweet, soft music. There was, at the start, no harsh bawling from below; there was only a dulcet twittering from above.”  When H. L. Mencken wrote Notes on Democracy the country was coping with the aftermath of World War I, contending with Prohibition, and watching the Scopes trial play out; the air of the nation was full of paranoia and intolerance. And while it may seem that certain views and statements in the book are dated and out of touch, the general critiques and philosophy found in this book remain as relevant (and as controversial) today as it was when it was first published in 1926. H. L. Mencken was one of America’s most important and influential writers, and he spares nothing and no one in this biting analysis of our system of government. In his review of the book in The Saturday Review of Literature, Pulitzer Prize winner Walter Lipmann describes Notes on Democracy as a “tremendous polemic” that is able to “destroy, by rendering it ridiculous and unfashionable, the democratic tradition of the American pioneers,” and even compares it to The Social Contract by Jean-Jacques Rousseau. It is Mencken’s trademark satirical and combative rhetoric and style that make the contentious and at times hyperbolic arguments of Notes on Democracy a vital piece of literature in the forever ongoing examination of democracy in America. Featuring an introduction by Stefan Rudnicki.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5b0877b3a4dbe0e0e073b9eff1580ae2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Against the World: Anti-Globalism and Mass Politics Between the World Wars by Tara Zahra</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/against-the-world-anti-globalism-and-mass-politics-between-the-world-wars-by-tara-zahra--65205248</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675549" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675549</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against the World: Anti-Globalism and Mass Politics Between the World Wars Author: Tara Zahra Narrator: Natasha Soudek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Before the First World War, enthusiasm for a borderless world reached its height. International travel, migration, trade, and progressive projects on matters ranging from women's rights to world peace reached a crescendo. Yet in the same breath, an undercurrent of reaction was growing, one that would surge ahead with the outbreak of war and its aftermath. In this sweeping work of history, Tara Zahra examines how nationalism, rather than internationalism, came to ensnare world politics in the early twentieth century. The air went out of the globalist balloon with the First World War as quotas were put on immigration and tariffs on trade, not only in the United States but across Europe. The impact of the 1929 economic crash and the Great Depression amplified a quest for food security in Europe and economic autonomy worldwide. Immigration restrictions, anti-Semitism, and violent outbursts of hatred of the 'other' became the norm—coming to genocidal fruition in the Second World War. Millions sought refuge from the imagined and real threats of the global economy; new movements emerged focused on homegrown and local foods, domestically produced clothing, and back-to-the-land communities. Rich with astonishing detail, Against the World is a poignant and thorough exhumation of the popular sources of resistance to globalization.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675549</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205248/9781696612203.mp3" length="14437293" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675549 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against the World: Anti-Globalism and Mass Politics Between the World Wars Author: Tara Zahra Narrator: Natasha Soudek Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675549" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675549</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against the World: Anti-Globalism and Mass Politics Between the World Wars Author: Tara Zahra Narrator: Natasha Soudek Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 45 minutes Release date: July 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Before the First World War, enthusiasm for a borderless world reached its height. International travel, migration, trade, and progressive projects on matters ranging from women's rights to world peace reached a crescendo. Yet in the same breath, an undercurrent of reaction was growing, one that would surge ahead with the outbreak of war and its aftermath. In this sweeping work of history, Tara Zahra examines how nationalism, rather than internationalism, came to ensnare world politics in the early twentieth century. The air went out of the globalist balloon with the First World War as quotas were put on immigration and tariffs on trade, not only in the United States but across Europe. The impact of the 1929 economic crash and the Great Depression amplified a quest for food security in Europe and economic autonomy worldwide. Immigration restrictions, anti-Semitism, and violent outbursts of hatred of the 'other' became the norm—coming to genocidal fruition in the Second World War. Millions sought refuge from the imagined and real threats of the global economy; new movements emerged focused on homegrown and local foods, domestically produced clothing, and back-to-the-land communities. Rich with astonishing detail, Against the World is a poignant and thorough exhumation of the popular sources of resistance to globalization.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a3e1670e41cca7a02029f704281ca4c5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Being Social: The Philosophy of Social Human Rights by Adam Neal, Kimberley Brownlee, David Jenkins</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/being-social-the-philosophy-of-social-human-rights-by-adam-neal-kimberley-brownlee-david-jenkins--65205186</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679833" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679833</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being Social: The Philosophy of Social Human Rights Author: Adam Neal, Kimberley Brownlee, David Jenkins Narrator: Danielle Cohen, Alex Wyndham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Human rights capture what people need to live minimally decent lives. Recognized dimensions of this minimum include physical security, due process, political participation, and freedom of movement, speech, and belief, as well as—more controversially for some—subsistence, shelter, health, education, culture, and community. Far less attention has been paid to the interpersonal, social dimensions of a minimally decent life, including our basic needs for decent human contact and acknowledgment, for interaction and adequate social inclusion, and for relationship, intimacy, and shared ways of living, as well as our competing interests in solitude and associative freedom. This pioneering collection of original essays aims to remedy the neglect of social needs and rights in human rights theory and practice by exploring the social dimensions of the human-rights minimum. The essays subject enumerated social human rights and proposed social human rights to philosophical scrutiny, and probe the conceptual, normative, and practical implications of taking social human rights seriously. The contributors to this volume demonstrate powerfully how important this undertaking is, despite the thorny theoretical and practical challenges that social rights present.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679833</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205186/9781696610230.mp3" length="14437271" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679833 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being Social: The Philosophy of Social Human Rights Author: Adam Neal, Kimberley Brownlee, David Jenkins Narrator: Danielle Cohen, Alex Wyndham Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679833" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679833</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being Social: The Philosophy of Social Human Rights Author: Adam Neal, Kimberley Brownlee, David Jenkins Narrator: Danielle Cohen, Alex Wyndham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 8 minutes Release date: July 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Human rights capture what people need to live minimally decent lives. Recognized dimensions of this minimum include physical security, due process, political participation, and freedom of movement, speech, and belief, as well as—more controversially for some—subsistence, shelter, health, education, culture, and community. Far less attention has been paid to the interpersonal, social dimensions of a minimally decent life, including our basic needs for decent human contact and acknowledgment, for interaction and adequate social inclusion, and for relationship, intimacy, and shared ways of living, as well as our competing interests in solitude and associative freedom. This pioneering collection of original essays aims to remedy the neglect of social needs and rights in human rights theory and practice by exploring the social dimensions of the human-rights minimum. The essays subject enumerated social human rights and proposed social human rights to philosophical scrutiny, and probe the conceptual, normative, and practical implications of taking social human rights seriously. The contributors to this volume demonstrate powerfully how important this undertaking is, despite the thorny theoretical and practical challenges that social rights present.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f676537e792c8bc8c9d9fcebd688741a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Atomic Days: The Untold Story of the Most Toxic Place in America by Joshua Frank</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/atomic-days-the-untold-story-of-the-most-toxic-place-in-america-by-joshua-frank--65205101</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684134" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684134</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Atomic Days: The Untold Story of the Most Toxic Place in America Author: Joshua Frank Narrator: Will Tulin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Once home to the United States's largest plutonium production site, the Hanford Nuclear Reservation in Washington State is laced with 56 million gallons of radioactive waste. The threat of an explosive accident at Hanford is all too real—an event that could be more catastrophic than Chernobyl.   The EPA designated Hanford the most toxic place in America; it is also the most expensive environmental clean-up job the world has ever seen, with a $677 billion price tag that keeps growing. Huge underground tanks, well past their life expectancy and full of boiling radioactive gunk, are leaking, infecting groundwater supplies and threatening the Columbia River. Whistleblowers are now speaking out, hoping their pleas can help bring attention to the dire situation at Hanford. Aside from a few feisty community groups and handful of Indigenous activists, there is very little public scrutiny of the clean-up process, which is managed by the Department of Energy and carried out by contractors with shoddy track records, like Bechtel. In the context of renewed support for atomic power as a means of combating climate change, Atomic Days provides a much-needed refutation of the myths of nuclear technology—from weapons to electricity—and shines a spotlight on the ravages of Hanford and its threat to communities, workers, and the global environment.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684134</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205101/9798350835243.mp3" length="14437280" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684134 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Atomic Days: The Untold Story of the Most Toxic Place in America Author: Joshua Frank Narrator: Will Tulin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684134" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684134</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Atomic Days: The Untold Story of the Most Toxic Place in America Author: Joshua Frank Narrator: Will Tulin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Once home to the United States's largest plutonium production site, the Hanford Nuclear Reservation in Washington State is laced with 56 million gallons of radioactive waste. The threat of an explosive accident at Hanford is all too real—an event that could be more catastrophic than Chernobyl.   The EPA designated Hanford the most toxic place in America; it is also the most expensive environmental clean-up job the world has ever seen, with a $677 billion price tag that keeps growing. Huge underground tanks, well past their life expectancy and full of boiling radioactive gunk, are leaking, infecting groundwater supplies and threatening the Columbia River. Whistleblowers are now speaking out, hoping their pleas can help bring attention to the dire situation at Hanford. Aside from a few feisty community groups and handful of Indigenous activists, there is very little public scrutiny of the clean-up process, which is managed by the Department of Energy and carried out by contractors with shoddy track records, like Bechtel. In the context of renewed support for atomic power as a means of combating climate change, Atomic Days provides a much-needed refutation of the myths of nuclear technology—from weapons to electricity—and shines a spotlight on the ravages of Hanford and its threat to communities, workers, and the global environment.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f926b0e2a1c018ea496385ee3663c86d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Laughter in the Dark: Egypt to the Tune of Change by Yasmine El Rashidi</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/laughter-in-the-dark-egypt-to-the-tune-of-change-by-yasmine-el-rashidi--65205090</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683884" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683884</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Laughter in the Dark: Egypt to the Tune of Change Author: Yasmine El Rashidi Narrator: Ali Nasser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What can hip-hop tell us about Egypt today? A decade ago, millions of Egyptians took to the streets in a people-led revolution that captivated the world’s attention and sent ripples across the Middle East. But the so-called “Arab Spring” quickly faded, and a return to the status quo—of authoritarian rule—was cemented. What happened to the energy and desire for change? In Egypt, the answer lies in its youth, who comprise the bulk of the country’s fast-growing 106 million citizens. Sixty percent of the population is under the age of twenty-five, and their world views are very much influenced by social media: TikTok is their primary language and medium of choice. Music is their means of expression—in particular, a thriving hip-hop scene known as mahraganat. This music has given voice to deep dissatisfaction with the Egyptian state and the overall conditions of Egyptian society and culture. Could this be the start of a force for change? Laughter in the Dark is a riveting portrait of a country that is being transformed, for good or bad, by the rise of a fresh youth culture.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683884</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Jul 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205090/9780593795804.mp3" length="4837175" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683884 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Laughter in the Dark: Egypt to the Tune of Change Author: Yasmine El Rashidi Narrator: Ali Nasser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683884" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683884</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Laughter in the Dark: Egypt to the Tune of Change Author: Yasmine El Rashidi Narrator: Ali Nasser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What can hip-hop tell us about Egypt today? A decade ago, millions of Egyptians took to the streets in a people-led revolution that captivated the world’s attention and sent ripples across the Middle East. But the so-called “Arab Spring” quickly faded, and a return to the status quo—of authoritarian rule—was cemented. What happened to the energy and desire for change? In Egypt, the answer lies in its youth, who comprise the bulk of the country’s fast-growing 106 million citizens. Sixty percent of the population is under the age of twenty-five, and their world views are very much influenced by social media: TikTok is their primary language and medium of choice. Music is their means of expression—in particular, a thriving hip-hop scene known as mahraganat. This music has given voice to deep dissatisfaction with the Egyptian state and the overall conditions of Egyptian society and culture. Could this be the start of a force for change? Laughter in the Dark is a riveting portrait of a country that is being transformed, for good or bad, by the rise of a fresh youth culture.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f40a9481e06550f9b139860326fba5f7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Small, Stubborn Town: Life, death and defiance in Ukraine – As heard on BBC Radio 4 by Andrew Harding</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-small-stubborn-town-life-death-and-defiance-in-ukraine-as-heard-on-bbc-radio-4-by-andrew-harding--65205219</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673493" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673493</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Small, Stubborn Town: Life, death and defiance in Ukraine – As heard on BBC Radio 4 Author: Andrew Harding Narrator: Andrew Harding Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: July  6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A Telegraph Book of the Year, soon to be a BBC Radio 4 dramatisation. 'Extraordinary.' Philippe Sands 'We are touched by the courage and dignity of Andrew Harding's characters - qualities that the author must surely possess in equal measure.' - Andrey Kurkov 'A  story of extraordinary heroism by ordinary people. - James Meek 'This gripping account is the Russian invasion of Ukraine in microcosm.' - Lindsey Hilsum It's March 2022 and Russian tanks are roaring across the vast, snow-dusted fields of Ukraine. Their destination: Voznesensk, a town with a small bridge that could change the course of the war. The heavily-armed Russians are expecting an easy fight - or no fight at all. After all, Voznesensk is a quiet farming town, full of pensioners. But the locals appear to have other ideas. Svetlana, a grandmother with arthritis, reacts in fury when Russian troops turn her cottage into their blood-soaked headquarters. Valentin, a quick-talking lawyer, joins the town's 'Dads Army' defenders, crouching in a trench with an AK47. Meanwhile, 21-year-old Sergei grabs a Molotov cocktail and lies in wait for Russian tanks as they push towards Dead Water Bridge. The odds are terrible. But a plan is emerging, and there's a chance it could save not just Voznesensk, but the rest of southern Ukraine. Meanwhile, inside the tanks, an inner battle rages. As Russian officer Igor Rudenko prepares to invade, he has a secret. He is Ukrainian himself. A gripping work of reportage that tells the story of a pivotal moment in Ukraine's war, this is a real-life thriller about ordinary people facing extraordinary circumstances with resilience, humour and ingenuity. '[Andrew Harding is] one of our most gifted and sensitive journalists' - Jon Snow]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673493</guid><pubDate>Thu, 06 Jul 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205219/9781804183700.mp3" length="2437217" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673493 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Small, Stubborn Town: Life, death and defiance in Ukraine – As heard on BBC Radio 4 Author: Andrew Harding Narrator: Andrew Harding Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673493" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673493</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Small, Stubborn Town: Life, death and defiance in Ukraine – As heard on BBC Radio 4 Author: Andrew Harding Narrator: Andrew Harding Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: July  6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A Telegraph Book of the Year, soon to be a BBC Radio 4 dramatisation. 'Extraordinary.' Philippe Sands 'We are touched by the courage and dignity of Andrew Harding's characters - qualities that the author must surely possess in equal measure.' - Andrey Kurkov 'A  story of extraordinary heroism by ordinary people. - James Meek 'This gripping account is the Russian invasion of Ukraine in microcosm.' - Lindsey Hilsum It's March 2022 and Russian tanks are roaring across the vast, snow-dusted fields of Ukraine. Their destination: Voznesensk, a town with a small bridge that could change the course of the war. The heavily-armed Russians are expecting an easy fight - or no fight at all. After all, Voznesensk is a quiet farming town, full of pensioners. But the locals appear to have other ideas. Svetlana, a grandmother with arthritis, reacts in fury when Russian troops turn her cottage into their blood-soaked headquarters. Valentin, a quick-talking lawyer, joins the town's 'Dads Army' defenders, crouching in a trench with an AK47. Meanwhile, 21-year-old Sergei grabs a Molotov cocktail and lies in wait for Russian tanks as they push towards Dead Water Bridge. The odds are terrible. But a plan is emerging, and there's a chance it could save not just Voznesensk, but the rest of southern Ukraine. Meanwhile, inside the tanks, an inner battle rages. As Russian officer Igor Rudenko prepares to invade, he has a secret. He is Ukrainian himself. A gripping work of reportage that tells the story of a pivotal moment in Ukraine's war, this is a real-life thriller about ordinary people facing extraordinary circumstances with resilience, humour and ingenuity. '[Andrew Harding is] one of our most gifted and sensitive journalists' - Jon Snow]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e78f797d260bd13af89dc9ec62adf121.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Kubark Counterintelligence Interrogation Manual by Central Intelligence Agency</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-kubark-counterintelligence-interrogation-manual-by-central-intelligence-agency--65205197</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671369" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671369</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Kubark Counterintelligence Interrogation Manual Author: Central Intelligence Agency Narrator: John Riddle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: July  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Released by the Freedom of Information Act. This document is a thorough description of how the CIA recommends interrogating a subject. To get the information that is needed there is nothing withheld short of torture. For example in 'Threats and Fears,' the CIA authors note that 'the threat of coercion usually weakens or destroys resistance more effectively than coercion itself. The threat to inflict pain, for example, can trigger fears more damaging than the immediate sensation of pain.' Under the subheading 'Pain,' the guidelines discuss the theories behind various thresholds of pain, and recommend that a subject's 'resistance is likelier to be sapped by pain which he seems to inflict upon himself' such rather than by direct torture. The report suggests forcing the detainee to stand at attention for long periods of time. A section on sensory deprivations suggests imprisoning detainees in rooms without sensory stimuli of any kind, 'in a cell which has no light,' for example.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671369</guid><pubDate>Mon, 03 Jul 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205197/9798823447287.mp3" length="2437261" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671369 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Kubark Counterintelligence Interrogation Manual Author: Central Intelligence Agency Narrator: John Riddle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671369" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671369</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Kubark Counterintelligence Interrogation Manual Author: Central Intelligence Agency Narrator: John Riddle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 13 minutes Release date: July  3, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Released by the Freedom of Information Act. This document is a thorough description of how the CIA recommends interrogating a subject. To get the information that is needed there is nothing withheld short of torture. For example in 'Threats and Fears,' the CIA authors note that 'the threat of coercion usually weakens or destroys resistance more effectively than coercion itself. The threat to inflict pain, for example, can trigger fears more damaging than the immediate sensation of pain.' Under the subheading 'Pain,' the guidelines discuss the theories behind various thresholds of pain, and recommend that a subject's 'resistance is likelier to be sapped by pain which he seems to inflict upon himself' such rather than by direct torture. The report suggests forcing the detainee to stand at attention for long periods of time. A section on sensory deprivations suggests imprisoning detainees in rooms without sensory stimuli of any kind, 'in a cell which has no light,' for example.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4ae44cebe67685e363cf89259a8ea019.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Decade in Tory: An inventory of idiocy from the coalition to Covid by Russell Jones</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-decade-in-tory-an-inventory-of-idiocy-from-the-coalition-to-covid-by-russell-jones--65205184</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675687" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675687</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Decade in Tory: An inventory of idiocy from the coalition to Covid Author: Russell Jones Narrator: Chris Devon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 29, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In 2020 the United Kingdom reached a bewildering milestone: ten successive years of Conservative rule. In that decade there were three prime ministers, each in turn described as the worst leader we ever had; ministerial resignations by the hundred; and an unrelenting stream of ineffectual, divisive bum-slurry oozing from 10 Downing Street. The Decade in Tory is an inglorious, rollicking and entirely true account of ten years of demonstrable lies, relentless incompetence, epic waste, serial corruption, official police investigations, anti-democratic practices, abuse of power, dereliction of duty and hundreds of thousands of avoidable deaths. With his signature scathing wit, Russell Jones breaks down the government's interminable failures year by year, covering everything from David Cameron's pledge to tackle inequality – which reduced UK life expectancy for the first time since 1841 – through the bewildering storm of lies and betrayals that led to Brexit, devastating education cuts, serial mismanagement of the NHS and Boris Johnson's calamitous response to the Covid-19 pandemic. It will leave you gasping and wondering: can things possibly get any worse?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675687</guid><pubDate>Thu, 29 Jun 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205184/9781004123117.mp3" length="1477611" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675687 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Decade in Tory: An inventory of idiocy from the coalition to Covid Author: Russell Jones Narrator: Chris Devon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675687" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675687</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Decade in Tory: An inventory of idiocy from the coalition to Covid Author: Russell Jones Narrator: Chris Devon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 29, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In 2020 the United Kingdom reached a bewildering milestone: ten successive years of Conservative rule. In that decade there were three prime ministers, each in turn described as the worst leader we ever had; ministerial resignations by the hundred; and an unrelenting stream of ineffectual, divisive bum-slurry oozing from 10 Downing Street. The Decade in Tory is an inglorious, rollicking and entirely true account of ten years of demonstrable lies, relentless incompetence, epic waste, serial corruption, official police investigations, anti-democratic practices, abuse of power, dereliction of duty and hundreds of thousands of avoidable deaths. With his signature scathing wit, Russell Jones breaks down the government's interminable failures year by year, covering everything from David Cameron's pledge to tackle inequality – which reduced UK life expectancy for the first time since 1841 – through the bewildering storm of lies and betrayals that led to Brexit, devastating education cuts, serial mismanagement of the NHS and Boris Johnson's calamitous response to the Covid-19 pandemic. It will leave you gasping and wondering: can things possibly get any worse?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1c93f032dcab30400e18f123e436196f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Myth of Left and Right: How the Political Spectrum Misleads and Harms America by Hyrum Lewis, Verlan Lewis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-myth-of-left-and-right-how-the-political-spectrum-misleads-and-harms-america-by-hyrum-lewis-verlan-lewis--65205221</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678365" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678365</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Myth of Left and Right: How the Political Spectrum Misleads and Harms America Series: Part of Studies in Postwar American Political Author: Hyrum Lewis, Verlan Lewis Narrator: Hyrum Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 27, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A groundbreaking argument that the political spectrum today is inadequate to twenty-first-century America and a major source of the confusion and hostility that characterize contemporary political discourse. As American politics descends into a battle of anger and hostility between two groups called 'left' and 'right,' people increasingly ask: What is the essential difference between these two ideological groups? In The Myth of Left and Right, Hyrum Lewis and Verlan Lewis provide the surprising answer: nothing. As the authors argue, there is no enduring philosophy, disposition, or essence uniting the various positions associated with the liberal and conservative ideologies of today. Far from being an eternal dividing line of American politics, the political spectrum came to the United States in the 1920s and, since then, left and right have evolved in so many unpredictable and even contradictory ways that there is currently nothing other than tribal loyalty holding together the many disparate positions that fly under the banners of 'liberal' and 'conservative.' Cutting against the grain of most scholarship on polarization in America, this book shows why the idea that the political spectrum measures deeply held worldviews is the central political myth of our time and a major cause of the confusion and vitriol that characterize public discourse.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678365</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Jun 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205221/9781696611176.mp3" length="14437295" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678365 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Myth of Left and Right: How the Political Spectrum Misleads and Harms America Series: Part of Studies in Postwar American Political Author: Hyrum...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678365" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678365</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Myth of Left and Right: How the Political Spectrum Misleads and Harms America Series: Part of Studies in Postwar American Political Author: Hyrum Lewis, Verlan Lewis Narrator: Hyrum Lewis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 23 minutes Release date: June 27, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A groundbreaking argument that the political spectrum today is inadequate to twenty-first-century America and a major source of the confusion and hostility that characterize contemporary political discourse. As American politics descends into a battle of anger and hostility between two groups called 'left' and 'right,' people increasingly ask: What is the essential difference between these two ideological groups? In The Myth of Left and Right, Hyrum Lewis and Verlan Lewis provide the surprising answer: nothing. As the authors argue, there is no enduring philosophy, disposition, or essence uniting the various positions associated with the liberal and conservative ideologies of today. Far from being an eternal dividing line of American politics, the political spectrum came to the United States in the 1920s and, since then, left and right have evolved in so many unpredictable and even contradictory ways that there is currently nothing other than tribal loyalty holding together the many disparate positions that fly under the banners of 'liberal' and 'conservative.' Cutting against the grain of most scholarship on polarization in America, this book shows why the idea that the political spectrum measures deeply held worldviews is the central political myth of our time and a major cause of the confusion and vitriol that characterize public discourse.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d80d70f9a37df505a2efcbf4de7b1bd5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Assignment China: An Oral History of American Journalists in the People's Republi by Mike Chinoy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/assignment-china-an-oral-history-of-american-journalists-in-the-people-s-republi-by-mike-chinoy--65205211</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679996" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679996</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assignment China: An Oral History of American Journalists in the People's Republi Author: Mike Chinoy Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 27, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Reporting on China has long been one of the most challenging and crucial of journalistic assignments. Nonetheless, American media coverage of China has profoundly influenced U.S. government policy and shaped public opinion not only domestically but also, given the clout and reach of U.S. news organizations, around the world. This book tells the story of how American journalists have covered China—from the civil war of the 1940s through the COVID-19 pandemic—in their own words. Mike Chinoy assembles a remarkable collection of personal accounts from eminent journalists. They share behind-the-scenes stories of reporting on historic moments such as Richard Nixon's groundbreaking visit in 1972, China's opening up to the outside world and its emergence as a global superpower, and the crackdowns in Tiananmen Square and Xinjiang. Journalists detail the challenges of covering a complex and secretive society and offer insight into eight decades of tumultuous political, economic, and social change. At a time of crisis in Sino-American relations, understanding the people who have covered China for the American media and how they have done so is crucial to understanding the news. Through the personal accounts of multiple generations of China correspondents, Assignment China provides that understanding.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679996</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Jun 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205211/9798350831146.mp3" length="14437348" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679996 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assignment China: An Oral History of American Journalists in the People's Republi Author: Mike Chinoy Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679996" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679996</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Assignment China: An Oral History of American Journalists in the People's Republi Author: Mike Chinoy Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 27, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Reporting on China has long been one of the most challenging and crucial of journalistic assignments. Nonetheless, American media coverage of China has profoundly influenced U.S. government policy and shaped public opinion not only domestically but also, given the clout and reach of U.S. news organizations, around the world. This book tells the story of how American journalists have covered China—from the civil war of the 1940s through the COVID-19 pandemic—in their own words. Mike Chinoy assembles a remarkable collection of personal accounts from eminent journalists. They share behind-the-scenes stories of reporting on historic moments such as Richard Nixon's groundbreaking visit in 1972, China's opening up to the outside world and its emergence as a global superpower, and the crackdowns in Tiananmen Square and Xinjiang. Journalists detail the challenges of covering a complex and secretive society and offer insight into eight decades of tumultuous political, economic, and social change. At a time of crisis in Sino-American relations, understanding the people who have covered China for the American media and how they have done so is crucial to understanding the news. Through the personal accounts of multiple generations of China correspondents, Assignment China provides that understanding.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9f2572cc4ffab5576e7e2d830f1e6ccd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Chevron Doctrine: Its Rise and Fall, and the Future of the Administrative State by Thomas W. Merrill</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-chevron-doctrine-its-rise-and-fall-and-the-future-of-the-administrative-state-by-thomas-w-merrill--65205199</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675565" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675565</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chevron Doctrine: Its Rise and Fall, and the Future of the Administrative State Author: Thomas W. Merrill Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: June 27, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Constitution makes Congress the principal federal lawmaker. Power has inevitably shifted to the executive branch agencies that interpret laws already on the books and to the courts that review the agencies' interpretations. Since the Supreme Court's 1984 decision in Chevron v. Natural Resources Defense Council, this judicial review has been highly deferential: courts must uphold agency interpretations of unclear laws as long as these interpretations are 'reasonable.' But the Chevron doctrine faces backlash from constitutional scholars and, now, from Supreme Court justices who insist that courts, not administrative agencies, have the authority to say what the law is. Recognizing that Congress cannot help relying on agencies to carry out laws, Merrill rejects the notion of discarding the administrative state. Instead, he focuses on what should be the proper relationship between agencies and courts in interpreting laws, given the strengths and weaknesses of these institutions. Courts are better at enforcing the rule of law and constitutional values; agencies have more policy expertise and receive more public input. The best solution, Merrill suggests, is not of the either-or variety. Neither executive agencies nor courts alone should pick up the slack of our increasingly ineffectual legislature.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675565</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Jun 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205199/9798765099063.mp3" length="4837160" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675565 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chevron Doctrine: Its Rise and Fall, and the Future of the Administrative State Author: Thomas W. Merrill Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675565" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675565</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chevron Doctrine: Its Rise and Fall, and the Future of the Administrative State Author: Thomas W. Merrill Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: June 27, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Constitution makes Congress the principal federal lawmaker. Power has inevitably shifted to the executive branch agencies that interpret laws already on the books and to the courts that review the agencies' interpretations. Since the Supreme Court's 1984 decision in Chevron v. Natural Resources Defense Council, this judicial review has been highly deferential: courts must uphold agency interpretations of unclear laws as long as these interpretations are 'reasonable.' But the Chevron doctrine faces backlash from constitutional scholars and, now, from Supreme Court justices who insist that courts, not administrative agencies, have the authority to say what the law is. Recognizing that Congress cannot help relying on agencies to carry out laws, Merrill rejects the notion of discarding the administrative state. Instead, he focuses on what should be the proper relationship between agencies and courts in interpreting laws, given the strengths and weaknesses of these institutions. Courts are better at enforcing the rule of law and constitutional values; agencies have more policy expertise and receive more public input. The best solution, Merrill suggests, is not of the either-or variety. Neither executive agencies nor courts alone should pick up the slack of our increasingly ineffectual legislature.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3e9f0eb8722af931aeabeb7a60509888.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Agreeing to Disagree: How the Establishment Clause Protects Religious Diversity and Freedom of Conscience by Nathan S. Chapman, Michael W. M</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/agreeing-to-disagree-how-the-establishment-clause-protects-religious-diversity-and-freedom-of-conscience-by-nathan-s-chapman-michael-w-m--65205183</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682894" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682894</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Agreeing to Disagree: How the Establishment Clause Protects Religious Diversity and Freedom of Conscience Author: Nathan S. Chapman, Michael W. Mcconnell Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 27, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Establishment Clause of the First Amendment, 'Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion', may be the most contentious and misunderstood provision of the entire United States Constitution. What exactly is an 'establishment of religion'? And what is a law 'respecting' it? Many commentators reduce the clause to 'the separation of church and state.' This implies that church and state are at odds, that the public sphere must be secular, and that the Establishment Clause is in tension with the Free Exercise of Religion Clause. All of these implications misconstrue the Establishment Clause's original purpose. The clause facilitates religious diversity and guarantees equality of religious freedom by prohibiting the government from coercing or inducing citizens to change their religious beliefs and practices. In Agreeing to Disagree, Nathan S. Chapman and Michael W. McConnell detail the theological, political, and philosophical underpinnings of the Establishment Clause, state disestablishment, and the disestablishment norms applied to the states by the Fourteenth Amendment. In one of the most thorough accounts of the Establishment Clause, Chapman and McConnell argue that the clause is best understood as a constitutional commitment for Americans to agree to disagree about matters of faith.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682894</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Jun 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205183/9798350803600.mp3" length="14437347" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682894 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Agreeing to Disagree: How the Establishment Clause Protects Religious Diversity and Freedom of Conscience Author: Nathan S. Chapman, Michael W....</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682894" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682894</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Agreeing to Disagree: How the Establishment Clause Protects Religious Diversity and Freedom of Conscience Author: Nathan S. Chapman, Michael W. Mcconnell Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 27, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Establishment Clause of the First Amendment, 'Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion', may be the most contentious and misunderstood provision of the entire United States Constitution. What exactly is an 'establishment of religion'? And what is a law 'respecting' it? Many commentators reduce the clause to 'the separation of church and state.' This implies that church and state are at odds, that the public sphere must be secular, and that the Establishment Clause is in tension with the Free Exercise of Religion Clause. All of these implications misconstrue the Establishment Clause's original purpose. The clause facilitates religious diversity and guarantees equality of religious freedom by prohibiting the government from coercing or inducing citizens to change their religious beliefs and practices. In Agreeing to Disagree, Nathan S. Chapman and Michael W. McConnell detail the theological, political, and philosophical underpinnings of the Establishment Clause, state disestablishment, and the disestablishment norms applied to the states by the Fourteenth Amendment. In one of the most thorough accounts of the Establishment Clause, Chapman and McConnell argue that the clause is best understood as a constitutional commitment for Americans to agree to disagree about matters of faith.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5148433195df074b06844265ab3fe798.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Invention of Scarcity: Malthus and the Margins of History by Deborah Valenze</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-invention-of-scarcity-malthus-and-the-margins-of-history-by-deborah-valenze--65205167</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684144" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684144</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invention of Scarcity: Malthus and the Margins of History Series: Part of Yale Agrarian Studies Author: Deborah Valenze Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: June 27, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  With the publication of Essay on the Principle of Population and its projection of food shortages in the face of ballooning populations, British theorist Thomas Robert Malthus secured a leading role in modern political and economic thought. In this startling new interpretation, Deborah Valenze reveals how canonical readings of Malthus fail to acknowledge his narrow understanding of what constitutes food production. Valenze returns to the eighteenth-century contexts that generated his arguments, showing how Malthus mobilized a redemptive narrative of British historical development and dismissed the ways that people adapted to the challenges of subsistence needs. She uses history, anthropology, and food studies to redirect our attention to the margins of Malthus's essay, where activities such as hunting and gathering were rendered extraneous. She demonstrates how Malthus's omissions and his subsequent canonization provided a rationale for colonial imposition of British agricultural models, regardless of environmental diversity. By broadening our conception of human livelihoods, Valenze suggests pathways to resistance against the hegemony of Malthusian political economy. She invites us to imagine a world where monoculture is in retreat and the margins are recentered as spaces of experimentation, nimbleness, and human flourishing.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684144</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Jun 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205167/9798350840803.mp3" length="14437305" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684144 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invention of Scarcity: Malthus and the Margins of History Series: Part of Yale Agrarian Studies Author: Deborah Valenze Narrator: Suzanne Toren...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684144" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/684144</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Invention of Scarcity: Malthus and the Margins of History Series: Part of Yale Agrarian Studies Author: Deborah Valenze Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: June 27, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  With the publication of Essay on the Principle of Population and its projection of food shortages in the face of ballooning populations, British theorist Thomas Robert Malthus secured a leading role in modern political and economic thought. In this startling new interpretation, Deborah Valenze reveals how canonical readings of Malthus fail to acknowledge his narrow understanding of what constitutes food production. Valenze returns to the eighteenth-century contexts that generated his arguments, showing how Malthus mobilized a redemptive narrative of British historical development and dismissed the ways that people adapted to the challenges of subsistence needs. She uses history, anthropology, and food studies to redirect our attention to the margins of Malthus's essay, where activities such as hunting and gathering were rendered extraneous. She demonstrates how Malthus's omissions and his subsequent canonization provided a rationale for colonial imposition of British agricultural models, regardless of environmental diversity. By broadening our conception of human livelihoods, Valenze suggests pathways to resistance against the hegemony of Malthusian political economy. She invites us to imagine a world where monoculture is in retreat and the margins are recentered as spaces of experimentation, nimbleness, and human flourishing.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7dbd9f0968aac82a639b5b1f26cf9fa4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>We Hold Our Breath: A Journey to Texas Between Storms by Micah Fields</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/we-hold-our-breath-a-journey-to-texas-between-storms-by-micah-fields--65205220</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678397" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678397</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Hold Our Breath: A Journey to Texas Between Storms Author: Micah Fields Narrator: Micah Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: June 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Developed as the commercial hub of the Texas cotton and sugarcane industries, Houston was designed for profit, not stability. Its first residents razed swamplands into submission to construct a maze of highways and suburbs, giving the city a sprawling, centerless energy as storms and floods rattled coastal Texas. When Hurricane Harvey made landfall in 2017, Fields set off from his home in Iowa back to the battered city of his childhood to rescue his mother. Fields tracks the devastation of Hurricane Harvey, one storm in a long lineage that threatens the fourth largest city in America. Fields depicts the history of Houston with reverence and lyrical certainty, investigating the conflicting facets of Texan identity that are steeped in racial subjugation, environmental collapse, and capitalist greed. He writes of the development of the modern city in the wake of the destruction of Galveston in 1900; of the oil booms and busts that shaped the city; of the unchecked lust for growth that makes Houston so expressive of the American dream. We Hold Our Breath is a portrait of a city that exists despite it all, a city whose story has always been one of war waged relentlessly against water.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678397</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205220/9798350822021.mp3" length="14437275" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678397 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Hold Our Breath: A Journey to Texas Between Storms Author: Micah Fields Narrator: Micah Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678397" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678397</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Hold Our Breath: A Journey to Texas Between Storms Author: Micah Fields Narrator: Micah Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: June 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Developed as the commercial hub of the Texas cotton and sugarcane industries, Houston was designed for profit, not stability. Its first residents razed swamplands into submission to construct a maze of highways and suburbs, giving the city a sprawling, centerless energy as storms and floods rattled coastal Texas. When Hurricane Harvey made landfall in 2017, Fields set off from his home in Iowa back to the battered city of his childhood to rescue his mother. Fields tracks the devastation of Hurricane Harvey, one storm in a long lineage that threatens the fourth largest city in America. Fields depicts the history of Houston with reverence and lyrical certainty, investigating the conflicting facets of Texan identity that are steeped in racial subjugation, environmental collapse, and capitalist greed. He writes of the development of the modern city in the wake of the destruction of Galveston in 1900; of the oil booms and busts that shaped the city; of the unchecked lust for growth that makes Houston so expressive of the American dream. We Hold Our Breath is a portrait of a city that exists despite it all, a city whose story has always been one of war waged relentlessly against water.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1f4b7108c52a6c44adf04c9b64a076fe.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Social Justice for the Sensitive Soul: How to Change the World in Quiet Ways by Dorcas Cheng-Tozun</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/social-justice-for-the-sensitive-soul-how-to-change-the-world-in-quiet-ways-by-dorcas-cheng-tozun--65205185</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681540" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681540</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Justice for the Sensitive Soul: How to Change the World in Quiet Ways Author: Dorcas Cheng-Tozun Narrator: Rebecca Lam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Social justice work, we often assume, is raised voices and raised fists. But what does it look like for those of us who don't feel comfortable battling in the trenches? Sustaining justice work can be particularly challenging for the sensitive, and it requires a deep level of self-awareness. In Social Justice for the Sensitive Soul, writer Dorcas Cheng-Tozun offers six possible pathways for sensitive types: Connectors: relational activists whose interactions and conversations build the social capital necessary for change; Creatives: artists and creators whose work inspires, sheds light, makes connections, and brings issues into the public consciousness; Record Keepers: archivists who preserve essential information and hold our collective memory and history; Builders: inventors, programmers, and engineers who center empathy as they develop society-changing products and technologies; Equippers: educators, mentors, and elders who build skills and knowledge within movements and shepherd the next generation of changemakers; and Researchers: data-driven individuals who utilize information as a persuasive tool to effect change and propose options for improvement. Cheng-Tozun expands the possibilities of how to have a positive social impact, affirming the particular gifts and talents that sensitive souls offer to a hurting world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681540</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205185/9798765084465.mp3" length="14437264" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681540 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Justice for the Sensitive Soul: How to Change the World in Quiet Ways Author: Dorcas Cheng-Tozun Narrator: Rebecca Lam Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681540" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681540</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Social Justice for the Sensitive Soul: How to Change the World in Quiet Ways Author: Dorcas Cheng-Tozun Narrator: Rebecca Lam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Social justice work, we often assume, is raised voices and raised fists. But what does it look like for those of us who don't feel comfortable battling in the trenches? Sustaining justice work can be particularly challenging for the sensitive, and it requires a deep level of self-awareness. In Social Justice for the Sensitive Soul, writer Dorcas Cheng-Tozun offers six possible pathways for sensitive types: Connectors: relational activists whose interactions and conversations build the social capital necessary for change; Creatives: artists and creators whose work inspires, sheds light, makes connections, and brings issues into the public consciousness; Record Keepers: archivists who preserve essential information and hold our collective memory and history; Builders: inventors, programmers, and engineers who center empathy as they develop society-changing products and technologies; Equippers: educators, mentors, and elders who build skills and knowledge within movements and shepherd the next generation of changemakers; and Researchers: data-driven individuals who utilize information as a persuasive tool to effect change and propose options for improvement. Cheng-Tozun expands the possibilities of how to have a positive social impact, affirming the particular gifts and talents that sensitive souls offer to a hurting world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/33440fcb5aa3fb784bee365c0c4aac5a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Espionage: A Concise History by Kristie Macrakis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/espionage-a-concise-history-by-kristie-macrakis--65205175</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681477" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681477</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Espionage: A Concise History Series: Part of MIT Press Essential Knowledge Author: Kristie Macrakis Narrator: Holly Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A concise introduction to the history and methods of espionage, illustrated by spy stories from antiquity to today's high-tech world. Espionage is one of the most secret of human activities. It is also, as the popularity of spy stories suggests, one of the most intriguing. This book pulls the veil back on the real world of espionage, revealing how spying actually works. In a refreshingly clear, concise manner, Kristie Macrakis guides listeners through the shadowy world of espionage, from the language and practice of spycraft to its role in international politics, its bureaucratic underpinnings, and its transformation in light of modern technology. Espionage is a mirror of society and human foibles with the added cloak of secrecy and deception. Accordingly, Espionage traces spying all the way back to antiquity, while also moving beyond traditional accounts of military and diplomatic intelligence to shine a light on industrial espionage and the new techno-spy. As thorough—and thoroughly enjoyable—as it is compact, the book is an ideal introduction to the history and anatomy of espionage.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681477</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205175/9781663728944.mp3" length="14437202" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681477 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Espionage: A Concise History Series: Part of MIT Press Essential Knowledge Author: Kristie Macrakis Narrator: Holly Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681477" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681477</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Espionage: A Concise History Series: Part of MIT Press Essential Knowledge Author: Kristie Macrakis Narrator: Holly Adams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: June 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A concise introduction to the history and methods of espionage, illustrated by spy stories from antiquity to today's high-tech world. Espionage is one of the most secret of human activities. It is also, as the popularity of spy stories suggests, one of the most intriguing. This book pulls the veil back on the real world of espionage, revealing how spying actually works. In a refreshingly clear, concise manner, Kristie Macrakis guides listeners through the shadowy world of espionage, from the language and practice of spycraft to its role in international politics, its bureaucratic underpinnings, and its transformation in light of modern technology. Espionage is a mirror of society and human foibles with the added cloak of secrecy and deception. Accordingly, Espionage traces spying all the way back to antiquity, while also moving beyond traditional accounts of military and diplomatic intelligence to shine a light on industrial espionage and the new techno-spy. As thorough—and thoroughly enjoyable—as it is compact, the book is an ideal introduction to the history and anatomy of espionage.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/813a3f6c39af24b69edbefefc1e3dbd2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Against Decolonization: Taking African Agency Seriously by Olúfẹ́mi Táíwò</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/against-decolonization-taking-african-agency-seriously-by-olufemi-taiwo--65205258</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669741" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669741</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Decolonization: Taking African Agency Seriously Author: Olúfẹ́mi Táíwò Narrator: Amir Abdullah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: June 13, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Decolonization has lost its way. Originally a struggle to escape the West's direct political and economic control, it has become a catch-all idea, often for performing 'morality' or 'authenticity;' it suffocates African thought and denies African agency. Olúfemi Táíwò fiercely rejects the indiscriminate application of 'decolonization' to everything from literature, language and philosophy to sociology, psychology and medicine. He argues that the decolonization industry, obsessed with cataloguing wrongs, is seriously harming scholarship on and in Africa. He finds 'decolonization' of culture intellectually unsound and wholly unrealistic, conflating modernity with coloniality, and groundlessly advocating an open-ended undoing of global society's foundations. Worst of all, today's movement attacks its own cause: 'decolorizers' themselves are disregarding, infantilizing and imposing values on contemporary African thinkers. This powerful, much-needed intervention questions whether today's 'decolonization' truly serves African empowerment. Táíwò's is a bold challenge to respect African intellectuals as innovative adaptors, appropriators and synthesizers of ideas they have always seen as universally relevant.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669741</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205258/9798765097045.mp3" length="14437274" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669741 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Decolonization: Taking African Agency Seriously Author: Olúfẹ́mi Táíwò Narrator: Amir Abdullah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669741" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669741</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against Decolonization: Taking African Agency Seriously Author: Olúfẹ́mi Táíwò Narrator: Amir Abdullah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 7 minutes Release date: June 13, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Decolonization has lost its way. Originally a struggle to escape the West's direct political and economic control, it has become a catch-all idea, often for performing 'morality' or 'authenticity;' it suffocates African thought and denies African agency. Olúfemi Táíwò fiercely rejects the indiscriminate application of 'decolonization' to everything from literature, language and philosophy to sociology, psychology and medicine. He argues that the decolonization industry, obsessed with cataloguing wrongs, is seriously harming scholarship on and in Africa. He finds 'decolonization' of culture intellectually unsound and wholly unrealistic, conflating modernity with coloniality, and groundlessly advocating an open-ended undoing of global society's foundations. Worst of all, today's movement attacks its own cause: 'decolorizers' themselves are disregarding, infantilizing and imposing values on contemporary African thinkers. This powerful, much-needed intervention questions whether today's 'decolonization' truly serves African empowerment. Táíwò's is a bold challenge to respect African intellectuals as innovative adaptors, appropriators and synthesizers of ideas they have always seen as universally relevant.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a022114efecca6f2482186c691518ed7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Something for Nothing: The All-Consuming Desire that Turns the American Dream into a Social Nightmare by Brian Tracy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/something-for-nothing-the-all-consuming-desire-that-turns-the-american-dream-into-a-social-nightmare-by-brian-tracy--65205182</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670142" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670142</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Something for Nothing: The All-Consuming Desire that Turns the American Dream into a Social Nightmare Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: June 13, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  America's greatness comes from people working hard to fulfill their dreams. But today that greatness is being undermined by people using the government to steal other people's dreams (and money). Rather than participate and innovate in the marketplace, generating goods and services that benefit society, people are increasingly vying for political advantage to live at the expense of others. Something for Nothing reveals the social and personal threats inherent in this emerging 'grabbing match' culture, juxtaposing free-market virtues against government vices, explaining how the something-for-nothing mentality corrupts the political system, undermines corporate success, and stifles the individual's ability to prosper and contribute long-term to society. More than exposing the dangers, however, Tracy helps readers set a personal and culture-wide agenda for change.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670142</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205182/9781400340217.mp3" length="1477663" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670142 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Something for Nothing: The All-Consuming Desire that Turns the American Dream into a Social Nightmare Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670142" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670142</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Something for Nothing: The All-Consuming Desire that Turns the American Dream into a Social Nightmare Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 59 minutes Release date: June 13, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  America's greatness comes from people working hard to fulfill their dreams. But today that greatness is being undermined by people using the government to steal other people's dreams (and money). Rather than participate and innovate in the marketplace, generating goods and services that benefit society, people are increasingly vying for political advantage to live at the expense of others. Something for Nothing reveals the social and personal threats inherent in this emerging 'grabbing match' culture, juxtaposing free-market virtues against government vices, explaining how the something-for-nothing mentality corrupts the political system, undermines corporate success, and stifles the individual's ability to prosper and contribute long-term to society. More than exposing the dangers, however, Tracy helps readers set a personal and culture-wide agenda for change.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1a92321c5a2ca6dee67ce347303791db.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Against the Web: A Cosmopolitan Answer to the New Right by Michael Brooks</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/against-the-web-a-cosmopolitan-answer-to-the-new-right-by-michael-brooks--65205165</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682885" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682885</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against the Web: A Cosmopolitan Answer to the New Right Author: Michael Brooks Narrator: Sam Seder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 13, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Michael Brooks takes on the new 'Intellectual Dark Web.' As the host of The Michael Brooks Show and cohost of the Majority Report, Brooks was a progressive fighter whose work brought people together from around the world. In this, his first book, he lets his understanding of the digital media environment direct his analysis of the 'conservative rebels' who had taken YouTube by storm in 2018. Brooks provides a theoretically rigorous but accessible critique of the most prominent 'renegades,' including Sam Harris, Jordan Peterson, and Brett Weinstein while also examining the social, political, and media environment that such rebels thrive in.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682885</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Jun 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205165/9798765042687.mp3" length="14437284" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682885 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against the Web: A Cosmopolitan Answer to the New Right Author: Michael Brooks Narrator: Sam Seder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682885" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682885</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Against the Web: A Cosmopolitan Answer to the New Right Author: Michael Brooks Narrator: Sam Seder Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 13, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Michael Brooks takes on the new 'Intellectual Dark Web.' As the host of The Michael Brooks Show and cohost of the Majority Report, Brooks was a progressive fighter whose work brought people together from around the world. In this, his first book, he lets his understanding of the digital media environment direct his analysis of the 'conservative rebels' who had taken YouTube by storm in 2018. Brooks provides a theoretically rigorous but accessible critique of the most prominent 'renegades,' including Sam Harris, Jordan Peterson, and Brett Weinstein while also examining the social, political, and media environment that such rebels thrive in.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c3dfbccbe314e6466356bc15e997f8dd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Andrew Carnegie: Die Hörbuch Box über den reichsten Mann der Welt: Das Evangelium des Reichtums, Der Weg zum geschäftlichen Erfol</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-andrew-carnegie-die-horbuch-box-uber-den-reichsten-mann-der-welt-das-evangelium-des-reichtums-der-weg-zum-geschaftlichen-erfol--65205089</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683706" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683706</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Die Hörbuch Box über den reichsten Mann der Welt: Das Evangelium des Reichtums, Der Weg zum geschäftlichen Erfolg u.v.m. Author: Carl Adolf Bratter, Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: June  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Der Mann, der in Reichtum stirbt, stirbt in Schande!' In der Tat, das sagte Stahlbaron Andrew Carnegie (1835 – 1919). Gemessen an der Kaufkraft von 2014, besaß er ein Vermögen von über 300 Milliarden Dollar – und gab doch das meiste davon für wohltätige Zwecke wieder her. Dennoch – als einer der sogenannten 'Robber Barons', der Industriemagnate, die mit harten Bandagen unter Ausbeutung ihrer Arbeiter unfassbar reich wurden, ist das Urteil der Geschichte über ihn mehr als zwiespältig. In dieser autobiografischen Hörbuch Box dabei: Das Evangelium des Reichtums, Das gemeinschaftliche Interesse von Arbeit und Kapital, Das ABC des Geldes, Über das Sparen, Reichtum und sein Gebrauch, Geschäft - sowie eine kurze Biografie von Carl Adolf Bratter.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683706</guid><pubDate>Fri, 02 Jun 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205089/9783754503348.mp3" length="1477781" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683706 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Die Hörbuch Box über den reichsten Mann der Welt: Das Evangelium des Reichtums, Der Weg zum geschäftlichen Erfolg u.v.m....</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683706" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683706</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Andrew Carnegie: Die Hörbuch Box über den reichsten Mann der Welt: Das Evangelium des Reichtums, Der Weg zum geschäftlichen Erfolg u.v.m. Author: Carl Adolf Bratter, Andrew Carnegie Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: June  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Der Mann, der in Reichtum stirbt, stirbt in Schande!' In der Tat, das sagte Stahlbaron Andrew Carnegie (1835 – 1919). Gemessen an der Kaufkraft von 2014, besaß er ein Vermögen von über 300 Milliarden Dollar – und gab doch das meiste davon für wohltätige Zwecke wieder her. Dennoch – als einer der sogenannten 'Robber Barons', der Industriemagnate, die mit harten Bandagen unter Ausbeutung ihrer Arbeiter unfassbar reich wurden, ist das Urteil der Geschichte über ihn mehr als zwiespältig. In dieser autobiografischen Hörbuch Box dabei: Das Evangelium des Reichtums, Das gemeinschaftliche Interesse von Arbeit und Kapital, Das ABC des Geldes, Über das Sparen, Reichtum und sein Gebrauch, Geschäft - sowie eine kurze Biografie von Carl Adolf Bratter.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ber</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e0b43b76792dfcd2d0471ccf2863c518.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Making of Black Lives Matter: A Brief History of an Idea (2nd Edition) by Christopher J. Lebron</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-making-of-black-lives-matter-a-brief-history-of-an-idea-2nd-edition-by-christopher-j-lebron--65205251</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678359" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678359</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of Black Lives Matter: A Brief History of an Idea (2nd Edition) Author: Christopher J. Lebron Narrator: Diontae Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: June  1, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Started in the wake of George Zimmerman's 2013 acquittal in the death of Trayvon Martin, the #BlackLivesMatter movement has become a powerful and incendiary campaign demanding redress for the brutal and unjustified treatment of black bodies by law enforcement in the United States. The movement is only a few years old, but as Christopher J. Lebron argues in this book, the sentiment behind it is not; the plea and demand that 'Black Lives Matter' comes out of a much older and richer tradition arguing for the equal dignity—and not just equal rights—of black people. In this updated edition, The Making of Black Lives Matter presents a condensed and accessible intellectual history of the #BlackLivesMatter movement and expands on the movement's relevancy. This edition includes a new introduction that explores how the movement's core ideas have been challenged, re-affirmed, and re-imagined during the white nationalism of the Trump years, as well as a new chapter that examines the ideas and importance of Angela Davis and Amiri Baraka as significant participants in the Black Power Movement and Black Arts Movement, respectively. Drawing on the work of Davis, Baraka, and other revolutionary black public intellectuals, Lebron clarifies what it means to assert that 'Black Lives Matter' when faced with contemporary instances of anti-black law enforcement.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678359</guid><pubDate>Thu, 01 Jun 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205251/9781696607940.mp3" length="14437308" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678359 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of Black Lives Matter: A Brief History of an Idea (2nd Edition) Author: Christopher J. Lebron Narrator: Diontae Black Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678359" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678359</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Making of Black Lives Matter: A Brief History of an Idea (2nd Edition) Author: Christopher J. Lebron Narrator: Diontae Black Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: June  1, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Started in the wake of George Zimmerman's 2013 acquittal in the death of Trayvon Martin, the #BlackLivesMatter movement has become a powerful and incendiary campaign demanding redress for the brutal and unjustified treatment of black bodies by law enforcement in the United States. The movement is only a few years old, but as Christopher J. Lebron argues in this book, the sentiment behind it is not; the plea and demand that 'Black Lives Matter' comes out of a much older and richer tradition arguing for the equal dignity—and not just equal rights—of black people. In this updated edition, The Making of Black Lives Matter presents a condensed and accessible intellectual history of the #BlackLivesMatter movement and expands on the movement's relevancy. This edition includes a new introduction that explores how the movement's core ideas have been challenged, re-affirmed, and re-imagined during the white nationalism of the Trump years, as well as a new chapter that examines the ideas and importance of Angela Davis and Amiri Baraka as significant participants in the Black Power Movement and Black Arts Movement, respectively. Drawing on the work of Davis, Baraka, and other revolutionary black public intellectuals, Lebron clarifies what it means to assert that 'Black Lives Matter' when faced with contemporary instances of anti-black law enforcement.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c56aa73708f3a890558f2dd2360bc46c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>War in Ukraine: Making Sense of a Senseless Conflict by Nicolas J.S. Davies, Medea Benjamin</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/war-in-ukraine-making-sense-of-a-senseless-conflict-by-nicolas-j-s-davies-medea-benjamin--65205253</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680014" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680014</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: War in Ukraine: Making Sense of a Senseless Conflict Author: Nicolas J.S. Davies, Medea Benjamin Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 30, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Russia's brutal February 2022 invasion of Ukraine has attracted widespread condemnation across the West. Government and media circles present the conflict as a simple dichotomy between an evil empire and an innocent victim. In this concise, accessible and highly informative primer, Medea Benjamin and Nicolas Davies insist the picture is more complicated. Yes, Russia's aggression was reckless and, ultimately, indefensible. But the West's reneging on promises to halt eastward expansion of NATO in the wake of the collapse of the Soviet Union played a major part in prompting Putin to act. So did the U.S. involvement in the 2014 Ukraine coup and Ukraine's failure to implement the Minsk peace agreements. The result is a conflict that is increasingly difficult to resolve, one that could conceivably escalate into all-out war between the United States and Russia—the world's two leading nuclear powers. Skillfully bringing together the historical record and current analysis, War in Ukraine looks at the events leading up to the conflict, surveys the different parties involved, and weighs the risks of escalation and opportunities for peace. For anyone who wants to get beneath the heavily propagandized media coverage to an understanding of a war with consequences that could prove cataclysmic, this timely book will be an urgent necessity.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680014</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205253/9798350847666.mp3" length="14437256" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680014 to listen full audiobooks. Title: War in Ukraine: Making Sense of a Senseless Conflict Author: Nicolas J.S. Davies, Medea Benjamin Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680014" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680014</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: War in Ukraine: Making Sense of a Senseless Conflict Author: Nicolas J.S. Davies, Medea Benjamin Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: May 30, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Russia's brutal February 2022 invasion of Ukraine has attracted widespread condemnation across the West. Government and media circles present the conflict as a simple dichotomy between an evil empire and an innocent victim. In this concise, accessible and highly informative primer, Medea Benjamin and Nicolas Davies insist the picture is more complicated. Yes, Russia's aggression was reckless and, ultimately, indefensible. But the West's reneging on promises to halt eastward expansion of NATO in the wake of the collapse of the Soviet Union played a major part in prompting Putin to act. So did the U.S. involvement in the 2014 Ukraine coup and Ukraine's failure to implement the Minsk peace agreements. The result is a conflict that is increasingly difficult to resolve, one that could conceivably escalate into all-out war between the United States and Russia—the world's two leading nuclear powers. Skillfully bringing together the historical record and current analysis, War in Ukraine looks at the events leading up to the conflict, surveys the different parties involved, and weighs the risks of escalation and opportunities for peace. For anyone who wants to get beneath the heavily propagandized media coverage to an understanding of a war with consequences that could prove cataclysmic, this timely book will be an urgent necessity.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/68ab3757e097ee68db789f363191b0f5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Diary of an Invasion by Andrey Kurkov</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/diary-of-an-invasion-by-andrey-kurkov--65205140</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680015" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680015</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diary of an Invasion Author: Andrey Kurkov Narrator: David Aranovich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 30, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  One of the most important Ukrainian voices throughout the Russian invasion, the author of Death and the Penguin and Grey Bees collects his searing dispatches from the heart of Kyiv. This journal of the invasion, a collection of Andrey Kurkov's writings and broadcasts from Kyiv, is a remarkable record of a brilliant writer at the forefront of a twenty-first-century war. Andrey Kurkov has been a consistent satirical commentator on his adopted country of Ukraine. His most recent work, Grey Bees, is a dark foreshadowing of the devastation in the eastern part of Ukraine in which only two villagers remain in a village bombed to smithereens. The author has lived in Kyiv and in the remote countryside of Ukraine throughout the Russian invasion. He has also been able to fly to European capitals where he has been working to raise money for charities and to address crowded halls. Kurkov has been asked to write for every English newspaper, as also to be interviewed all over Europe. He has become an important voice for his people. Kurkov sees every video and every posted message, and he spends the sleepless nights of continuous bombardment of his city delivering the truth about this invasion to the world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680015</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205140/9798350855500.mp3" length="14437241" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680015 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diary of an Invasion Author: Andrey Kurkov Narrator: David Aranovich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 30, 2023...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680015" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680015</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Diary of an Invasion Author: Andrey Kurkov Narrator: David Aranovich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 18 minutes Release date: May 30, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  One of the most important Ukrainian voices throughout the Russian invasion, the author of Death and the Penguin and Grey Bees collects his searing dispatches from the heart of Kyiv. This journal of the invasion, a collection of Andrey Kurkov's writings and broadcasts from Kyiv, is a remarkable record of a brilliant writer at the forefront of a twenty-first-century war. Andrey Kurkov has been a consistent satirical commentator on his adopted country of Ukraine. His most recent work, Grey Bees, is a dark foreshadowing of the devastation in the eastern part of Ukraine in which only two villagers remain in a village bombed to smithereens. The author has lived in Kyiv and in the remote countryside of Ukraine throughout the Russian invasion. He has also been able to fly to European capitals where he has been working to raise money for charities and to address crowded halls. Kurkov has been asked to write for every English newspaper, as also to be interviewed all over Europe. He has become an important voice for his people. Kurkov sees every video and every posted message, and he spends the sleepless nights of continuous bombardment of his city delivering the truth about this invasion to the world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/13e548b85f46cb6d593b72da5160b46a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Struggle for Law in the Oceans: How an Isolationist Narrative Betrays America by John Norton Moore</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-struggle-for-law-in-the-oceans-how-an-isolationist-narrative-betrays-america-by-john-norton-moore--65205268</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669682" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669682</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Struggle for Law in the Oceans: How an Isolationist Narrative Betrays America Author: John Norton Moore Narrator: Bob Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  During the 1970s and 1980s the United States led the world in negotiating one of the most important treaties in history, the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS). Through these negotiations the United States secured the largest area of maritime jurisdiction in the world—an area larger than the continental United States itself—and protected navigational freedom, so critical for Naval mobility. Today UNCLOS is in force for 168 countries and the European Union. Isolationist arguments, however, have for a quarter-century prevented the Senate from voting on the Convention. This book discusses the robust reasons favoring the Convention, and offers a sharp critical examination of the arguments still being made against it. John Norton Moore posits that isolationist obstruction has cost the United States two deep seabed mine sites, 'USA-2' and 'USA-3,' for a loss of a half trillion dollars in strategic minerals, and shows how a continuation of this narrative threatens the loss of 'USA-1' and 'USA-4' for another half trillion dollars—all while China has acquired four deep seabed sites and the Russian Federation three. In this groundbreaking and vigorously argued work, Moore asserts that it is time to accede to the Convention, as has been urged for decades by presidents from both sides of the political divide.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669682</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205268/9781696611930.mp3" length="14437256" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669682 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Struggle for Law in the Oceans: How an Isolationist Narrative Betrays America Author: John Norton Moore Narrator: Bob Johnson Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669682" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669682</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Struggle for Law in the Oceans: How an Isolationist Narrative Betrays America Author: John Norton Moore Narrator: Bob Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 4 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  During the 1970s and 1980s the United States led the world in negotiating one of the most important treaties in history, the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS). Through these negotiations the United States secured the largest area of maritime jurisdiction in the world—an area larger than the continental United States itself—and protected navigational freedom, so critical for Naval mobility. Today UNCLOS is in force for 168 countries and the European Union. Isolationist arguments, however, have for a quarter-century prevented the Senate from voting on the Convention. This book discusses the robust reasons favoring the Convention, and offers a sharp critical examination of the arguments still being made against it. John Norton Moore posits that isolationist obstruction has cost the United States two deep seabed mine sites, 'USA-2' and 'USA-3,' for a loss of a half trillion dollars in strategic minerals, and shows how a continuation of this narrative threatens the loss of 'USA-1' and 'USA-4' for another half trillion dollars—all while China has acquired four deep seabed sites and the Russian Federation three. In this groundbreaking and vigorously argued work, Moore asserts that it is time to accede to the Convention, as has been urged for decades by presidents from both sides of the political divide.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/53b2bf6be316801c07b51a3aa02474e3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Chile Project: The Story of the Chicago Boys and the Downfall of Neoliberalism by Sebastian Edwards</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-chile-project-the-story-of-the-chicago-boys-and-the-downfall-of-neoliberalism-by-sebastian-edwards--65205267</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673119" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673119</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chile Project: The Story of the Chicago Boys and the Downfall of Neoliberalism Author: Sebastian Edwards Narrator: Andrew Joseph Perez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In The Chile Project, Sebastian Edwards tells the story of how the neoliberal economic model came to an end in 2021, when Gabriel Boric was elected president, vowing that 'If Chile was the cradle of neoliberalism, it will also be its grave.' More than a story about one Latin American country, The Chile Project is a behind-the-scenes history of the spread and consequences of the free-market thinking that dominated economic policymaking around the world in the second half of the twentieth century—but is now on the retreat. In 1955, the United States State Department launched the 'Chile Project' to train Chilean economists at the University of Chicago. After General Augusto Pinochet overthrew socialist president Salvador Allende in 1973, Chile's 'Chicago Boys' implemented the purest neoliberal model for the next seventeen years, undertaking a package of privatization and deregulation, creating a modern capitalist economy, and sparking talk of a 'Chilean miracle.' But under the veneer of success, a profound dissatisfaction with the inequalities caused by neoliberalism was growing. In 2019, protests erupted throughout the country, and in 2022 Boric began his presidency with a clear mandate: to end neoliberalismo. The Chile Project provides an important new perspective on the history of neoliberalism and its global decline today.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673119</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205267/9798350800029.mp3" length="14437320" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673119 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chile Project: The Story of the Chicago Boys and the Downfall of Neoliberalism Author: Sebastian Edwards Narrator: Andrew Joseph Perez Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673119" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673119</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chile Project: The Story of the Chicago Boys and the Downfall of Neoliberalism Author: Sebastian Edwards Narrator: Andrew Joseph Perez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In The Chile Project, Sebastian Edwards tells the story of how the neoliberal economic model came to an end in 2021, when Gabriel Boric was elected president, vowing that 'If Chile was the cradle of neoliberalism, it will also be its grave.' More than a story about one Latin American country, The Chile Project is a behind-the-scenes history of the spread and consequences of the free-market thinking that dominated economic policymaking around the world in the second half of the twentieth century—but is now on the retreat. In 1955, the United States State Department launched the 'Chile Project' to train Chilean economists at the University of Chicago. After General Augusto Pinochet overthrew socialist president Salvador Allende in 1973, Chile's 'Chicago Boys' implemented the purest neoliberal model for the next seventeen years, undertaking a package of privatization and deregulation, creating a modern capitalist economy, and sparking talk of a 'Chilean miracle.' But under the veneer of success, a profound dissatisfaction with the inequalities caused by neoliberalism was growing. In 2019, protests erupted throughout the country, and in 2022 Boric began his presidency with a clear mandate: to end neoliberalismo. The Chile Project provides an important new perspective on the history of neoliberalism and its global decline today.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6f8268836233adf6df3201575fdc2d61.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Estate Planning For Dummies, 2nd Edition by Joseph Mashinski, Jordan S. Simon</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/estate-planning-for-dummies-2nd-edition-by-joseph-mashinski-jordan-s-simon--65205261</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675510" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675510</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Estate Planning For Dummies, 2nd Edition Author: Joseph Mashinski, Jordan S. Simon Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Estate Planning For Dummies teaches you the ins and outs of estate planning. It's all about drafting wills, dealing with probate, assigning powers of attorney, establishing living trusts, and beyond. Think you don't have enough assets to merit estate planning? Think again. This everyone-friendly guide walks you through building a solid estate plan, whatever your current financial situation. In easy-to-understand language, you'll learn the ins and outs of estate planning, including what happens to your stuff when you pass away. This new edition is updated for the many recent changes in estate taxes and inheritance law. Make sure your assets get into the pockets of your heirs or wherever you want them to go, and learn how to accomplish it the For Dummies way. ● Understand state and federal estate and inheritance taxes ● Make sure your heirs get as much as they can ● Protect your estate's privacy even after you're gone ● Prevent disagreements and uncertainty among your heirs ● Figure out how to pass on your digital assets This friendly guide is a must for people of any age in the process of planning where their assets ultimately end up.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675510</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205261/9798350810127.mp3" length="14437235" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675510 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Estate Planning For Dummies, 2nd Edition Author: Joseph Mashinski, Jordan S. Simon Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675510" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675510</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Estate Planning For Dummies, 2nd Edition Author: Joseph Mashinski, Jordan S. Simon Narrator: Chris Sorensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Estate Planning For Dummies teaches you the ins and outs of estate planning. It's all about drafting wills, dealing with probate, assigning powers of attorney, establishing living trusts, and beyond. Think you don't have enough assets to merit estate planning? Think again. This everyone-friendly guide walks you through building a solid estate plan, whatever your current financial situation. In easy-to-understand language, you'll learn the ins and outs of estate planning, including what happens to your stuff when you pass away. This new edition is updated for the many recent changes in estate taxes and inheritance law. Make sure your assets get into the pockets of your heirs or wherever you want them to go, and learn how to accomplish it the For Dummies way. ● Understand state and federal estate and inheritance taxes ● Make sure your heirs get as much as they can ● Protect your estate's privacy even after you're gone ● Prevent disagreements and uncertainty among your heirs ● Figure out how to pass on your digital assets This friendly guide is a must for people of any age in the process of planning where their assets ultimately end up.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7143cecf2229b857667ef2d5f4cf4051.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Two Moralities: Conservatives, Liberals and the Roots of Our Political Divide by Ronnie Janoff-Bulman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-two-moralities-conservatives-liberals-and-the-roots-of-our-political-divide-by-ronnie-janoff-bulman--65205243</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675511" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675511</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Two Moralities: Conservatives, Liberals and the Roots of Our Political Divide Author: Ronnie Janoff-Bulman Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The left and right will always have strong policy disagreements, but constructive debate and negotiation are not possible when each side demonizes the other. In this book, social psychologist Ronnie Janoff-Bulman provides a new framework for understanding why and how we disagree. Janoff-Bulman asks listeners to consider the challenging possibility that both liberalism and conservatism are morally based and reflect genuine concern for the country. Moral psychology is an invaluable lens for understanding the roots of political differences. She presents a 'Model of Moral Motives' that maps the most fundamental motivations recognized by psychology—approach and avoidance—onto these differences. Liberal morality focuses on providing for the group's well-being and ensuring social justice. Conservative morality focuses on protecting the group from threats and preserving order. These moralities can account for the psychological differences between liberals and conservatives and for why certain positions resonate on each side of the political spectrum. Why, for example, do conservatives oppose abortion and favor unfettered free markets while liberals favor a woman's right to choose and economic regulation? Understanding that our political differences are rooted in two natural forms of morality can help us begin to detoxify our politics.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675511</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205243/9798350812183.mp3" length="14437297" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675511 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Two Moralities: Conservatives, Liberals and the Roots of Our Political Divide Author: Ronnie Janoff-Bulman Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675511" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675511</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Two Moralities: Conservatives, Liberals and the Roots of Our Political Divide Author: Ronnie Janoff-Bulman Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The left and right will always have strong policy disagreements, but constructive debate and negotiation are not possible when each side demonizes the other. In this book, social psychologist Ronnie Janoff-Bulman provides a new framework for understanding why and how we disagree. Janoff-Bulman asks listeners to consider the challenging possibility that both liberalism and conservatism are morally based and reflect genuine concern for the country. Moral psychology is an invaluable lens for understanding the roots of political differences. She presents a 'Model of Moral Motives' that maps the most fundamental motivations recognized by psychology—approach and avoidance—onto these differences. Liberal morality focuses on providing for the group's well-being and ensuring social justice. Conservative morality focuses on protecting the group from threats and preserving order. These moralities can account for the psychological differences between liberals and conservatives and for why certain positions resonate on each side of the political spectrum. Why, for example, do conservatives oppose abortion and favor unfettered free markets while liberals favor a woman's right to choose and economic regulation? Understanding that our political differences are rooted in two natural forms of morality can help us begin to detoxify our politics.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d7e9e33ce151d6fc497f6dfa76be5d1b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Bulldozed: Scott Morrison’s fall and Anthony Albanese’s rise by Niki Savva</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/bulldozed-scott-morrison-s-fall-and-anthony-albanese-s-rise-by-niki-savva--65205242</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680013" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680013</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bulldozed: Scott Morrison’s fall and Anthony Albanese’s rise Author: Niki Savva Narrator: Corinne Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Between 2013 and 2022, Tony Abbott begat Malcolm Turnbull, who begat Scott Morrison. For nine long years, Australia was governed by a succession of Coalition governments rocked by instability and bloodletting, and consumed with prosecuting climate and culture wars while neglecting policy. By the end, among his detractors—and there were plenty—Morrison was seen as the worst prime minister since Billy McMahon. Morrison failed to accept the mantle of national leadership, or to deal adequately with the challenges of natural disasters and the COVID-19 pandemic. He thought reform was a vanity project. He said he never wanted to leave a legacy. He got his wish. Niki Savva, Australia's renowned political commentator, author, and columnist, was there for all of it. In The Road to Ruin, she revealed the ruinous behavior of former prime minister Abbott. In Plots and Prayers, she told the inside story of the coup that overthrew Turnbull and installed his conniving successor, Morrison. Now she lays out the final unravelling of the Coalition at the hands of a resurgent Labor and the so-called teal independents that culminated in the historic 2022 election. With her typical access to key players, and her riveting accounts of what went on behind the scenes, Bulldozed is the unique final volume of an impeccably sourced political trilogy.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680013</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205242/9798350842067.mp3" length="14437248" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680013 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bulldozed: Scott Morrison’s fall and Anthony Albanese’s rise Author: Niki Savva Narrator: Corinne Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680013" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680013</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bulldozed: Scott Morrison’s fall and Anthony Albanese’s rise Author: Niki Savva Narrator: Corinne Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 22 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Between 2013 and 2022, Tony Abbott begat Malcolm Turnbull, who begat Scott Morrison. For nine long years, Australia was governed by a succession of Coalition governments rocked by instability and bloodletting, and consumed with prosecuting climate and culture wars while neglecting policy. By the end, among his detractors—and there were plenty—Morrison was seen as the worst prime minister since Billy McMahon. Morrison failed to accept the mantle of national leadership, or to deal adequately with the challenges of natural disasters and the COVID-19 pandemic. He thought reform was a vanity project. He said he never wanted to leave a legacy. He got his wish. Niki Savva, Australia's renowned political commentator, author, and columnist, was there for all of it. In The Road to Ruin, she revealed the ruinous behavior of former prime minister Abbott. In Plots and Prayers, she told the inside story of the coup that overthrew Turnbull and installed his conniving successor, Morrison. Now she lays out the final unravelling of the Coalition at the hands of a resurgent Labor and the so-called teal independents that culminated in the historic 2022 election. With her typical access to key players, and her riveting accounts of what went on behind the scenes, Bulldozed is the unique final volume of an impeccably sourced political trilogy.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ce341bf2e825915e5b305622b80149b9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Crook County: Racism and Injustice in America's Largest Criminal Court by Nicole Gonzalez Van Cleve</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/crook-county-racism-and-injustice-in-america-s-largest-criminal-court-by-nicole-gonzalez-van-cleve--65205155</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679849" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679849</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crook County: Racism and Injustice in America's Largest Criminal Court Author: Nicole Gonzalez Van Cleve Narrator: Nicole Gonzalez Van Cleve Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Americans are slowly waking up to the dire effects of racial profiling, police brutality, and mass incarceration, especially in disadvantaged neighborhoods and communities of color. Crook County bursts open the courthouse doors to reveal a world of punishment determined by race, not offense. Nicole Gonzalez Van Cleve spent ten years working in and investigating the largest criminal courthouse in the country, Chicago–Cook County, and she takes listeners inside our so-called halls of justice to witness the types of everyday racial abuses that fester within the courts, often in plain sight. We watch white courtroom professionals classify and deliberate on the fates of mostly black and Latino defendants while racial abuse and due process violations are encouraged and even seen as justified. Prosecutors hang out like frat boys in the judges' chambers while the fates of defendants hang in the balance. Public defenders make choices about which defendants they will try to 'save' and which they will sacrifice. Crook County's powerful and at times devastating narratives reveal startling truths about a legal culture steeped in racial abuse. Gonzalez Van Cleve urges all citizens to take a closer look at the way we do justice in America and to hold our arbiters of justice accountable to the highest standards of equality.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679849</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205155/9781666103748.mp3" length="14437284" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679849 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crook County: Racism and Injustice in America's Largest Criminal Court Author: Nicole Gonzalez Van Cleve Narrator: Nicole Gonzalez Van Cleve Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679849" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679849</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crook County: Racism and Injustice in America's Largest Criminal Court Author: Nicole Gonzalez Van Cleve Narrator: Nicole Gonzalez Van Cleve Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Americans are slowly waking up to the dire effects of racial profiling, police brutality, and mass incarceration, especially in disadvantaged neighborhoods and communities of color. Crook County bursts open the courthouse doors to reveal a world of punishment determined by race, not offense. Nicole Gonzalez Van Cleve spent ten years working in and investigating the largest criminal courthouse in the country, Chicago–Cook County, and she takes listeners inside our so-called halls of justice to witness the types of everyday racial abuses that fester within the courts, often in plain sight. We watch white courtroom professionals classify and deliberate on the fates of mostly black and Latino defendants while racial abuse and due process violations are encouraged and even seen as justified. Prosecutors hang out like frat boys in the judges' chambers while the fates of defendants hang in the balance. Public defenders make choices about which defendants they will try to 'save' and which they will sacrifice. Crook County's powerful and at times devastating narratives reveal startling truths about a legal culture steeped in racial abuse. Gonzalez Van Cleve urges all citizens to take a closer look at the way we do justice in America and to hold our arbiters of justice accountable to the highest standards of equality.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2d32a377e594f6fa9f5ea365fe27a82e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Das Ende der Geduld (ungekürzt) by Kirsten Heisig</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-das-ende-der-geduld-ungekurzt-by-kirsten-heisig--65205098</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682329" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682329</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Ende der Geduld (ungekürzt) Author: Kirsten Heisig Narrator: Dunja Hayali Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Mehr Konsequenz im Umgang mit jugendlichen Gewalttätern: Jugendliche Gewalttäter - sie werden immer brutaler und jünger. Viele Menschen meiden mittlerweile bestimmte Straßen, Plätze und Stadtviertel sowie nächtliche Fahrten in öffentlichen Verkehrsmitteln. Eltern und Lehrer fürchten die Gewalt in ihren Schulen, Polizei und Sozialarbeiter kommen an ihre Grenzen. Die unbequeme und mutige Berliner Jugendrichterin Kirsten Heisig war schon lange nicht mehr bereit, dies hinzunehmen: 'Wenn wir nicht rasch und konsequent handeln, wenn wir unsere Rechts- und Werteordnung nicht entschlossen durchsetzen, werden wir den Kampf gegen die Jugendgewalt verlieren.' In den letzten Jahren haben sich die von ihr zu Recht angeprangerten Zustände republikweit nicht verbessert, sondern verschärft. Der unkontrollierte Zustrom von unbegleiteten jungen Flüchtlingen in den letzten zwei Jahren wird die Situation weiterhin verschärfen. Das ebenso provokante wie sachkundige Buch von Kirsten Heisig erschien bereits im Jahr 2010 und war ein Bestseller. Doch ist es heute aktueller denn je. Ergänzt mit einem Vorwort von Oberstaatsanwalt Rudolf Hausmann.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682329</guid><pubDate>Fri, 19 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205098/9783965195035.mp3" length="1477517" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682329 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Ende der Geduld (ungekürzt) Author: Kirsten Heisig Narrator: Dunja Hayali Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 58 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682329" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682329</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das Ende der Geduld (ungekürzt) Author: Kirsten Heisig Narrator: Dunja Hayali Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Mehr Konsequenz im Umgang mit jugendlichen Gewalttätern: Jugendliche Gewalttäter - sie werden immer brutaler und jünger. Viele Menschen meiden mittlerweile bestimmte Straßen, Plätze und Stadtviertel sowie nächtliche Fahrten in öffentlichen Verkehrsmitteln. Eltern und Lehrer fürchten die Gewalt in ihren Schulen, Polizei und Sozialarbeiter kommen an ihre Grenzen. Die unbequeme und mutige Berliner Jugendrichterin Kirsten Heisig war schon lange nicht mehr bereit, dies hinzunehmen: 'Wenn wir nicht rasch und konsequent handeln, wenn wir unsere Rechts- und Werteordnung nicht entschlossen durchsetzen, werden wir den Kampf gegen die Jugendgewalt verlieren.' In den letzten Jahren haben sich die von ihr zu Recht angeprangerten Zustände republikweit nicht verbessert, sondern verschärft. Der unkontrollierte Zustrom von unbegleiteten jungen Flüchtlingen in den letzten zwei Jahren wird die Situation weiterhin verschärfen. Das ebenso provokante wie sachkundige Buch von Kirsten Heisig erschien bereits im Jahr 2010 und war ein Bestseller. Doch ist es heute aktueller denn je. Ergänzt mit einem Vorwort von Oberstaatsanwalt Rudolf Hausmann.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzt</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c290c1ca27bc7bb595b93dd4b7364b68.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Not so Black and White: A History of Race from White Supremacy to Identity Politics by Kenan Malik</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/not-so-black-and-white-a-history-of-race-from-white-supremacy-to-identity-politics-by-kenan-malik--65205231</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675746" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675746</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not so Black and White: A History of Race from White Supremacy to Identity Politics Author: Kenan Malik Narrator: Homer Todiwala Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A powerful new history of the idea of race, forcing us to rethink today's culture wars. Is white privilege real? How racist is the working class? Why has left-wing antisemitism grown? Who benefits most when anti-racists speak in racial terms? The ‘culture wars' have generated ferocious argument, but little clarity. This book takes the long view, explaining the real origins of ‘race' in Western thought, and tracing its path from those beginnings in the Enlightenment all the way to our own fractious world. In doing so, leading thinker Kenan Malik upends many assumptions underpinning today's heated debates around race, culture, whiteness and privilege. Malik interweaves this history of ideas with a parallel narrative: the story of the modern West's long, failed struggle to escape ideas of race, leaving us with a world riven by identity politics. Through these accounts, he challenges received wisdom, revealing the forgotten history of a racialised working class, and questioning fashionable concepts like cultural appropriation. Not So Black and White is both a lucid history rewriting the story of race, and an elegant polemic making an anti-racist case against the politics of identity.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675746</guid><pubDate>Thu, 18 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205231/9781004125470.mp3" length="1477645" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675746 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not so Black and White: A History of Race from White Supremacy to Identity Politics Author: Kenan Malik Narrator: Homer Todiwala Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675746" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675746</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not so Black and White: A History of Race from White Supremacy to Identity Politics Author: Kenan Malik Narrator: Homer Todiwala Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A powerful new history of the idea of race, forcing us to rethink today's culture wars. Is white privilege real? How racist is the working class? Why has left-wing antisemitism grown? Who benefits most when anti-racists speak in racial terms? The ‘culture wars' have generated ferocious argument, but little clarity. This book takes the long view, explaining the real origins of ‘race' in Western thought, and tracing its path from those beginnings in the Enlightenment all the way to our own fractious world. In doing so, leading thinker Kenan Malik upends many assumptions underpinning today's heated debates around race, culture, whiteness and privilege. Malik interweaves this history of ideas with a parallel narrative: the story of the modern West's long, failed struggle to escape ideas of race, leaving us with a world riven by identity politics. Through these accounts, he challenges received wisdom, revealing the forgotten history of a racialised working class, and questioning fashionable concepts like cultural appropriation. Not So Black and White is both a lucid history rewriting the story of race, and an elegant polemic making an anti-racist case against the politics of identity.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9df54af82be6ecd35234aab2afedb335.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Wir alle haben ein Recht auf Zukunft - Eine Ermutigung (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Alexandra Endres, Roda Verheyen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-wir-alle-haben-ein-recht-auf-zukunft-eine-ermutigung-ungekurzte-lesung-by-alexandra-endres-roda-verheyen--65205112</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682326" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682326</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir alle haben ein Recht auf Zukunft - Eine Ermutigung (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Alexandra Endres, Roda Verheyen Narrator: Heike Warmuth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der Klimawandel zerstört Lebensräume und Existenzgrundlagen vieler Menschen. Doch oft zeigen sich Regierungen unwillig, etwas dagegen zu unternehmen, und Firmen halten profitgetrieben an ihren überkommenen Geschäftsmodellen fest, die die Klimakrise weiter verschärfen. Was, so fragt man sich, lässt sich dagegen tun? Die medienbekannte Rechtsanwältin und Klimaaktivistin Roda Verheyen sagt klar und bestimmt: klagen. Jüngst, im April 2021, erstritt sie vor dem Bundesverfassungsgericht ihren größten Erfolg; dort wurde entschieden, dass ein 'Recht auf Zukunft' nicht durch mangelnden Klima- und Umweltschutz heute beeinträchtigt werden darf. Die Folge: Die Bundesregierung muss das Klimaschutzgesetz nachbessern. Anhand ihrer eigenen Erfahrungen und wichtigen internationalen Prozessfällen zeigt Roda Verheyen, dass vermeintlich Machtlose durchaus Gestaltungsmacht haben. Denn die Klagen schaffen Öffentlichkeit. Sie machen die Fakten für alle nachlesbar und für alle Gerichte anwendbar. Sie erhöhen den Druck. Jeder von uns, ob Opfer des Klimawandels oder Umweltschützer, sollte daher die Möglichkeit haben, mit Klimaklagen gegen Verantwortliche juristisch vorzugehen und sie zur Rechenschaft zu ziehen. Dort, wo die Kläger die Prozesse gewinnen, tun sie dies stellvertretend für viele andere, da gerichtliche Urteile Regierungen und Konzerne zum Handeln zwingen - und somit letztlich Veränderung bewirken. Dies ist ein Hörbuch, das Mut macht, im Kampf gegen große Klimasünder auch vor juristischen Mitteln nicht zurückzuschrecken.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682326</guid><pubDate>Thu, 18 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205112/9783732458288.mp3" length="1477717" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682326 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir alle haben ein Recht auf Zukunft - Eine Ermutigung (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Alexandra Endres, Roda Verheyen Narrator: Heike Warmuth...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682326" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682326</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir alle haben ein Recht auf Zukunft - Eine Ermutigung (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Alexandra Endres, Roda Verheyen Narrator: Heike Warmuth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: May 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der Klimawandel zerstört Lebensräume und Existenzgrundlagen vieler Menschen. Doch oft zeigen sich Regierungen unwillig, etwas dagegen zu unternehmen, und Firmen halten profitgetrieben an ihren überkommenen Geschäftsmodellen fest, die die Klimakrise weiter verschärfen. Was, so fragt man sich, lässt sich dagegen tun? Die medienbekannte Rechtsanwältin und Klimaaktivistin Roda Verheyen sagt klar und bestimmt: klagen. Jüngst, im April 2021, erstritt sie vor dem Bundesverfassungsgericht ihren größten Erfolg; dort wurde entschieden, dass ein 'Recht auf Zukunft' nicht durch mangelnden Klima- und Umweltschutz heute beeinträchtigt werden darf. Die Folge: Die Bundesregierung muss das Klimaschutzgesetz nachbessern. Anhand ihrer eigenen Erfahrungen und wichtigen internationalen Prozessfällen zeigt Roda Verheyen, dass vermeintlich Machtlose durchaus Gestaltungsmacht haben. Denn die Klagen schaffen Öffentlichkeit. Sie machen die Fakten für alle nachlesbar und für alle Gerichte anwendbar. Sie erhöhen den Druck. Jeder von uns, ob Opfer des Klimawandels oder Umweltschützer, sollte daher die Möglichkeit haben, mit Klimaklagen gegen Verantwortliche juristisch vorzugehen und sie zur Rechenschaft zu ziehen. Dort, wo die Kläger die Prozesse gewinnen, tun sie dies stellvertretend für viele andere, da gerichtliche Urteile Regierungen und Konzerne zum Handeln zwingen - und somit letztlich Veränderung bewirken. Dies ist ein Hörbuch, das Mut macht, im Kampf gegen große Klimasünder auch vor juristischen Mitteln nicht zurückzuschrecken.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzte</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/79dc0d4be4ad53b60eb20edfb49abb47.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die Geografie der Zukunft - Wie der Kampf um Vorherrschaft im All unsere Welt verändern wird (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Tim Marshall</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-geografie-der-zukunft-wie-der-kampf-um-vorherrschaft-im-all-unsere-welt-verandern-wird-ungekurzte-lesung-by-tim-marshall--65205095</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683834" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683834</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Geografie der Zukunft - Wie der Kampf um Vorherrschaft im All unsere Welt verändern wird (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Tim Marshall Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: May 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Marshall erklärt meisterhaft, was man wissen muss.' Peter Frankopan Spionagesatelliten in der Umlaufbahn des Mondes. Bodenschätze im Weltraum, wertvoller als das Bruttoinlandsprodukt der meisten Länder. Menschen auf dem Mars in den nächsten zehn Jahren. Das ist keine Science-Fiction, sondern Astropolitik. Der Mensch ist unterwegs ins All - und wir nehmen unsere Machtkämpfe mit. Bald wird das Geschehen im Universum die Weltgeschichte genauso prägen wie die Berge, Flüsse und Meere auf der Erde. Politik-Experte Tim Marshall legt die geopolitischen Realitäten offen: Er zeigt, wie das Rennen um die besten Plätze im All aktuell aussieht, wie Russland, China und die USA vorangehen und welche strategischen Ziele dahinterstehen. Eine unverzichtbare Lektüre über Macht, Politik und die Zukunft der Menschheit.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683834</guid><pubDate>Thu, 18 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205095/9783732406944.mp3" length="1477695" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683834 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Geografie der Zukunft - Wie der Kampf um Vorherrschaft im All unsere Welt verändern wird (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Tim Marshall...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683834" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683834</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Geografie der Zukunft - Wie der Kampf um Vorherrschaft im All unsere Welt verändern wird (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Tim Marshall Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 19 minutes Release date: May 18, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Marshall erklärt meisterhaft, was man wissen muss.' Peter Frankopan Spionagesatelliten in der Umlaufbahn des Mondes. Bodenschätze im Weltraum, wertvoller als das Bruttoinlandsprodukt der meisten Länder. Menschen auf dem Mars in den nächsten zehn Jahren. Das ist keine Science-Fiction, sondern Astropolitik. Der Mensch ist unterwegs ins All - und wir nehmen unsere Machtkämpfe mit. Bald wird das Geschehen im Universum die Weltgeschichte genauso prägen wie die Berge, Flüsse und Meere auf der Erde. Politik-Experte Tim Marshall legt die geopolitischen Realitäten offen: Er zeigt, wie das Rennen um die besten Plätze im All aktuell aussieht, wie Russland, China und die USA vorangehen und welche strategischen Ziele dahinterstehen. Eine unverzichtbare Lektüre über Macht, Politik und die Zukunft der Menschheit.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzte</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d1dd7518f7267ed6d7bef0ad740c67f2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Unschuldig verurteilt: Zwei Strafverteidiger über den Albtraum Justizirrtum by Hans Reinhardt, Burkhard Benecken</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-unschuldig-verurteilt-zwei-strafverteidiger-uber-den-albtraum-justizirrtum-by-hans-reinhardt-burkhard-benecken--65205117</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682742" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682742</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Unschuldig verurteilt: Zwei Strafverteidiger über den Albtraum Justizirrtum Author: Hans Reinhardt, Burkhard Benecken Narrator: Sebastian Dunkelberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Unschuldig hinter GitternJens Söring wurde in den USA wegen angeblichen Doppelmordes trotz fragwürdiger Beweislage verurteilt – 33 Jahre verbrachte er zu Unrecht im Gefängnis. Ein solches Fehlurteil ist in Deutschland undenkbar? Mitnichten! Zwei der renommiertesten Strafverteidiger Deutschlands packen aus und nehmen das deutsche (Un-)Rechtswesen auseinander.»Im Zweifel gegen den Angeklagten« ist bedauerlicher Alltag in deutschen Strafprozessen. Justizirrtümer sind an der Tagesordnung. Die beiden Strafrechtsexperten Burkhard Benecken und Hans Reinhardt decken auf, warum unschuldige Bürger von der deutschen Strafjustiz reihenweise zu Unrecht verurteilt werden: wie die Polizei versagt, was Richter und Staatsanwälte in der Kantine dealen, wie Pflichtverteidiger unschuldige Mandanten zu falschen Geständnissen zwingen.Die beiden Autoren geben einen erschreckenden Blick hinter die Kulissen. Und fordern die Justiz auf, endlich das Recht auf Gerechtigkeit ernst zu nehmen.-]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682742</guid><pubDate>Wed, 17 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205117/9788728535301.mp3" length="2437266" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682742 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Unschuldig verurteilt: Zwei Strafverteidiger über den Albtraum Justizirrtum Author: Hans Reinhardt, Burkhard Benecken Narrator: Sebastian...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682742" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682742</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Unschuldig verurteilt: Zwei Strafverteidiger über den Albtraum Justizirrtum Author: Hans Reinhardt, Burkhard Benecken Narrator: Sebastian Dunkelberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 41 minutes Release date: May 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Unschuldig hinter GitternJens Söring wurde in den USA wegen angeblichen Doppelmordes trotz fragwürdiger Beweislage verurteilt – 33 Jahre verbrachte er zu Unrecht im Gefängnis. Ein solches Fehlurteil ist in Deutschland undenkbar? Mitnichten! Zwei der renommiertesten Strafverteidiger Deutschlands packen aus und nehmen das deutsche (Un-)Rechtswesen auseinander.»Im Zweifel gegen den Angeklagten« ist bedauerlicher Alltag in deutschen Strafprozessen. Justizirrtümer sind an der Tagesordnung. Die beiden Strafrechtsexperten Burkhard Benecken und Hans Reinhardt decken auf, warum unschuldige Bürger von der deutschen Strafjustiz reihenweise zu Unrecht verurteilt werden: wie die Polizei versagt, was Richter und Staatsanwälte in der Kantine dealen, wie Pflichtverteidiger unschuldige Mandanten zu falschen Geständnissen zwingen.Die beiden Autoren geben einen erschreckenden Blick hinter die Kulissen. Und fordern die Justiz auf, endlich das Recht auf Gerechtigkeit ernst zu nehmen.-]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ber</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d94ca9a7f57cd643aec54d7d4d171e25.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Empire, Incorporated: The Corporations That Built British Colonialism by Philip J. Stern</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/empire-incorporated-the-corporations-that-built-british-colonialism-by-philip-j-stern--65205257</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675494" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675494</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empire, Incorporated: The Corporations That Built British Colonialism Author: Philip J. Stern Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 16, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Across four centuries, British colonialism was above all the business of corporations. Corporations conceived, promoted, financed, and governed overseas expansion, making claims over territory and peoples while ensuring that British and colonial society were invested, quite literally, in their ventures. Colonial companies were also relentlessly controversial, frequently in debt, and prone to failure. The corporation was well-suited to overseas expansion not because it was an inevitable juggernaut but because it was an elusive contradiction: public and private; person and society; subordinate and autonomous; centralized and diffuse; immortal and precarious; national and cosmopolitan—a legal fiction with very real power. Breaking from traditional histories in which corporations take a supporting role by doing the dirty work of sovereign states in exchange for commercial monopolies, Philip Stern argues that corporations took the lead in global expansion and administration. As Empire, Incorporated makes clear, venture colonialism did not cease with the end of empire. Challenging conventional wisdom about where power is held on a global scale, Stern complicates the supposedly firm distinction between private enterprise and the state, offering a new history of the British Empire, as well as a new history of the corporation.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675494</guid><pubDate>Tue, 16 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205257/9798350823363.mp3" length="4837156" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675494 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empire, Incorporated: The Corporations That Built British Colonialism Author: Philip J. Stern Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675494" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675494</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empire, Incorporated: The Corporations That Built British Colonialism Author: Philip J. Stern Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 16, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Across four centuries, British colonialism was above all the business of corporations. Corporations conceived, promoted, financed, and governed overseas expansion, making claims over territory and peoples while ensuring that British and colonial society were invested, quite literally, in their ventures. Colonial companies were also relentlessly controversial, frequently in debt, and prone to failure. The corporation was well-suited to overseas expansion not because it was an inevitable juggernaut but because it was an elusive contradiction: public and private; person and society; subordinate and autonomous; centralized and diffuse; immortal and precarious; national and cosmopolitan—a legal fiction with very real power. Breaking from traditional histories in which corporations take a supporting role by doing the dirty work of sovereign states in exchange for commercial monopolies, Philip Stern argues that corporations took the lead in global expansion and administration. As Empire, Incorporated makes clear, venture colonialism did not cease with the end of empire. Challenging conventional wisdom about where power is held on a global scale, Stern complicates the supposedly firm distinction between private enterprise and the state, offering a new history of the British Empire, as well as a new history of the corporation.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/17c3042a1e2b146e9f90e080dfce2eab.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Agents of Influence: How the KGB Subverted Western Democracies by Mark Hollingsworth</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/agents-of-influence-how-the-kgb-subverted-western-democracies-by-mark-hollingsworth--65205256</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679960" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679960</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Agents of Influence: How the KGB Subverted Western Democracies Author: Mark Hollingsworth Narrator: Elliot Fitzpatrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 16, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  There's no such thing as a former KGB man. Agents of Influence reveals the secret history of an intelligence agency gone out of control, accountable to no one but itself and intent on subverting Western politics on a near-inconceivable scale. In 1985, 1,300 KGB officers were stationed in the USA. The FBI only had 350 counter-intelligence officers. Since the early days of the Cold War, the KGB seduced parliamentarians and diplomats, infiltrated the highest echelons of the Civil Service, and planted fake news in papers across the world. More disturbingly, it never stopped. Putin is a KGB man through and through. Journalist Mark Hollingworth reveals how disinformation, kompromat and secret surveillance continue to play key roles in Russia's war with Ukraine. It seems frighteningly easy to destabilize Western democracy.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679960</guid><pubDate>Tue, 16 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205256/9798350815085.mp3" length="14437279" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679960 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Agents of Influence: How the KGB Subverted Western Democracies Author: Mark Hollingsworth Narrator: Elliot Fitzpatrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679960" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679960</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Agents of Influence: How the KGB Subverted Western Democracies Author: Mark Hollingsworth Narrator: Elliot Fitzpatrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 32 minutes Release date: May 16, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  There's no such thing as a former KGB man. Agents of Influence reveals the secret history of an intelligence agency gone out of control, accountable to no one but itself and intent on subverting Western politics on a near-inconceivable scale. In 1985, 1,300 KGB officers were stationed in the USA. The FBI only had 350 counter-intelligence officers. Since the early days of the Cold War, the KGB seduced parliamentarians and diplomats, infiltrated the highest echelons of the Civil Service, and planted fake news in papers across the world. More disturbingly, it never stopped. Putin is a KGB man through and through. Journalist Mark Hollingworth reveals how disinformation, kompromat and secret surveillance continue to play key roles in Russia's war with Ukraine. It seems frighteningly easy to destabilize Western democracy.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8fcb11647d487a0004c3b42ce8364406.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Manhood: The Masculine Virtues America Needs by Josh Hawley</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/manhood-the-masculine-virtues-america-needs-by-josh-hawley--65205093</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683381" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683381</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manhood: The Masculine Virtues America Needs Author: Josh Hawley Narrator: Josh Hawley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 16, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Nationally best-selling author (The Tyranny of Big Tech), constitutional lawyer, and U.S. senator for the state of Missouri argues that the character of men and the male virtue that goes along with it is a necessary ingredient to a functioning society and a healthy, free republic.  A free society that despises manhood will not remain free.  The American Founders believed that a republic depends on certain masculine virtues. Senator Josh Hawley thinks they were right. In a bold new book, he calls on American men to stand up and embrace their God-given responsibility as husbands, fathers, and citizens.  No republic has ever survived without men of character to defend what is just and true. Starting with the wisdom of the ancients, from the Greek and Roman philosophers to Jesus of Nazareth, and drawing on the lessons of American history, Hawley identifies the defining strengths of men, including responsibility, bravery, fidelity, and leadership.  As Theodore Roosevelt declared, the “very existence of the state depends on the character of its citizens…. I am for business. But I am for manhood first.” Hawley shows why the foolhardy assault on masculinity in education, the media, the workplace, and every level of government is an assault on freedom itself.  Practical, down to earth, and urgent, Manhood: The Masculine Virtues America Needs is required reading for every American patriot.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683381</guid><pubDate>Tue, 16 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205093/9781645557036.mp3" length="2437188" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683381 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manhood: The Masculine Virtues America Needs Author: Josh Hawley Narrator: Josh Hawley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683381" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683381</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manhood: The Masculine Virtues America Needs Author: Josh Hawley Narrator: Josh Hawley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 16, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Nationally best-selling author (The Tyranny of Big Tech), constitutional lawyer, and U.S. senator for the state of Missouri argues that the character of men and the male virtue that goes along with it is a necessary ingredient to a functioning society and a healthy, free republic.  A free society that despises manhood will not remain free.  The American Founders believed that a republic depends on certain masculine virtues. Senator Josh Hawley thinks they were right. In a bold new book, he calls on American men to stand up and embrace their God-given responsibility as husbands, fathers, and citizens.  No republic has ever survived without men of character to defend what is just and true. Starting with the wisdom of the ancients, from the Greek and Roman philosophers to Jesus of Nazareth, and drawing on the lessons of American history, Hawley identifies the defining strengths of men, including responsibility, bravery, fidelity, and leadership.  As Theodore Roosevelt declared, the “very existence of the state depends on the character of its citizens…. I am for business. But I am for manhood first.” Hawley shows why the foolhardy assault on masculinity in education, the media, the workplace, and every level of government is an assault on freedom itself.  Practical, down to earth, and urgent, Manhood: The Masculine Virtues America Needs is required reading for every American patriot.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b1b73d1cedb9450c78e871d1343a57fe.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Harvey S. Firestone. Der amerikanische Kautschuk-König. Eine Biografie.: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten by C</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-carl-adolf-bratter-harvey-s-firestone-der-amerikanische-kautschuk-konig-eine-biografie-amerikanische-industriemagnaten-by-c--65205108</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680651" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680651</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Harvey S. Firestone. Der amerikanische Kautschuk-König. Eine Biografie.: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #9 of Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Author: Carl Adolf Bratter Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 12, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die amerikanischen Großindustriellen des späten 19. und frühen 20. Jahrhunderts: Waren sie Räuberbarone oder Philantropen? Clevere Geschäftsmänner auf jeden Fall! Hier die Geschichte von Autoreifengigant Harvey S. Firestone!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680651</guid><pubDate>Fri, 12 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205108/9783754503188.mp3" length="997201" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680651 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Harvey S. Firestone. Der amerikanische Kautschuk-König. Eine Biografie.: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #9...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680651" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680651</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Harvey S. Firestone. Der amerikanische Kautschuk-König. Eine Biografie.: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #9 of Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Author: Carl Adolf Bratter Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 12, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die amerikanischen Großindustriellen des späten 19. und frühen 20. Jahrhunderts: Waren sie Räuberbarone oder Philantropen? Clevere Geschäftsmänner auf jeden Fall! Hier die Geschichte von Autoreifengigant Harvey S. Firestone!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d199b4d911649ff719589ba4df484869.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: John H. Patterson. Der amerikanische König der NCR-Registrierkassen. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriem</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-carl-adolf-bratter-john-h-patterson-der-amerikanische-konig-der-ncr-registrierkassen-eine-biografie-amerikanische-industriem--65205103</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680652" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680652</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: John H. Patterson. Der amerikanische König der NCR-Registrierkassen. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #8 of Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Author: Carl Adolf Bratter Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 12, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die amerikanischen Großindustriellen des späten 19. und frühen 20. Jahrhunderts: Waren sie Räuberbarone oder Philantropen? Clevere Geschäftsmänner auf jeden Fall! Hier die Geschichte von Registrierkassenpapst John Patterson!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680652</guid><pubDate>Fri, 12 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205103/9783754503171.mp3" length="997213" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680652 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: John H. Patterson. Der amerikanische König der NCR-Registrierkassen. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680652" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680652</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: John H. Patterson. Der amerikanische König der NCR-Registrierkassen. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #8 of Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Author: Carl Adolf Bratter Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 12, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die amerikanischen Großindustriellen des späten 19. und frühen 20. Jahrhunderts: Waren sie Räuberbarone oder Philantropen? Clevere Geschäftsmänner auf jeden Fall! Hier die Geschichte von Registrierkassenpapst John Patterson!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9c0dc7029ed079e2ef3a33a3e67efae1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Harry F. Sinclair und Edward L. Doheny. Amerikanische Öl- und Räuberbarone. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Ind</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-carl-adolf-bratter-harry-f-sinclair-und-edward-l-doheny-amerikanische-ol-und-rauberbarone-eine-biografie-amerikanische-ind--65205099</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680653" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680653</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Harry F. Sinclair und Edward L. Doheny. Amerikanische Öl- und Räuberbarone. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #7 of Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Author: Carl Adolf Bratter Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 12, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die amerikanischen Großindustriellen des späten 19. und frühen 20. Jahrhunderts: Waren sie Räuberbarone oder Philantropen? Clevere Geschäftsmänner auf jeden Fall! Hier die Geschichte der Ölbarone Harry Sinclair und Edward Doheny!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680653</guid><pubDate>Fri, 12 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205099/9783754503164.mp3" length="997221" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680653 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Harry F. Sinclair und Edward L. Doheny. Amerikanische Öl- und Räuberbarone. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680653" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680653</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Harry F. Sinclair und Edward L. Doheny. Amerikanische Öl- und Räuberbarone. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #7 of Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Author: Carl Adolf Bratter Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: May 12, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die amerikanischen Großindustriellen des späten 19. und frühen 20. Jahrhunderts: Waren sie Räuberbarone oder Philantropen? Clevere Geschäftsmänner auf jeden Fall! Hier die Geschichte der Ölbarone Harry Sinclair und Edward Doheny!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/26feeb504bce6b78a800a200022146a9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Unwritten Law: A BBC Radio True Crime Series by Rib Davis, Helena Kennedy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/unwritten-law-a-bbc-radio-true-crime-series-by-rib-davis-helena-kennedy--65205238</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670483" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670483</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unwritten Law: A BBC Radio True Crime Series Author: Rib Davis, Helena Kennedy Narrator: Gavin Muir, Helena Kennedy, Tracy Wiles, Jane Wittenshaw, Tim Treloar, Geoffrey Whitehead, Stephen Hogan, Julian Rhind-Tutt, Susan Sheridan, Irene Sutcliffe, Full Cast, Jonathan Keeble, Gareth Armstrong, Stephen Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Eight dramatised documentaries of landmark trials that changed the law What do you do when a judge sentences your child to be beaten? If someone who has been stabbed dies after refusing a blood transfusion, is it a straight case of murder? How did a murder case end up changing the law for battered women who kill? In this gripping series, Helena Kennedy, celebrated human rights lawyer, broadcaster and civil liberties expert and playwright Rib Davis bring to life eight groundbreaking twentieth century trials. With the help of a full cast they reveal how the British legal system has been influenced by powerful, human stories that redefined the law to better reflect our modern society. A Case of Blasphemous Obscenity - Mary Whitehouse brings a libel case against the editor of Gay News, for publishing an allegedly obscene poem. A Bunch of Twigs - The parents of four 15-year-old boys, sentenced to be birched, launch an appeal against corporal punishment. The Case of The Ladies' Directory - What is moral? Publishing information on how to contact sex workers brings Fredrick Shaw to court on moral grounds. 85 Burglaries and a Phone Tap - Who's listening? The trial of eight people in 1978 leads to a much more important investigation into State secrecy. I've Only Just Learnt To Cry - The tragic story of Emma Humphries, who in 1985 was tried for the murder of her boyfriend. Only a Phase - A group of young men in 1970s Belfast appeal to the British Government for gay rights. Breaking the Chain - A young Jehovah's Witness is stabbed and dies. The court must decide if it was murder or if she contributed to her own death by refusing a blood transfusion. On Self Deliverance - Murder or 'mercy'? An organisation finds itself in court after offering practical help to those wishing to commit suicide. First Broadcast BBC Radio 4, 10-31 July 1998 (Series 1) and 1-22 December 1999 (Series 2) © 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd (P) 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670483</guid><pubDate>Thu, 11 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205238/9781529911787.mp3" length="2437591" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670483 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unwritten Law: A BBC Radio True Crime Series Author: Rib Davis, Helena Kennedy Narrator: Gavin Muir, Helena Kennedy, Tracy Wiles, Jane Wittenshaw, Tim...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670483" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670483</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unwritten Law: A BBC Radio True Crime Series Author: Rib Davis, Helena Kennedy Narrator: Gavin Muir, Helena Kennedy, Tracy Wiles, Jane Wittenshaw, Tim Treloar, Geoffrey Whitehead, Stephen Hogan, Julian Rhind-Tutt, Susan Sheridan, Irene Sutcliffe, Full Cast, Jonathan Keeble, Gareth Armstrong, Stephen Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Eight dramatised documentaries of landmark trials that changed the law What do you do when a judge sentences your child to be beaten? If someone who has been stabbed dies after refusing a blood transfusion, is it a straight case of murder? How did a murder case end up changing the law for battered women who kill? In this gripping series, Helena Kennedy, celebrated human rights lawyer, broadcaster and civil liberties expert and playwright Rib Davis bring to life eight groundbreaking twentieth century trials. With the help of a full cast they reveal how the British legal system has been influenced by powerful, human stories that redefined the law to better reflect our modern society. A Case of Blasphemous Obscenity - Mary Whitehouse brings a libel case against the editor of Gay News, for publishing an allegedly obscene poem. A Bunch of Twigs - The parents of four 15-year-old boys, sentenced to be birched, launch an appeal against corporal punishment. The Case of The Ladies' Directory - What is moral? Publishing information on how to contact sex workers brings Fredrick Shaw to court on moral grounds. 85 Burglaries and a Phone Tap - Who's listening? The trial of eight people in 1978 leads to a much more important investigation into State secrecy. I've Only Just Learnt To Cry - The tragic story of Emma Humphries, who in 1985 was tried for the murder of her boyfriend. Only a Phase - A group of young men in 1970s Belfast appeal to the British Government for gay rights. Breaking the Chain - A young Jehovah's Witness is stabbed and dies. The court must decide if it was murder or if she contributed to her own death by refusing a blood transfusion. On Self Deliverance - Murder or 'mercy'? An organisation finds itself in court after offering practical help to those wishing to commit suicide. First Broadcast BBC Radio 4, 10-31 July 1998 (Series 1) and 1-22 December 1999 (Series 2) © 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd (P) 2023 BBC Studios Distribution Ltd]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/eaf58aa857ba2f1a0eabcbd3ad6feb8c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Wild Democracy: Anarchy, Courage, and Ruling the Law by Anne Norton</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/wild-democracy-anarchy-courage-and-ruling-the-law-by-anne-norton--65205262</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669766" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669766</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild Democracy: Anarchy, Courage, and Ruling the Law Author: Anne Norton Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: May  9, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Wild Democracy calls for a more anarchic, more courageous democracy. This is an ethic for people who know the rights they hold, and who struggle to rule themselves. This is an ethic for unfinished revolutions; an ethic for those who will not be mastered. This is an ethic for those who hold fast to the rights they have by nature. Democracy is always a risky business; full of promise and danger. The promise is the freedom to rule ourselves. The danger is fear: fear of the unknown, fear of the unruly, fear of one another, fear of anarchy. The fearful look for a strong hand, a powerful leader, a protector, a gun. Anarchy leads to courage, to self-reliance, self-discipline, self-rule, and solidarity. Anarchy is the nursery of democracy. It is not anarchy we have to fear, it is authoritarianism. We have been taught to see the people as a problem to be managed. Anne Norton sees them as a source of strength. Anarchic democracy grows wild: springing from the everyday actions of ordinary human beings. Liberalism and conservatism alike have turned away from the democratic, to institutions, rules, and regulations. Anne Norton turns to anarchic people who practice democratic ethics.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669766</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205262/9798350815047.mp3" length="14437260" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669766 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild Democracy: Anarchy, Courage, and Ruling the Law Author: Anne Norton Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669766" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669766</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wild Democracy: Anarchy, Courage, and Ruling the Law Author: Anne Norton Narrator: Nicol Zanzarella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 15 minutes Release date: May  9, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Wild Democracy calls for a more anarchic, more courageous democracy. This is an ethic for people who know the rights they hold, and who struggle to rule themselves. This is an ethic for unfinished revolutions; an ethic for those who will not be mastered. This is an ethic for those who hold fast to the rights they have by nature. Democracy is always a risky business; full of promise and danger. The promise is the freedom to rule ourselves. The danger is fear: fear of the unknown, fear of the unruly, fear of one another, fear of anarchy. The fearful look for a strong hand, a powerful leader, a protector, a gun. Anarchy leads to courage, to self-reliance, self-discipline, self-rule, and solidarity. Anarchy is the nursery of democracy. It is not anarchy we have to fear, it is authoritarianism. We have been taught to see the people as a problem to be managed. Anne Norton sees them as a source of strength. Anarchic democracy grows wild: springing from the everyday actions of ordinary human beings. Liberalism and conservatism alike have turned away from the democratic, to institutions, rules, and regulations. Anne Norton turns to anarchic people who practice democratic ethics.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b7bc9873cd3e5c6eb880227a3b8a22fb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Bridgebuilders: How Government Can Transcend Boundaries to Solve Big Problems by William D. Eggers, Donald F. Kettl</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/bridgebuilders-how-government-can-transcend-boundaries-to-solve-big-problems-by-william-d-eggers-donald-f-kettl--65205252</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670904" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670904</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bridgebuilders: How Government Can Transcend Boundaries to Solve Big Problems Author: William D. Eggers, Donald F. Kettl Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: May  9, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Our government is in crisis, mired in bureaucracy and often unable to fix tough problems. This book provides an essential new model for transforming the system and getting things done. COVID. Climate change. Refugee resettlement. Global supply chains. We're facing a new generation of complex problems, stretching across the public and private sectors. Historically we've looked to government for big solutions, but the reality is, the government we have now is a poor match for the problems we face. We need a fresh, new approach. As William D. Eggers and Donald F. Kettl show in this indispensable book, we need a government of bridgebuilders—public managers and leaders who collaborate with partners, both inside and outside government, to get the job done. They manage horizontally instead of vertically, they see their role as connectors, and they identify which players have the assets needed to solve the problems at hand. Each chapter examines one of the ten core principles of bridgebuilding and features practical tips and dynamic cases of how effective leaders have put each principle to work. Also included is a special section on creating a hundred-day bridgebuilding plan.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670904</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205252/9781696610735.mp3" length="14437281" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670904 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bridgebuilders: How Government Can Transcend Boundaries to Solve Big Problems Author: William D. Eggers, Donald F. Kettl Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670904" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670904</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bridgebuilders: How Government Can Transcend Boundaries to Solve Big Problems Author: William D. Eggers, Donald F. Kettl Narrator: Paul Heitsch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 38 minutes Release date: May  9, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Our government is in crisis, mired in bureaucracy and often unable to fix tough problems. This book provides an essential new model for transforming the system and getting things done. COVID. Climate change. Refugee resettlement. Global supply chains. We're facing a new generation of complex problems, stretching across the public and private sectors. Historically we've looked to government for big solutions, but the reality is, the government we have now is a poor match for the problems we face. We need a fresh, new approach. As William D. Eggers and Donald F. Kettl show in this indispensable book, we need a government of bridgebuilders—public managers and leaders who collaborate with partners, both inside and outside government, to get the job done. They manage horizontally instead of vertically, they see their role as connectors, and they identify which players have the assets needed to solve the problems at hand. Each chapter examines one of the ten core principles of bridgebuilding and features practical tips and dynamic cases of how effective leaders have put each principle to work. Also included is a special section on creating a hundred-day bridgebuilding plan.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ccbfc9d216b500e57042c1e5eec62868.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Overreach: How China Derailed Its Peaceful Rise by Susan L. Shirk</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/overreach-how-china-derailed-its-peaceful-rise-by-susan-l-shirk--65205250</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673122" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673122</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overreach: How China Derailed Its Peaceful Rise Author: Susan L. Shirk Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 6 minutes Release date: May  9, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  For three decades after Mao's death in 1976, China's leaders adopted a restrained approach to foreign policy. To facilitate the country's inexorable economic ascendance, and to prevent a backlash, they reassured the outside world of China's peaceful intentions. Then, as Susan Shirk shows, something changed. China went from fragile superpower to global heavyweight. Combining her decades of research and experience, Shirk, one of the world's most respected experts on Chinese politics, argues that we are now fully embroiled in a new cold war. As she shows, the shift toward confrontation began in the mid-2000s under the mild-mannered Hu Jintao. When Xi Jinping took power in 2012, he capitalized on widespread official corruption and open splits in the leadership to make the case for more concentrated power at the top. Those who implement Xi's directives compete to outdo one another, provoking an even greater global backlash and stoking jingoism within China on a scale not seen since the Cultural Revolution. Here is a devastatingly lucid portrait of China today. Understanding the domestic roots of China's actions will enable us to avoid the mistakes that could lead to war.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673122</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205250/9798765043561.mp3" length="14437248" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673122 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overreach: How China Derailed Its Peaceful Rise Author: Susan L. Shirk Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 6...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673122" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673122</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overreach: How China Derailed Its Peaceful Rise Author: Susan L. Shirk Narrator: Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 6 minutes Release date: May  9, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  For three decades after Mao's death in 1976, China's leaders adopted a restrained approach to foreign policy. To facilitate the country's inexorable economic ascendance, and to prevent a backlash, they reassured the outside world of China's peaceful intentions. Then, as Susan Shirk shows, something changed. China went from fragile superpower to global heavyweight. Combining her decades of research and experience, Shirk, one of the world's most respected experts on Chinese politics, argues that we are now fully embroiled in a new cold war. As she shows, the shift toward confrontation began in the mid-2000s under the mild-mannered Hu Jintao. When Xi Jinping took power in 2012, he capitalized on widespread official corruption and open splits in the leadership to make the case for more concentrated power at the top. Those who implement Xi's directives compete to outdo one another, provoking an even greater global backlash and stoking jingoism within China on a scale not seen since the Cultural Revolution. Here is a devastatingly lucid portrait of China today. Understanding the domestic roots of China's actions will enable us to avoid the mistakes that could lead to war.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2da9a0e94f27ea01a3428faa4b2d20ff.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Weltunordnung - Die globalen Krisen und die Illusionen des Westens (ungekürzt) by Carlo Masala</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-weltunordnung-die-globalen-krisen-und-die-illusionen-des-westens-ungekurzt-by-carlo-masala--65205145</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682641" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682641</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Weltunordnung - Die globalen Krisen und die Illusionen des Westens (ungekürzt) Author: Carlo Masala Narrator: Patrick Imhof Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: May  8, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Carlo Masala warnt in diesem Hörbuch vor den Illusionen des Westens: der Illusion, die Globalisierung würde automatisch zur Verbreitung der Demokratie führen, der Illusion einer zunehmenden Verrechtlichung der internationalen Beziehungen, aber auch der Illusion, durch militärische Interventionen ließen sich Demokratie und Stabilität exportieren. Seit der Niederlage in Afghanistan und Putins Krieg gegen die Ukraine stehen die Grundlagen westlicher Außen- und Sicherheitspolitik auf dem Prüfstand. Was muss sich ändern, damit wir in der neuen Weltunordnung bestehen können?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682641</guid><pubDate>Mon, 08 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205145/4066004558189.mp3" length="1477629" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682641 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Weltunordnung - Die globalen Krisen und die Illusionen des Westens (ungekürzt) Author: Carlo Masala Narrator: Patrick Imhof Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682641" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/682641</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Weltunordnung - Die globalen Krisen und die Illusionen des Westens (ungekürzt) Author: Carlo Masala Narrator: Patrick Imhof Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 7 minutes Release date: May  8, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Carlo Masala warnt in diesem Hörbuch vor den Illusionen des Westens: der Illusion, die Globalisierung würde automatisch zur Verbreitung der Demokratie führen, der Illusion einer zunehmenden Verrechtlichung der internationalen Beziehungen, aber auch der Illusion, durch militärische Interventionen ließen sich Demokratie und Stabilität exportieren. Seit der Niederlage in Afghanistan und Putins Krieg gegen die Ukraine stehen die Grundlagen westlicher Außen- und Sicherheitspolitik auf dem Prüfstand. Was muss sich ändern, damit wir in der neuen Weltunordnung bestehen können?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzt</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d4566de7b5cac4735f354e0a7b70a5f7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Henry Ford. Der amerikanische Automobilkönig. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten by Carl Adolf B</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-carl-adolf-bratter-henry-ford-der-amerikanische-automobilkonig-eine-biografie-amerikanische-industriemagnaten-by-carl-adolf-b--65205124</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680655" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680655</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Henry Ford. Der amerikanische Automobilkönig. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #5 of Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Author: Carl Adolf Bratter Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 17 minutes Release date: May  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die amerikanischen Großindustriellen des späten 19. und frühen 20. Jahrhunderts: Waren sie Räuberbarone oder Philantropen? Clevere Geschäftsmänner auf jeden Fall! Hier die Geschichte vom König des Automobils, Henry Ford!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680655</guid><pubDate>Fri, 05 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205124/9783754503140.mp3" length="997190" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680655 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Henry Ford. Der amerikanische Automobilkönig. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #5...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680655" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680655</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Henry Ford. Der amerikanische Automobilkönig. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #5 of Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Author: Carl Adolf Bratter Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 17 minutes Release date: May  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die amerikanischen Großindustriellen des späten 19. und frühen 20. Jahrhunderts: Waren sie Räuberbarone oder Philantropen? Clevere Geschäftsmänner auf jeden Fall! Hier die Geschichte vom König des Automobils, Henry Ford!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5390cc89869de6c7b068d3a2e64ba94e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: John und Horace Dodge. Amerikanische Revolutionäre des Automobils. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemag</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-carl-adolf-bratter-john-und-horace-dodge-amerikanische-revolutionare-des-automobils-eine-biografie-amerikanische-industriemag--65205118</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680654" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680654</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: John und Horace Dodge. Amerikanische Revolutionäre des Automobils. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #6 of Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Author: Carl Adolf Bratter Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: May  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die amerikanischen Großindustriellen des späten 19. und frühen 20. Jahrhunderts: Waren sie Räuberbarone oder Philantropen? Clevere Geschäftsmänner auf jeden Fall! Hier die Geschichte von den Automobilrevolutionären John und Horace Dodge!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680654</guid><pubDate>Fri, 05 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205118/9783754503157.mp3" length="997211" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680654 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: John und Horace Dodge. Amerikanische Revolutionäre des Automobils. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680654" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680654</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: John und Horace Dodge. Amerikanische Revolutionäre des Automobils. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #6 of Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Author: Carl Adolf Bratter Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: May  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die amerikanischen Großindustriellen des späten 19. und frühen 20. Jahrhunderts: Waren sie Räuberbarone oder Philantropen? Clevere Geschäftsmänner auf jeden Fall! Hier die Geschichte von den Automobilrevolutionären John und Horace Dodge!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/67a406dcfed8c13d487f68a9529e76f1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: William Andrews Clark. Amerikanischer Kupfer- und Räuberbaron. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnate</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-carl-adolf-bratter-william-andrews-clark-amerikanischer-kupfer-und-rauberbaron-eine-biografie-amerikanische-industriemagnate--65205084</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680656" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680656</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: William Andrews Clark. Amerikanischer Kupfer- und Räuberbaron. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #4 of Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Author: Carl Adolf Bratter Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: May  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die amerikanischen Großindustriellen des späten 19. und frühen 20. Jahrhunderts: Waren sie Räuberbarone oder Philantropen? Clevere Geschäftsmänner auf jeden Fall! Hier die Geschichte von Kupferkaiser William Andrews Clark!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680656</guid><pubDate>Fri, 05 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205084/9783754502860.mp3" length="997207" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680656 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: William Andrews Clark. Amerikanischer Kupfer- und Räuberbaron. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680656" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680656</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: William Andrews Clark. Amerikanischer Kupfer- und Räuberbaron. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #4 of Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Author: Carl Adolf Bratter Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: May  5, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die amerikanischen Großindustriellen des späten 19. und frühen 20. Jahrhunderts: Waren sie Räuberbarone oder Philantropen? Clevere Geschäftsmänner auf jeden Fall! Hier die Geschichte von Kupferkaiser William Andrews Clark!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ca643193863617464a86b3355380380b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Civilización: Occidente y el resto by Niall Ferguson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-civilizacion-occidente-y-el-resto-by-niall-ferguson--65205213</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673773" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673773</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Civilización: Occidente y el resto Author: Niall Ferguson Narrator: Edson Matus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: May  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La versión definitiva de la historia global contemporánea.  Un viajero que recorriera el mundo en 1411 hubiera quedado deslumbrado por las imponentes civilizaciones orientales. La Ciudad Prohibida estaba en plena construcción en la China de los Ming; en Oriente Próximo, los otomanos acechaban Constantinopla. Por el contrario, los belicosos países de Europa occidental, Inglaterra, Escocia, Castilla, Aragón, Francia y Portugal, eran pobres y atrasados, debilitados por las epidemias, las pésimas condiciones sanitarias y las guerras incesantes. En cuanto a Norteamérica, en el siglo XV era un espacio poco habitado y anárquico en comparación con los impresionantes y organizados imperios de los incas y los aztecas. La idea de que Occidente pudiera llegar a dominar al resto del mundo durante el siguiente medio milenio le hubiera parecido ilusoria. Y, sin embargo, eso fue lo que ocurrió. ¿Qué permitió a la civilización de Europa occidental dominar a los aparentemente superiores imperios orientales? Según Niall Ferguson, Occidente logró desarrollar seis poderosos instrumentos, la competencia, la ciencia, el imperio de la ley, la medicina, la sociedad de consumo y la ética del trabajo. La cuestión fundamental hoy día es si Occidente ha perdido el monopolio de estos seis resortes del poder global. Para averiguarlo, Civilización nos lleva a un extraordinario viaje alrededor del mundo, del Gran Canal en Nankín al palacio de Topkapi en Estambul, del Machu Picchu en los Andes a la isla del Tiburón en Namibia; de las altas torres de Praga a las iglesias secretas de Wenzhou. Es la historia de los barcos de vela, los misiles, los títulos de propiedad, las vacunas, los pantalones vaqueros y las biblias chinas. Es la versión definitiva de la historia global contemporánea.  La crítica ha dicho... «Un libro agudo y rabiosamente actual. Ferguson, dotado de una mente perspicaz, sabe cómo llegar al núcleo de las cosas y lo hace con gran pulso narrativo.» Andrew Marr, Financial Times  «Civilización es otra obramaestra... una gran fuerza guía la exposición y cada página revela datos fascinantes.» Dominic Lawson, Sunday Times  «Erudito y, a la vez, ameno.» Mario Vargas Llosa, El País  «Uno de los historiadores más reconocidos del mundo.» Hamish McRae, Independent]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673773</guid><pubDate>Thu, 04 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205213/9788418967702.mp3" length="2437207" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673773 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Civilización: Occidente y el resto Author: Niall Ferguson Narrator: Edson Matus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673773" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673773</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Civilización: Occidente y el resto Author: Niall Ferguson Narrator: Edson Matus Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 44 minutes Release date: May  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La versión definitiva de la historia global contemporánea.  Un viajero que recorriera el mundo en 1411 hubiera quedado deslumbrado por las imponentes civilizaciones orientales. La Ciudad Prohibida estaba en plena construcción en la China de los Ming; en Oriente Próximo, los otomanos acechaban Constantinopla. Por el contrario, los belicosos países de Europa occidental, Inglaterra, Escocia, Castilla, Aragón, Francia y Portugal, eran pobres y atrasados, debilitados por las epidemias, las pésimas condiciones sanitarias y las guerras incesantes. En cuanto a Norteamérica, en el siglo XV era un espacio poco habitado y anárquico en comparación con los impresionantes y organizados imperios de los incas y los aztecas. La idea de que Occidente pudiera llegar a dominar al resto del mundo durante el siguiente medio milenio le hubiera parecido ilusoria. Y, sin embargo, eso fue lo que ocurrió. ¿Qué permitió a la civilización de Europa occidental dominar a los aparentemente superiores imperios orientales? Según Niall Ferguson, Occidente logró desarrollar seis poderosos instrumentos, la competencia, la ciencia, el imperio de la ley, la medicina, la sociedad de consumo y la ética del trabajo. La cuestión fundamental hoy día es si Occidente ha perdido el monopolio de estos seis resortes del poder global. Para averiguarlo, Civilización nos lleva a un extraordinario viaje alrededor del mundo, del Gran Canal en Nankín al palacio de Topkapi en Estambul, del Machu Picchu en los Andes a la isla del Tiburón en Namibia; de las altas torres de Praga a las iglesias secretas de Wenzhou. Es la historia de los barcos de vela, los misiles, los títulos de propiedad, las vacunas, los pantalones vaqueros y las biblias chinas. Es la versión definitiva de la historia global contemporánea.  La crítica ha dicho... «Un libro agudo y rabiosamente actual. Ferguson, dotado de una mente perspicaz, sabe cómo llegar al núcleo de las cosas y lo hace con gran pulso narrativo.» Andrew Marr, Financial Times  «Civilización es otra obramaestra... una gran fuerza guía la exposición y cada página revela datos fascinantes.» Dominic Lawson, Sunday Times  «Erudito y, a la vez, ameno.» Mario Vargas Llosa, El País  «Uno de los historiadores más reconocidos del mundo.» Hamish McRae, Independent]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/40cab3a49cae6894487e0da4d5a19221.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Serenity in the Storm: Living Through Chaos by Leaning on Christ by Kayleigh Mcenany</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/serenity-in-the-storm-living-through-chaos-by-leaning-on-christ-by-kayleigh-mcenany--65205249</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673931" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673931</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Serenity in the Storm: Living Through Chaos by Leaning on Christ Author: Kayleigh Mcenany Narrator: Kayleigh Mcenany Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: May  2, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Kayleigh McEnany brings to life the key cultural and political issues of our time,  analyzing world events through the lens of faith and providing listeners with Serenity in the Storm. Our world, without question, is experiencing aberrational times. The life-altering realities of COVID-19 that I worked through as White House press secretary were just the start of it. What followed was a series of history-defining events. From the fall of Afghanistan to the nationwide crime wave, we've all endured painful images of death, destruction, and chaos. Meanwhile, radical teachings on gender and race have infiltrated our nation's schools, poisoning the minds of our children—all at a time when our country feels more divided than ever before. Along with these twenty-first century realities can come a feeling of despair and discouragement. Indeed, I hear it all the time as I crisscross the country: Americans feel disheartened and seek hope. Taking a similar format to my New York Times bestselling book, For Such a Time as This, I analyze our domestic and international challenges through the lens of faith. Though we have lived through dark times, the storms we face have prompted many great leaders to rise to the moment and have left a yearning in the human heart for a Savior, Jesus Christ, who is walking alongside us every step of the way.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673931</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205249/9781545924501.mp3" length="14437305" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673931 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Serenity in the Storm: Living Through Chaos by Leaning on Christ Author: Kayleigh Mcenany Narrator: Kayleigh Mcenany Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673931" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673931</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Serenity in the Storm: Living Through Chaos by Leaning on Christ Author: Kayleigh Mcenany Narrator: Kayleigh Mcenany Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: May  2, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Kayleigh McEnany brings to life the key cultural and political issues of our time,  analyzing world events through the lens of faith and providing listeners with Serenity in the Storm. Our world, without question, is experiencing aberrational times. The life-altering realities of COVID-19 that I worked through as White House press secretary were just the start of it. What followed was a series of history-defining events. From the fall of Afghanistan to the nationwide crime wave, we've all endured painful images of death, destruction, and chaos. Meanwhile, radical teachings on gender and race have infiltrated our nation's schools, poisoning the minds of our children—all at a time when our country feels more divided than ever before. Along with these twenty-first century realities can come a feeling of despair and discouragement. Indeed, I hear it all the time as I crisscross the country: Americans feel disheartened and seek hope. Taking a similar format to my New York Times bestselling book, For Such a Time as This, I analyze our domestic and international challenges through the lens of faith. Though we have lived through dark times, the storms we face have prompted many great leaders to rise to the moment and have left a yearning in the human heart for a Savior, Jesus Christ, who is walking alongside us every step of the way.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e33345ca48477cbb50c57bdc70191095.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Dreamland: America's Immigration Lottery in an Age of Restriction by Carly Goodman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/dreamland-america-s-immigration-lottery-in-an-age-of-restriction-by-carly-goodman--65205247</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673032" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673032</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dreamland: America's Immigration Lottery in an Age of Restriction Author: Carly Goodman Narrator: Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 50 minutes Release date: May  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In a world of border walls and obstacles to migration, a lottery where winners can gain permanent residency in the United States sounds too good to be true. Just as unlikely is the idea that the United States would make such visas available to foster diversity within a country where systemic racism endures. But in 1990, the United States Diversity Visa Lottery was created to do just that. Dreamland tells the surprising story of this unlikely government program and its role in American life as well as the global story of migration. Historian Carly Goodman takes listeners from Washington, DC, where proponents deployed a colorblind narrative about our 'nation of immigrants' to secure visas for white immigrants, to the African countries where it flourished and fostered dreams of going to America. From the post office to the internet, aspiring emigrants, visa agents, and others embraced the lottery and tried their luck in a time of austerity and limits. Rising African immigration to the United States has enriched American life, created opportunities for mobility, and nourished imagined possibilities. But the promise of the American dream has been threatened by the United States' embrace of anti-immigrant policies and persistent anti-Black racism.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673032</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205247/9798350812480.mp3" length="14437277" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673032 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dreamland: America's Immigration Lottery in an Age of Restriction Author: Carly Goodman Narrator: Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673032" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673032</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dreamland: America's Immigration Lottery in an Age of Restriction Author: Carly Goodman Narrator: Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 50 minutes Release date: May  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In a world of border walls and obstacles to migration, a lottery where winners can gain permanent residency in the United States sounds too good to be true. Just as unlikely is the idea that the United States would make such visas available to foster diversity within a country where systemic racism endures. But in 1990, the United States Diversity Visa Lottery was created to do just that. Dreamland tells the surprising story of this unlikely government program and its role in American life as well as the global story of migration. Historian Carly Goodman takes listeners from Washington, DC, where proponents deployed a colorblind narrative about our 'nation of immigrants' to secure visas for white immigrants, to the African countries where it flourished and fostered dreams of going to America. From the post office to the internet, aspiring emigrants, visa agents, and others embraced the lottery and tried their luck in a time of austerity and limits. Rising African immigration to the United States has enriched American life, created opportunities for mobility, and nourished imagined possibilities. But the promise of the American dream has been threatened by the United States' embrace of anti-immigrant policies and persistent anti-Black racism.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2ef619be0748d0fd515db6b16e19c678.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Mere Natural Law: Originalism and the Anchoring Truths of the Constitution by Hadley Arkes</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/mere-natural-law-originalism-and-the-anchoring-truths-of-the-constitution-by-hadley-arkes--65205116</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680813" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680813</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mere Natural Law: Originalism and the Anchoring Truths of the Constitution Author: Hadley Arkes Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: May  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Originalism Is Not Enough  The Founding Fathers held certain truths to be "self-evident." Do we?  In this profoundly important reassessment of constitutional interpretation, the eminent legal philosopher Hadley Arkes argues that "originalism" alone is an inadequate answer to the judicial activism of the left. Without recourse to "mere Natural Law"—the moral principles knowable by all—our legal and constitutional system is doomed to incoherence.  With the demise of Roe v. Wade, conservatives savored a landmark victory in the long campaign to reclaim the courts. But on questions as momentous as marriage, equality under the law, and "transgenderism," our judicial system is still arrayed against them. Why aren’t  they winning?  The answer, says Arkes, is that conservatives have missed the forest for the trees. For fifty years, they have emphasized originalism, a fine tactic but a terrible strategy for saving the rule of law.  When liberals "discovered" hitherto-unknown rights in the emanations and penumbras of a "living constitution," conservatives retreated to the text. But the men who framed and ratified the Constitution never meant to confine our rights to its words. They fought a revolution to vindicate "self-evident" moral truths about human nature and the preexisting rights given to us by "Nature and Nature’s God." Until we rediscover Natural Law, nothing will stop the imposition of a perverse moral vision on our institutions and our lives.  Brilliant in its analysis, essential in its argument, Mere Natural Law is a must read for everyone who cares about the Constitution, morality, and the rule of law.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680813</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 May 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205116/9781645556060.mp3" length="2437229" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680813 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mere Natural Law: Originalism and the Anchoring Truths of the Constitution Author: Hadley Arkes Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680813" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680813</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mere Natural Law: Originalism and the Anchoring Truths of the Constitution Author: Hadley Arkes Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: May  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Originalism Is Not Enough  The Founding Fathers held certain truths to be "self-evident." Do we?  In this profoundly important reassessment of constitutional interpretation, the eminent legal philosopher Hadley Arkes argues that "originalism" alone is an inadequate answer to the judicial activism of the left. Without recourse to "mere Natural Law"—the moral principles knowable by all—our legal and constitutional system is doomed to incoherence.  With the demise of Roe v. Wade, conservatives savored a landmark victory in the long campaign to reclaim the courts. But on questions as momentous as marriage, equality under the law, and "transgenderism," our judicial system is still arrayed against them. Why aren’t  they winning?  The answer, says Arkes, is that conservatives have missed the forest for the trees. For fifty years, they have emphasized originalism, a fine tactic but a terrible strategy for saving the rule of law.  When liberals "discovered" hitherto-unknown rights in the emanations and penumbras of a "living constitution," conservatives retreated to the text. But the men who framed and ratified the Constitution never meant to confine our rights to its words. They fought a revolution to vindicate "self-evident" moral truths about human nature and the preexisting rights given to us by "Nature and Nature’s God." Until we rediscover Natural Law, nothing will stop the imposition of a perverse moral vision on our institutions and our lives.  Brilliant in its analysis, essential in its argument, Mere Natural Law is a must read for everyone who cares about the Constitution, morality, and the rule of law.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9832b9c306afc367aae7e7fb75deedd7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: John D. Rockefeller. Amerikanischer Ölmilliardär und Philantrop. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagna</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-carl-adolf-bratter-john-d-rockefeller-amerikanischer-olmilliardar-und-philantrop-eine-biografie-amerikanische-industriemagna--65205133</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680659" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680659</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: John D. Rockefeller. Amerikanischer Ölmilliardär und Philantrop. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #1 of Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Author: Carl Adolf Bratter Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die amerikanischen Großindustriellen des späten 19. und frühen 20. Jahrhunderts: Waren sie Räuberbarone oder Philantropen? Clevere Geschäftsmänner auf jeden Fall! Hier die Geschichte von Öltycoon John D. Rockefeller!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680659</guid><pubDate>Fri, 28 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205133/9783754503126.mp3" length="997210" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680659 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: John D. Rockefeller. Amerikanischer Ölmilliardär und Philantrop. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680659" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680659</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: John D. Rockefeller. Amerikanischer Ölmilliardär und Philantrop. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #1 of Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Author: Carl Adolf Bratter Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 15 minutes Release date: April 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die amerikanischen Großindustriellen des späten 19. und frühen 20. Jahrhunderts: Waren sie Räuberbarone oder Philantropen? Clevere Geschäftsmänner auf jeden Fall! Hier die Geschichte von Öltycoon John D. Rockefeller!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6eceea2a19cfdb85930313148b342092.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Charles M. Schwab. Amerikanischer Stahl- und Räuberbaron. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten by</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-carl-adolf-bratter-charles-m-schwab-amerikanischer-stahl-und-rauberbaron-eine-biografie-amerikanische-industriemagnaten-by--65205109</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680657" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680657</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Charles M. Schwab. Amerikanischer Stahl- und Räuberbaron. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #3 of Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Author: Carl Adolf Bratter Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die amerikanischen Großindustriellen des späten 19. und frühen 20. Jahrhunderts: Waren sie Räuberbarone oder Philantropen? Clevere Geschäftsmänner auf jeden Fall! Hier die Geschichte von Stahlkönig Charles M. Schwab!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680657</guid><pubDate>Fri, 28 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205109/9783754502846.mp3" length="997202" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680657 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Charles M. Schwab. Amerikanischer Stahl- und Räuberbaron. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #3...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680657" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680657</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Charles M. Schwab. Amerikanischer Stahl- und Räuberbaron. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #3 of Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Author: Carl Adolf Bratter Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 12 minutes Release date: April 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die amerikanischen Großindustriellen des späten 19. und frühen 20. Jahrhunderts: Waren sie Räuberbarone oder Philantropen? Clevere Geschäftsmänner auf jeden Fall! Hier die Geschichte von Stahlkönig Charles M. Schwab!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/95e98a2e5e1227683b674273b73eb504.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Andrew Carnegie. Amerikanischer Stahlbaron und Philantrop. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten by</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-carl-adolf-bratter-andrew-carnegie-amerikanischer-stahlbaron-und-philantrop-eine-biografie-amerikanische-industriemagnaten-by--65205085</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680658" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680658</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Andrew Carnegie. Amerikanischer Stahlbaron und Philantrop. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #2 of Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Author: Carl Adolf Bratter Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die amerikanischen Großindustriellen des späten 19. und frühen 20. Jahrhunderts: Waren sie Räuberbarone oder Philantropen? Clevere Geschäftsmänner auf jeden Fall! Hier die Geschichte von Stahlbaron Andrew Carnegie!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680658</guid><pubDate>Fri, 28 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205085/9783754503133.mp3" length="997202" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680658 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Andrew Carnegie. Amerikanischer Stahlbaron und Philantrop. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #2...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680658" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680658</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Carl Adolf Bratter: Andrew Carnegie. Amerikanischer Stahlbaron und Philantrop. Eine Biografie: Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Series: #2 of Amerikanische Industriemagnaten Author: Carl Adolf Bratter Narrator: Jürgen Fritsche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 28, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die amerikanischen Großindustriellen des späten 19. und frühen 20. Jahrhunderts: Waren sie Räuberbarone oder Philantropen? Clevere Geschäftsmänner auf jeden Fall! Hier die Geschichte von Stahlbaron Andrew Carnegie!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/dc28fe27391da9bc06cf5eda7a57c2dc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Nothing Is Beyond Our Reach: America's Techno-Spy Empire by Kristie Macrakis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/nothing-is-beyond-our-reach-america-s-techno-spy-empire-by-kristie-macrakis--65205266</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669769" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669769</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nothing Is Beyond Our Reach: America's Techno-Spy Empire Author: Kristie Macrakis Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Ever since the earliest days of the Cold War, American intelligence agencies have launched spies in the sky, implanted spies in the ether, burrowed spies underground, sunk spies in the ocean, and even tried to control spies' minds by chemical means. But these weren't human spies. Instead, the United States expanded its reach around the globe through techno-spies. Nothing Is Beyond Our Reach investigates how America's technophiles inadvertently created a global espionage empire: one based on technology, not land. Author Kristie Macrakis shows how in the process of staking out the globe through technology, US intelligence created the ability to collect a massive amount of data. But did it help? Featuring the sites visited during her research and stories of the people who created the techno-spy empire, Macrakis guides the listener from its conception in the 1950s to its global reach in the Cold War and Global War on Terror. In an age of ubiquitous technology, Nothing Is Beyond Our Reach exposes the perils of relying too much on technology while demonstrating how the US carried on the tradition of British imperial espionage. Listeners interested in the history of espionage and technology as well as those who work in the intelligence field will find the revelations and insights in Nothing Is Beyond Our Reach fascinating and compelling.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669769</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205266/9798350816365.mp3" length="14437193" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669769 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nothing Is Beyond Our Reach: America's Techno-Spy Empire Author: Kristie Macrakis Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669769" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669769</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nothing Is Beyond Our Reach: America's Techno-Spy Empire Author: Kristie Macrakis Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Ever since the earliest days of the Cold War, American intelligence agencies have launched spies in the sky, implanted spies in the ether, burrowed spies underground, sunk spies in the ocean, and even tried to control spies' minds by chemical means. But these weren't human spies. Instead, the United States expanded its reach around the globe through techno-spies. Nothing Is Beyond Our Reach investigates how America's technophiles inadvertently created a global espionage empire: one based on technology, not land. Author Kristie Macrakis shows how in the process of staking out the globe through technology, US intelligence created the ability to collect a massive amount of data. But did it help? Featuring the sites visited during her research and stories of the people who created the techno-spy empire, Macrakis guides the listener from its conception in the 1950s to its global reach in the Cold War and Global War on Terror. In an age of ubiquitous technology, Nothing Is Beyond Our Reach exposes the perils of relying too much on technology while demonstrating how the US carried on the tradition of British imperial espionage. Listeners interested in the history of espionage and technology as well as those who work in the intelligence field will find the revelations and insights in Nothing Is Beyond Our Reach fascinating and compelling.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a7afe963c8549f74b556c5b6d609ae89.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Drive for Dollars: How Fiscal Politics Shaped Urban Freeways and Transformed American Cities by Brian D. Taylor, Eric A. Morris, Jeffrey</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-drive-for-dollars-how-fiscal-politics-shaped-urban-freeways-and-transformed-american-cities-by-brian-d-taylor-eric-a-morris-jeffrey--65205264</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669685" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669685</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drive for Dollars: How Fiscal Politics Shaped Urban Freeways and Transformed American Cities Author: Brian D. Taylor, Eric A. Morris, Jeffrey R. Brown Narrator: Derek Dysart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The story of the interplay between finance, freeways, and urban form in the twentieth century and their enduring impact on American cities and neighborhoods in the twenty-first. American cities are distinct from almost all others in the degree to which freeways and freeway travel dominate urban landscapes. In The Drive for Dollars, Brian D. Taylor, Eric A. Morris, and Jeffrey R. Brown tell the largely misunderstood story of how freeways became the centerpiece of US urban transportation systems, and the crucial, though usually overlooked, role of fiscal politics in bringing freeways about. The authors chronicle how the ways that we both raise and spend transportation revenue have shaped our transportation system and the lives of those who use it, from the era before the automobile to the present day. They focus on how the development of one revolutionary type of road—the freeway—was inextricably intertwined with money. With the nation's transportation finance system at a crossroads today, this book sheds light on how we can best fund and plan transportation in the future. The authors draw on these lessons to offer ways forward to pay for transportation more equitably, provide travelers with better mobility, and increase environmental sustainability and urban livability.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669685</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205264/9781696611190.mp3" length="14437266" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669685 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drive for Dollars: How Fiscal Politics Shaped Urban Freeways and Transformed American Cities Author: Brian D. Taylor, Eric A. Morris, Jeffrey R....</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669685" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669685</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Drive for Dollars: How Fiscal Politics Shaped Urban Freeways and Transformed American Cities Author: Brian D. Taylor, Eric A. Morris, Jeffrey R. Brown Narrator: Derek Dysart Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The story of the interplay between finance, freeways, and urban form in the twentieth century and their enduring impact on American cities and neighborhoods in the twenty-first. American cities are distinct from almost all others in the degree to which freeways and freeway travel dominate urban landscapes. In The Drive for Dollars, Brian D. Taylor, Eric A. Morris, and Jeffrey R. Brown tell the largely misunderstood story of how freeways became the centerpiece of US urban transportation systems, and the crucial, though usually overlooked, role of fiscal politics in bringing freeways about. The authors chronicle how the ways that we both raise and spend transportation revenue have shaped our transportation system and the lives of those who use it, from the era before the automobile to the present day. They focus on how the development of one revolutionary type of road—the freeway—was inextricably intertwined with money. With the nation's transportation finance system at a crossroads today, this book sheds light on how we can best fund and plan transportation in the future. The authors draw on these lessons to offer ways forward to pay for transportation more equitably, provide travelers with better mobility, and increase environmental sustainability and urban livability.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f247ed2514b24f6345616bd5a1eba182.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Policing Gun Violence: Strategic Reforms for Controlling Our Most Pressing Crime Problem by Philip J. Cook, Anthony A. Braga</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/policing-gun-violence-strategic-reforms-for-controlling-our-most-pressing-crime-problem-by-philip-j-cook-anthony-a-braga--65205260</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669677" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669677</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Policing Gun Violence: Strategic Reforms for Controlling Our Most Pressing Crime Problem Series: #1 of CRIME AMD PUBLIC POLICY Author: Philip J. Cook, Anthony A. Braga Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In many US cities, gun violence is the most urgent crime problem. High rates of deadly violence make a city less livable, dragging down quality of life, economic development, and property values. How can police departments find the right balance between over- and under-policing of high-violence areas? What are the best practices for police to preempt and deter gun violence, while engendering support and cooperation from the public? Drawing on fifty years of research and practical experience, Policing Gun Violence argues that it is possible for the police to create greater public safety while respecting the rights of individuals and communities. While gun violence can be attributed to various systemic causes, Anthony A. Braga and Philip J. Cook make the case that violence is itself a root cause of social disparity and future violence. Effective law enforcement is a vital component of a just society. They review and synthesize the evidence in several key areas: enforcement of gun laws, policing hot spots, controlling high-risk groups through focused deterrence, enhancing investigations to increase the arrest and conviction rate, preventing officer-involved shootings, and disrupting underground gun markets. Policing Gun Violence serves as a guide to how the police can better utilize their considerable resources to make cities safer.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669677</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205260/9781696611886.mp3" length="14437342" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669677 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Policing Gun Violence: Strategic Reforms for Controlling Our Most Pressing Crime Problem Series: #1 of CRIME AMD PUBLIC POLICY Author: Philip J. Cook,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669677" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669677</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Policing Gun Violence: Strategic Reforms for Controlling Our Most Pressing Crime Problem Series: #1 of CRIME AMD PUBLIC POLICY Author: Philip J. Cook, Anthony A. Braga Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In many US cities, gun violence is the most urgent crime problem. High rates of deadly violence make a city less livable, dragging down quality of life, economic development, and property values. How can police departments find the right balance between over- and under-policing of high-violence areas? What are the best practices for police to preempt and deter gun violence, while engendering support and cooperation from the public? Drawing on fifty years of research and practical experience, Policing Gun Violence argues that it is possible for the police to create greater public safety while respecting the rights of individuals and communities. While gun violence can be attributed to various systemic causes, Anthony A. Braga and Philip J. Cook make the case that violence is itself a root cause of social disparity and future violence. Effective law enforcement is a vital component of a just society. They review and synthesize the evidence in several key areas: enforcement of gun laws, policing hot spots, controlling high-risk groups through focused deterrence, enhancing investigations to increase the arrest and conviction rate, preventing officer-involved shootings, and disrupting underground gun markets. Policing Gun Violence serves as a guide to how the police can better utilize their considerable resources to make cities safer.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/73fdd8b48962a51b3cffd8cc46fc430c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Future is Degrowth: A Guide to a World Beyond Capitalism by Aaron Vansintjan, Andrea Vetter, Matthias Schmelzer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-future-is-degrowth-a-guide-to-a-world-beyond-capitalism-by-aaron-vansintjan-andrea-vetter-matthias-schmelzer--65205254</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670959" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670959</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future is Degrowth: A Guide to a World Beyond Capitalism Author: Aaron Vansintjan, Andrea Vetter, Matthias Schmelzer Narrator: Ulf Bjorklund Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Economic growth isn't working, and it cannot be made to work. Offering a counter-history of how economic growth emerged in the context of colonialism, fossil-fueled industrialization, and capitalist modernity, The Future Is Degrowth argues that the ideology of growth conceals the rising inequalities and ecological destructions associated with capitalism, and points to desirable alternatives to it. Not only in society at large, but also on the left, we are held captive by the hegemony of growth. Even proposals for emancipatory Green New Deals or postcapitalism base their utopian hopes on the development of productive forces, on redistributing the fruits of economic growth and technological progress. Yet growing evidence shows that continued economic growth cannot be made compatible with sustaining life and is not necessary for a good life for all. This book provides a vision for postcapitalism beyond growth. It discusses the political economy and the politics of a non-growing economy. It charts a path forward through policies that democratize the economy, 'now-topias' that create free spaces for experimentation, and counter-hegemonic movements that make it possible to break with the logic of growth. Degrowth perspectives offer a way to step off the treadmill of an alienating, expansionist, and hierarchical system.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670959</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205254/9798350811902.mp3" length="14437311" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670959 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future is Degrowth: A Guide to a World Beyond Capitalism Author: Aaron Vansintjan, Andrea Vetter, Matthias Schmelzer Narrator: Ulf Bjorklund...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670959" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670959</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future is Degrowth: A Guide to a World Beyond Capitalism Author: Aaron Vansintjan, Andrea Vetter, Matthias Schmelzer Narrator: Ulf Bjorklund Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 36 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Economic growth isn't working, and it cannot be made to work. Offering a counter-history of how economic growth emerged in the context of colonialism, fossil-fueled industrialization, and capitalist modernity, The Future Is Degrowth argues that the ideology of growth conceals the rising inequalities and ecological destructions associated with capitalism, and points to desirable alternatives to it. Not only in society at large, but also on the left, we are held captive by the hegemony of growth. Even proposals for emancipatory Green New Deals or postcapitalism base their utopian hopes on the development of productive forces, on redistributing the fruits of economic growth and technological progress. Yet growing evidence shows that continued economic growth cannot be made compatible with sustaining life and is not necessary for a good life for all. This book provides a vision for postcapitalism beyond growth. It discusses the political economy and the politics of a non-growing economy. It charts a path forward through policies that democratize the economy, 'now-topias' that create free spaces for experimentation, and counter-hegemonic movements that make it possible to break with the logic of growth. Degrowth perspectives offer a way to step off the treadmill of an alienating, expansionist, and hierarchical system.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/df4fb6c845a8c000b1203309125aabbf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Age of Emergency: Living with Violence at the End of the British Empire by Erik Linstrum</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/age-of-emergency-living-with-violence-at-the-end-of-the-british-empire-by-erik-linstrum--65205244</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669747" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669747</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Age of Emergency: Living with Violence at the End of the British Empire Author: Erik Linstrum Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  When uprisings against colonial rule broke out across the world after 1945, Britain responded with overwhelming and brutal force. Although this period has conventionally been dubbed 'postwar,' it was punctuated by a succession of hard-fought, long-running conflicts that were geographically diffuse, morally ambiguous, and impervious to neat endings or declarations of victory. Age of Emergency traces facts and feelings about violence as torture, summary executions, collective punishments, and other ruthless methods were employed in 'states of emergency.' It examines how Britons at home learned to live with colonial warfare by examining activist campaigns, soldiers' letters, missionary networks, newspaper stories, television dramas, sermons, novels, and plays. Some contemporaries cast doubt on facts about violence. Still others aestheticized violence by celebrating visions of racial struggle or dramatizing the grim fatalism of dirty wars. Through their voices, Erik Linstrum narrates what violence looked, heard, and felt like as an empire ended, a history with unsettling echoes in our own time. Vividly analyzing how far-off atrocities became domestic problems, Age of Emergency shows that the compromising entanglements of war extended far beyond the conflict zones of empire.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669747</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205244/9798350804089.mp3" length="14437268" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669747 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Age of Emergency: Living with Violence at the End of the British Empire Author: Erik Linstrum Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669747" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669747</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Age of Emergency: Living with Violence at the End of the British Empire Author: Erik Linstrum Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  When uprisings against colonial rule broke out across the world after 1945, Britain responded with overwhelming and brutal force. Although this period has conventionally been dubbed 'postwar,' it was punctuated by a succession of hard-fought, long-running conflicts that were geographically diffuse, morally ambiguous, and impervious to neat endings or declarations of victory. Age of Emergency traces facts and feelings about violence as torture, summary executions, collective punishments, and other ruthless methods were employed in 'states of emergency.' It examines how Britons at home learned to live with colonial warfare by examining activist campaigns, soldiers' letters, missionary networks, newspaper stories, television dramas, sermons, novels, and plays. Some contemporaries cast doubt on facts about violence. Still others aestheticized violence by celebrating visions of racial struggle or dramatizing the grim fatalism of dirty wars. Through their voices, Erik Linstrum narrates what violence looked, heard, and felt like as an empire ended, a history with unsettling echoes in our own time. Vividly analyzing how far-off atrocities became domestic problems, Age of Emergency shows that the compromising entanglements of war extended far beyond the conflict zones of empire.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cfad6858cbef9c6fcc7fab12c4cf7902.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - V13: Crónica judicial by Emmanuel Carrère</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-v13-cronica-judicial-by-emmanuel-carrere--65205137</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679144" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679144</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - V13: Crónica judicial Author: Emmanuel Carrère Narrator: Luis David García Márquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  V13: viernes 13 de noviembre de 2015. En tres puntos diferentes de París se producen atentados yihadistas. El más grave es el de la sala Bataclan, donde están actuando los Eagles of Death Metal. El resultado de los ataques en el corazón de Francia es de ciento treinta muertos y más de cuatrocientos heridos. Años después, durante nueve meses –entre septiembre de 2021 y junio de 2022–, se celebra el juicio en el Palacio de Justicia de la capital. Hay catorce acusados: el principal es el único superviviente de entre los terroristas de Estado Islámico que participaron en la masacre. Sobrevivió porque no detonó su cinturón con explosivos. ¿Falló el mecanismo? ¿Tuvo miedo? ¿O quizá un fugaz momento de arrepentimiento y humanidad? El resto son colaboradores en distintos grados. Y además están los testigos –que cuentan historias de una gran crudeza–, los familiares de los fallecidos, los severos fiscales, los abogados defensores, que utilizan argucias para tratar de salvar a sus clientes, el tribunal, que debe emitir sentencia… La justicia evalúa con frialdad la barbarie. Emmanuel Carrère cubre el juicio y envía sus crónicas semanales a L'Obs. Esos textos son la base de este libro. En sus páginas encontramos la narración del juicio, la voz de las víctimas, los advenedizos que han tratado de hacerse pasar por víctimas, los héroes que ayudaron a detener a los criminales, los corrillos de los abogados, los detalles entre bambalinas… La dimensión humana y la dimensión política. El resultado: un volumen sobrecogedor y un testimonio necesario. El periodismo hecho literatura a través de la perspicaz mirada de Carrère.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679144</guid><pubDate>Wed, 19 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205137/9788433921420.mp3" length="1477545" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679144 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - V13: Crónica judicial Author: Emmanuel Carrère Narrator: Luis David García Márquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679144" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679144</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - V13: Crónica judicial Author: Emmanuel Carrère Narrator: Luis David García Márquez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 19, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  V13: viernes 13 de noviembre de 2015. En tres puntos diferentes de París se producen atentados yihadistas. El más grave es el de la sala Bataclan, donde están actuando los Eagles of Death Metal. El resultado de los ataques en el corazón de Francia es de ciento treinta muertos y más de cuatrocientos heridos. Años después, durante nueve meses –entre septiembre de 2021 y junio de 2022–, se celebra el juicio en el Palacio de Justicia de la capital. Hay catorce acusados: el principal es el único superviviente de entre los terroristas de Estado Islámico que participaron en la masacre. Sobrevivió porque no detonó su cinturón con explosivos. ¿Falló el mecanismo? ¿Tuvo miedo? ¿O quizá un fugaz momento de arrepentimiento y humanidad? El resto son colaboradores en distintos grados. Y además están los testigos –que cuentan historias de una gran crudeza–, los familiares de los fallecidos, los severos fiscales, los abogados defensores, que utilizan argucias para tratar de salvar a sus clientes, el tribunal, que debe emitir sentencia… La justicia evalúa con frialdad la barbarie. Emmanuel Carrère cubre el juicio y envía sus crónicas semanales a L'Obs. Esos textos son la base de este libro. En sus páginas encontramos la narración del juicio, la voz de las víctimas, los advenedizos que han tratado de hacerse pasar por víctimas, los héroes que ayudaron a detener a los criminales, los corrillos de los abogados, los detalles entre bambalinas… La dimensión humana y la dimensión política. El resultado: un volumen sobrecogedor y un testimonio necesario. El periodismo hecho literatura a través de la perspicaz mirada de Carrère.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/de200f1f75ae5baba502e7d389e50a6d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Wie man einen Drachen tötet: Handbuch für angehende Revolutionäre by Michail Chodorkowski</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-wie-man-einen-drachen-totet-handbuch-fur-angehende-revolutionare-by-michail-chodorkowski--65205083</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681970" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681970</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wie man einen Drachen tötet: Handbuch für angehende Revolutionäre Author: Michail Chodorkowski Narrator: Oliver Dupont Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Spätestens seit dem Beginn von Wladimir Putins zunehmend aggressivem Vernichtungskrieg gegen die Ukraine im Februar 2022 ist klar: Eine friedliche Weltordnung MIT Putin ist kaum denkbar. Doch wie kann ein totalitäres Regime beendet werden? Durch wen? Eher von innen oder von außen? Gäbe es überhaupt eine Chance auf einen einigermaßen friedlichen Machtwechsel? Und wer käme dann in Russland an die Macht – und wie würde diese aussehen? Diese drängenden Fragen werden nicht nur von Politikern und Entscheidungsträgern gestellt, sondern im Grunde von allen freiheitsliebenden Menschen in Russland und auf der ganzen Welt. Weit entfernt von jeglicher Besserwisserei, stellt der Autor in Wie man einen Drachen tötet unbequeme Fragen, wie z.B. die nach der Gewaltlosigkeit, und leitet die daraus resultierenden Handlungsoptionen ab. Damit will er keine Patentrezepte liefern, sondern eine längst überfällige Diskussion anstoßen sowie Lösungen für eine Umgestaltung des russischen Staates vorzuschlagen, die künftigen Machtmissbrauch verhindern würde. Das zentrale Argument des Buches ist, dass eine parlamentarische Republik mit einem sorgfältig austarierten System von Kontrollen und Gegengewichten das derzeitige Modell der russischen Staatlichkeit ersetzen muss, welches den Präsidenten mit einer außerordentlichen Fülle an Befugnissen ausstattet – und mit viel zu vielen Möglichkeiten, einseitige Entscheidungen zu treffen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681970</guid><pubDate>Mon, 17 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205083/9783863526191.mp3" length="1477617" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681970 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wie man einen Drachen tötet: Handbuch für angehende Revolutionäre Author: Michail Chodorkowski Narrator: Oliver Dupont Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681970" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681970</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wie man einen Drachen tötet: Handbuch für angehende Revolutionäre Author: Michail Chodorkowski Narrator: Oliver Dupont Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 4 minutes Release date: April 17, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Spätestens seit dem Beginn von Wladimir Putins zunehmend aggressivem Vernichtungskrieg gegen die Ukraine im Februar 2022 ist klar: Eine friedliche Weltordnung MIT Putin ist kaum denkbar. Doch wie kann ein totalitäres Regime beendet werden? Durch wen? Eher von innen oder von außen? Gäbe es überhaupt eine Chance auf einen einigermaßen friedlichen Machtwechsel? Und wer käme dann in Russland an die Macht – und wie würde diese aussehen? Diese drängenden Fragen werden nicht nur von Politikern und Entscheidungsträgern gestellt, sondern im Grunde von allen freiheitsliebenden Menschen in Russland und auf der ganzen Welt. Weit entfernt von jeglicher Besserwisserei, stellt der Autor in Wie man einen Drachen tötet unbequeme Fragen, wie z.B. die nach der Gewaltlosigkeit, und leitet die daraus resultierenden Handlungsoptionen ab. Damit will er keine Patentrezepte liefern, sondern eine längst überfällige Diskussion anstoßen sowie Lösungen für eine Umgestaltung des russischen Staates vorzuschlagen, die künftigen Machtmissbrauch verhindern würde. Das zentrale Argument des Buches ist, dass eine parlamentarische Republik mit einem sorgfältig austarierten System von Kontrollen und Gegengewichten das derzeitige Modell der russischen Staatlichkeit ersetzen muss, welches den Präsidenten mit einer außerordentlichen Fülle an Befugnissen ausstattet – und mit viel zu vielen Möglichkeiten, einseitige Entscheidungen zu treffen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bd2d16129258b42c245418bda369e9a1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Ein Hund namens Furz: Wie ein Pups die Welt rettete. by Marcello Buzzanca, Ana Rodic, Stefan Waidelich</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-ein-hund-namens-furz-wie-ein-pups-die-welt-rettete-by-marcello-buzzanca-ana-rodic-stefan-waidelich--65205216</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673532" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673532</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ein Hund namens Furz: Wie ein Pups die Welt rettete. Author: Marcello Buzzanca, Ana Rodic, Stefan Waidelich Narrator: Annika Foot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 15, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Das verrückteste Kinderbuch-Abenteuer seit es Drachen gibt. Wie ein kleiner Ritter auf den Hund kam, und er all seinen Mut zusammennahm, wie ein Pups fiese Außerirdische bezwang, und die Freundschaft des edlen König Arthur und seinem Hund Furz begann. Das alles wird im Buch beschrieben; lustig gereimt – ihr werdet es lieben! – liebevoll illustriert zum Staunen und Lachen, das verrückteste Abenteuer seit Ritter und Drachen. Ja, es wird gepupst und es geht drunter und drüber. Jeder tut´s, aber nur dieses Kinderbilderbuch redet darüber. Ihr solltet es verschenken, so schreitet zur Tat, damit euer Sprössling viel zum Kichern hat! Schnell noch auf den 'Jetzt kaufen'-Knopf drücken und die Kleinen mit diesem pupsenden Furzabenteuer entzücken!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673532</guid><pubDate>Sat, 15 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205216/4067248599204.mp3" length="997180" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673532 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ein Hund namens Furz: Wie ein Pups die Welt rettete. Author: Marcello Buzzanca, Ana Rodic, Stefan Waidelich Narrator: Annika Foot Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673532" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673532</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Ein Hund namens Furz: Wie ein Pups die Welt rettete. Author: Marcello Buzzanca, Ana Rodic, Stefan Waidelich Narrator: Annika Foot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 15, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Das verrückteste Kinderbuch-Abenteuer seit es Drachen gibt. Wie ein kleiner Ritter auf den Hund kam, und er all seinen Mut zusammennahm, wie ein Pups fiese Außerirdische bezwang, und die Freundschaft des edlen König Arthur und seinem Hund Furz begann. Das alles wird im Buch beschrieben; lustig gereimt – ihr werdet es lieben! – liebevoll illustriert zum Staunen und Lachen, das verrückteste Abenteuer seit Ritter und Drachen. Ja, es wird gepupst und es geht drunter und drüber. Jeder tut´s, aber nur dieses Kinderbilderbuch redet darüber. Ihr solltet es verschenken, so schreitet zur Tat, damit euer Sprössling viel zum Kichern hat! Schnell noch auf den 'Jetzt kaufen'-Knopf drücken und die Kleinen mit diesem pupsenden Furzabenteuer entzücken!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f50ddf7df359c8277875140eee5c5bc8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Big Men Fear Me: The Fast Life and Quick Death of Canada’s Most Powerful Media Mogul by Mark Bourrie</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/big-men-fear-me-the-fast-life-and-quick-death-of-canada-s-most-powerful-media-mogul-by-mark-bourrie--65205179</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676879" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676879</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Men Fear Me: The Fast Life and Quick Death of Canada’s Most Powerful Media Mogul Author: Mark Bourrie Narrator: Tom Lute Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 15, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The remarkable true story of the rise and fall of one of North America's most influential media moguls. When George McCullagh bought The Globe and The Mail and Empire and merged them into the Globe and Mail, the charismatic 31-year-old high school dropout had already made millions on the stock market. It was just the beginning of the meteoric rise of a man widely expected to one day be prime minister of Canada. But the charismatic McCullagh had a dark side. Dogged by the bipolar disorder that destroyed his political ambitions and eventually killed him, he was all but written out of history. It was a loss so significant that journalist Robert Fulford has called McCullagh’s biography 'one of the great unwritten books in Canadian history'—until now.  In Big Men Fear Me, award-winning historian Mark Bourrie tells the remarkable story of McCullagh’s inspirational rise and devastating fall, and with it sheds new light on the resurgence of populist politics, challenges to collective action, and attacks on the free press that characterize our own tumultuous era.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676879</guid><pubDate>Sat, 15 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205179/9781771965910.mp3" length="2437402" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676879 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Men Fear Me: The Fast Life and Quick Death of Canada’s Most Powerful Media Mogul Author: Mark Bourrie Narrator: Tom Lute Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676879" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676879</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Big Men Fear Me: The Fast Life and Quick Death of Canada’s Most Powerful Media Mogul Author: Mark Bourrie Narrator: Tom Lute Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 48 minutes Release date: April 15, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The remarkable true story of the rise and fall of one of North America's most influential media moguls. When George McCullagh bought The Globe and The Mail and Empire and merged them into the Globe and Mail, the charismatic 31-year-old high school dropout had already made millions on the stock market. It was just the beginning of the meteoric rise of a man widely expected to one day be prime minister of Canada. But the charismatic McCullagh had a dark side. Dogged by the bipolar disorder that destroyed his political ambitions and eventually killed him, he was all but written out of history. It was a loss so significant that journalist Robert Fulford has called McCullagh’s biography 'one of the great unwritten books in Canadian history'—until now.  In Big Men Fear Me, award-winning historian Mark Bourrie tells the remarkable story of McCullagh’s inspirational rise and devastating fall, and with it sheds new light on the resurgence of populist politics, challenges to collective action, and attacks on the free press that characterize our own tumultuous era.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/76e13d11f9fef1d6217a4c529bd8c71e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - 2100: Una historia del futuro. Claves geopolíticas y tecnológicas para entender el mundo que vivirán tus nietos by Borja Fernánd</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-2100-una-historia-del-futuro-claves-geopoliticas-y-tecnologicas-para-entender-el-mundo-que-viviran-tus-nietos-by-borja-fernand--65205111</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680806" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680806</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 2100: Una historia del futuro. Claves geopolíticas y tecnológicas para entender el mundo que vivirán tus nietos Author: Borja Fernández Zurrón Narrator: Aram Delhom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 15, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ¿Cuáles serán las grandes potencias del siglo XXI? ¿Cómo será el mundo del mañana? ¿Qué vivirán nuestros nietos? ¿El ser humano alcanzará la inmortalidad? 2100 se perfila como un escenario en el que un nuevo orden planetario desbancará a EE.UU. del primer puesto, y llevará a países como la India o a continentes como África a convertirse en las nuevas grandes potencias. Una sociedad donde la inteligencia artificial determinará nuestro día a día, los coches autónomos nos trasladarán sin piloto y los drones llevarán la compra a la azotea de nuestras casas tras visitar una tienda virtual. Es posible que asistamos a la boda de algún familiar con un androide, un implante cerebral nos diga cuál es nuestra presión arterial. Un mundo nuevo forjado a partir del desastre que vaticina el convulso tiempo en el que vivimos, pero que augura un futuro esperanzador, donde el ser humano pueda edificar de nuevo sus sueños. Borja F. Zurrón, autor de los conocidos canales de Youtube Memorias de Pez y Memorias de tiburón, nos dibuja en 2100:Una historia del futuro, cómo será el porvenir de la humanidad a 75 años vista. Un libro para entender las grandes revoluciones que se encuentran a la vuelta de la esquina y los increíbles cambios que darán forma al futuro que vivirán nuestros nietos. «Haría falta todo un cataclismo, un cisne negro de proporciones bíblicas para que Estados Unidos pierda su hegemonía mundial antes de 2050. Sin embargo, a un plazo mayor, con una China ya madura y militarmente capacitada y una India desarrollada que alcance los 2.000 millones de habitantes, el escenario se vuelve mucho más borroso».]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680806</guid><pubDate>Sat, 15 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205111/9788491399360.mp3" length="1477805" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680806 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 2100: Una historia del futuro. Claves geopolíticas y tecnológicas para entender el mundo que vivirán tus nietos Author: Borja Fernández...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680806" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/680806</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - 2100: Una historia del futuro. Claves geopolíticas y tecnológicas para entender el mundo que vivirán tus nietos Author: Borja Fernández Zurrón Narrator: Aram Delhom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 15, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ¿Cuáles serán las grandes potencias del siglo XXI? ¿Cómo será el mundo del mañana? ¿Qué vivirán nuestros nietos? ¿El ser humano alcanzará la inmortalidad? 2100 se perfila como un escenario en el que un nuevo orden planetario desbancará a EE.UU. del primer puesto, y llevará a países como la India o a continentes como África a convertirse en las nuevas grandes potencias. Una sociedad donde la inteligencia artificial determinará nuestro día a día, los coches autónomos nos trasladarán sin piloto y los drones llevarán la compra a la azotea de nuestras casas tras visitar una tienda virtual. Es posible que asistamos a la boda de algún familiar con un androide, un implante cerebral nos diga cuál es nuestra presión arterial. Un mundo nuevo forjado a partir del desastre que vaticina el convulso tiempo en el que vivimos, pero que augura un futuro esperanzador, donde el ser humano pueda edificar de nuevo sus sueños. Borja F. Zurrón, autor de los conocidos canales de Youtube Memorias de Pez y Memorias de tiburón, nos dibuja en 2100:Una historia del futuro, cómo será el porvenir de la humanidad a 75 años vista. Un libro para entender las grandes revoluciones que se encuentran a la vuelta de la esquina y los increíbles cambios que darán forma al futuro que vivirán nuestros nietos. «Haría falta todo un cataclismo, un cisne negro de proporciones bíblicas para que Estados Unidos pierda su hegemonía mundial antes de 2050. Sin embargo, a un plazo mayor, con una China ya madura y militarmente capacitada y una India desarrollada que alcance los 2.000 millones de habitantes, el escenario se vuelve mucho más borroso».]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a2f0c25c786cb3af72b8ebd0dfa26e4b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Create Contracts Clients Love by Verity White</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/create-contracts-clients-love-by-verity-white--65205166</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678821" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678821</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Create Contracts Clients Love Author: Verity White Narrator: Verity White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 13, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Discover how to craft delightful legal documents that will save you time, delight your clients, and elevate your brand experience. Maybe you're frustrated or embarrassed by your current contracts or you've tried automation before and it was a huge time suck with no tangible results. Inside this jam-packed book, you’ll learn how to design readable, digital contracts your clients will love. Stay ahead and stand out with flexible digital contracts Speed up your process and get your contracts working as hard as you do Boost your brand with contracts that elevate your customer experience Bonus: Access to contract templates Want to supercharge your contract design and get your online contracts up and running faster? This book comes with a suite of editable templates and examples ready to get you started sooner. Visit https://www.createcontractsclientslove.com/digital-resources  Meet your contract crafting sidekick, Verity. Hey there, I’m Verity! I’m the Founder and Chief Contract Enthusiast here at Checklist Legal and the author of the Create Contracts Clients Love. After 9+ years as a commercial lawyer, I’ve seen first-hand the struggles faced by lawyers, legal teams and business owners when it comes to contracts. So, I designed this book and resources to give you the tips and tricks to get you on the road to faster, user-friendly contracts. Expect tonnes of practical strategies, clear methods and useful frameworks to radically redesign your contract documents and processes to work as hard as you do… oh and fun along the way!! Ready to start designing delightful contracts? Let's do this!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678821</guid><pubDate>Thu, 13 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205166/9798823453820.mp3" length="2437174" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678821 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Create Contracts Clients Love Author: Verity White Narrator: Verity White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 18 minutes Release date: April...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678821" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678821</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Create Contracts Clients Love Author: Verity White Narrator: Verity White Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 18 minutes Release date: April 13, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Discover how to craft delightful legal documents that will save you time, delight your clients, and elevate your brand experience. Maybe you're frustrated or embarrassed by your current contracts or you've tried automation before and it was a huge time suck with no tangible results. Inside this jam-packed book, you’ll learn how to design readable, digital contracts your clients will love. Stay ahead and stand out with flexible digital contracts Speed up your process and get your contracts working as hard as you do Boost your brand with contracts that elevate your customer experience Bonus: Access to contract templates Want to supercharge your contract design and get your online contracts up and running faster? This book comes with a suite of editable templates and examples ready to get you started sooner. Visit https://www.createcontractsclientslove.com/digital-resources  Meet your contract crafting sidekick, Verity. Hey there, I’m Verity! I’m the Founder and Chief Contract Enthusiast here at Checklist Legal and the author of the Create Contracts Clients Love. After 9+ years as a commercial lawyer, I’ve seen first-hand the struggles faced by lawyers, legal teams and business owners when it comes to contracts. So, I designed this book and resources to give you the tips and tricks to get you on the road to faster, user-friendly contracts. Expect tonnes of practical strategies, clear methods and useful frameworks to radically redesign your contract documents and processes to work as hard as you do… oh and fun along the way!! Ready to start designing delightful contracts? Let's do this!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e27f2428a1da5cf0a577bd3a533cfc73.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Los 90: La década que amamos odiar by Tomás Balmaceda</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-los-90-la-decada-que-amamos-odiar-by-tomas-balmaceda--65205164</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676767" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676767</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los 90: La década que amamos odiar Author: Tomás Balmaceda Narrator: Tomás Balmaceda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 13, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Para algunos en el mejor de los sentidos, para otros en el peor, los 90 fueron años de cambios y también de nuevos paradigmas que  pusieron patas para arriba a la Argentina y al mundo, e iniciaron una  era de transformaciones vertiginosas tras la caída del Muro de Berlín.     Tomás Balmaceda es filósofo, docente universitario y periodista  especializado en nuevas tendencias -en los 90 transitó su propia  adolescencia, etapa clave para los descubrimientos-. En este libro, bajo  su mirada inquieta, inteligente e irónica, pasan las andanzas de dos  presidentes argentinos y dos estadounidense muy, pero muy especiales;  episodios de corrupción generalizada; privatizaciones brutales y  escandalosas; el último alzamiento militar; indultos a condenados por  crímenes de lesa humanidad; atentados contra la comunidad judía; el  asesinato de un reportero gráfico por fotografiar a un empresario  poderoso cuyo rostro hasta entonces nadie conocía; los sinsabores del  fútbol de la Selección; el 1 a 1 de la convertibilidad que nos convirtió  en nuevos ricos; canales privatizados y nuevos modos de hacer  televisión; los altibajos de Diego; la Reforma constitucional; el fin de  la colimba; la categoría celebrities llevada al extremo y más allá; la  pizza con champán y el sushi como nuevos manjares patrios; el diputrucho  y los menemtruchos; la aparición y evolución de los teléfonos celulares  e Internet, nada menos. Es decir, mucho de eso que hoy creemos que  estuvo siempre, empezó en los 90, años en los que se llegó a decir que estábamos ante el fin de la historia. Pero no. ¿O sí?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676767</guid><pubDate>Thu, 13 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205164/9789877804102.mp3" length="2437203" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676767 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los 90: La década que amamos odiar Author: Tomás Balmaceda Narrator: Tomás Balmaceda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676767" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676767</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los 90: La década que amamos odiar Author: Tomás Balmaceda Narrator: Tomás Balmaceda Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: April 13, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Para algunos en el mejor de los sentidos, para otros en el peor, los 90 fueron años de cambios y también de nuevos paradigmas que  pusieron patas para arriba a la Argentina y al mundo, e iniciaron una  era de transformaciones vertiginosas tras la caída del Muro de Berlín.     Tomás Balmaceda es filósofo, docente universitario y periodista  especializado en nuevas tendencias -en los 90 transitó su propia  adolescencia, etapa clave para los descubrimientos-. En este libro, bajo  su mirada inquieta, inteligente e irónica, pasan las andanzas de dos  presidentes argentinos y dos estadounidense muy, pero muy especiales;  episodios de corrupción generalizada; privatizaciones brutales y  escandalosas; el último alzamiento militar; indultos a condenados por  crímenes de lesa humanidad; atentados contra la comunidad judía; el  asesinato de un reportero gráfico por fotografiar a un empresario  poderoso cuyo rostro hasta entonces nadie conocía; los sinsabores del  fútbol de la Selección; el 1 a 1 de la convertibilidad que nos convirtió  en nuevos ricos; canales privatizados y nuevos modos de hacer  televisión; los altibajos de Diego; la Reforma constitucional; el fin de  la colimba; la categoría celebrities llevada al extremo y más allá; la  pizza con champán y el sushi como nuevos manjares patrios; el diputrucho  y los menemtruchos; la aparición y evolución de los teléfonos celulares  e Internet, nada menos. Es decir, mucho de eso que hoy creemos que  estuvo siempre, empezó en los 90, años en los que se llegó a decir que estábamos ante el fin de la historia. Pero no. ¿O sí?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cf1977fb7a17e24763a665703f725da4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Point of No Return: American Democracy at the Crossroads by Thomas Byrne Edsall</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-point-of-no-return-american-democracy-at-the-crossroads-by-thomas-byrne-edsall--65205263</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669684" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669684</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Point of No Return: American Democracy at the Crossroads Author: Thomas Byrne Edsall Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  After Donald Trump's rise to power, after the 2020 presidential election, after January 6, is American politics past the point of no return? New York Times columnist Thomas Byrne Edsall fears that the country may be headed over a cliff. In this compelling and illuminating book, Edsall documents how the Trump years ravaged the nation's politics, culture, and social order. He explains the demographic shifts that helped make Trump's election possible, and describes the racial and ethnic conflict, culture wars, rural/urban divide, diverging economies of red and blue states, and the transformation of both the Republican and Democratic parties that have left our politics in a state of permanent hostility. The Point of No Return brings together a series of Edsall's columns, bookended by a new introduction and conclusion, which show how we got to this dangerous point. These dispatches from our new political landscape chronicle the emergence of what Edsall calls 'the not-so-silent white majority' and show how Trump deployed fears about race and immigration to appeal to voters. Edsall examines Trump's construction of an alternate reality and discusses why we don't always vote according to our own self-interest. Considering the 2020 election and its violent aftermath, Edsall looks at the Capitol insurrection and warns that American democracy is under siege.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669684</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205263/9781696610964.mp3" length="14437266" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669684 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Point of No Return: American Democracy at the Crossroads Author: Thomas Byrne Edsall Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669684" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669684</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Point of No Return: American Democracy at the Crossroads Author: Thomas Byrne Edsall Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 38 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  After Donald Trump's rise to power, after the 2020 presidential election, after January 6, is American politics past the point of no return? New York Times columnist Thomas Byrne Edsall fears that the country may be headed over a cliff. In this compelling and illuminating book, Edsall documents how the Trump years ravaged the nation's politics, culture, and social order. He explains the demographic shifts that helped make Trump's election possible, and describes the racial and ethnic conflict, culture wars, rural/urban divide, diverging economies of red and blue states, and the transformation of both the Republican and Democratic parties that have left our politics in a state of permanent hostility. The Point of No Return brings together a series of Edsall's columns, bookended by a new introduction and conclusion, which show how we got to this dangerous point. These dispatches from our new political landscape chronicle the emergence of what Edsall calls 'the not-so-silent white majority' and show how Trump deployed fears about race and immigration to appeal to voters. Edsall examines Trump's construction of an alternate reality and discusses why we don't always vote according to our own self-interest. Considering the 2020 election and its violent aftermath, Edsall looks at the Capitol insurrection and warns that American democracy is under siege.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e9bbdf8f68ed066318eb21f3e750b390.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Breakthrough Community Change: A Guide to Creating Common Agendas That Change Everything by Paul Born</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/breakthrough-community-change-a-guide-to-creating-common-agendas-that-change-everything-by-paul-born--65205162</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676772" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676772</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breakthrough Community Change: A Guide to Creating Common Agendas That Change Everything Author: Paul Born Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Discover a powerful methodology for bringing communities together to uncover hidden assets and transform deep-rooted challenges. Veteran community organizer Paul Born's work has contributed to lowering cancer rates in Maine, improving mental health for young people in Florida, and reducing poverty rates in Canada by 20 percent. In this much-needed new book, he shares stories of how he was able to catalyze local communities and guide them to make significant progress on seemingly intractable community problems. Born has found that the secret to success is to organize and unite around a common agenda. This is not a list of topics, like a meeting agenda, nor a strategic plan. He offers a process for bringing leaders from businesses, human service organizations, and governments together with people who have a lived experience of a specific community problem. A common agenda is a statement of shared aspirations, a map of the assets in the community, and a road map for how to work together to make those aspirations a reality. Part I of this book describes how to identify your community's readiness for change; form leadership, action, and strategy teams; create a common agenda; and establish plans for community engagement. Part II presents the approaches and skill sets needed to do the work described in part I. Remarkably, enormous systemic problems such as climate change, poverty, disease, racism, housing, and many more issues can be best addressed at the local level. Communities can develop solutions tailored to their unique circumstances and can collaborate at a magnitude that can result in a truly transformative impact. This book shows how to make change happen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676772</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205162/9781663738288.mp3" length="2437263" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676772 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breakthrough Community Change: A Guide to Creating Common Agendas That Change Everything Author: Paul Born Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676772" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676772</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breakthrough Community Change: A Guide to Creating Common Agendas That Change Everything Author: Paul Born Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: April 11, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Discover a powerful methodology for bringing communities together to uncover hidden assets and transform deep-rooted challenges. Veteran community organizer Paul Born's work has contributed to lowering cancer rates in Maine, improving mental health for young people in Florida, and reducing poverty rates in Canada by 20 percent. In this much-needed new book, he shares stories of how he was able to catalyze local communities and guide them to make significant progress on seemingly intractable community problems. Born has found that the secret to success is to organize and unite around a common agenda. This is not a list of topics, like a meeting agenda, nor a strategic plan. He offers a process for bringing leaders from businesses, human service organizations, and governments together with people who have a lived experience of a specific community problem. A common agenda is a statement of shared aspirations, a map of the assets in the community, and a road map for how to work together to make those aspirations a reality. Part I of this book describes how to identify your community's readiness for change; form leadership, action, and strategy teams; create a common agenda; and establish plans for community engagement. Part II presents the approaches and skill sets needed to do the work described in part I. Remarkably, enormous systemic problems such as climate change, poverty, disease, racism, housing, and many more issues can be best addressed at the local level. Communities can develop solutions tailored to their unique circumstances and can collaborate at a magnitude that can result in a truly transformative impact. This book shows how to make change happen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bfcf6c05987b9f9214221e9c491a7778.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>You Might Go to Prison, Even Though You're Innocent by Justin Brooks</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-might-go-to-prison-even-though-you-re-innocent-by-justin-brooks--65205146</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671722" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671722</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Might Go to Prison, Even Though You're Innocent Author: Justin Brooks Narrator: Justin Brooks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: April  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Justin Brooks has spent his career freeing innocent people from prison. With You Might Go to Prison, Even Though You're Innocent, he offers up-close accounts of the cases he has fought, embedding them within a larger landscape of innocence claims and robust research on what we know about the causes of wrongful convictions. Putting listeners at the defense table, this book forces us to consider how any of us might be swept up in the system, whether we hired a bad lawyer, bear a slight resemblance to someone else in the world, or are not good with awkward silence. The stories of Brooks's cases and clients paint the picture of a broken justice system, one where innocence is no protection from incarceration or even the death penalty. Simultaneously relatable and disturbing, You Might Go to Prison, Even Though You're Innocent is essential listening for anyone who wants to better understand how injustice is served by our system.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671722</guid><pubDate>Tue, 04 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205146/9781666636031.mp3" length="1477589" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671722 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Might Go to Prison, Even Though You're Innocent Author: Justin Brooks Narrator: Justin Brooks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671722" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671722</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Might Go to Prison, Even Though You're Innocent Author: Justin Brooks Narrator: Justin Brooks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 51 minutes Release date: April  4, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Justin Brooks has spent his career freeing innocent people from prison. With You Might Go to Prison, Even Though You're Innocent, he offers up-close accounts of the cases he has fought, embedding them within a larger landscape of innocence claims and robust research on what we know about the causes of wrongful convictions. Putting listeners at the defense table, this book forces us to consider how any of us might be swept up in the system, whether we hired a bad lawyer, bear a slight resemblance to someone else in the world, or are not good with awkward silence. The stories of Brooks's cases and clients paint the picture of a broken justice system, one where innocence is no protection from incarceration or even the death penalty. Simultaneously relatable and disturbing, You Might Go to Prison, Even Though You're Innocent is essential listening for anyone who wants to better understand how injustice is served by our system.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ababf66bcb5f6fcddf1d75e628a2729a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Weltuntergang fällt aus - Warum die Wende der Klimakrise viel einfacher ist, als die meisten denken, und was jetzt zu tun ist (Un</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-weltuntergang-fallt-aus-warum-die-wende-der-klimakrise-viel-einfacher-ist-als-die-meisten-denken-und-was-jetzt-zu-tun-ist-un--65205187</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674639" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674639</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Weltuntergang fällt aus - Warum die Wende der Klimakrise viel einfacher ist, als die meisten denken, und was jetzt zu tun ist (Ungekürzte Autorenlesung) Author: Jan Hegenberg Narrator: Jan Hegenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: April  1, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Mal angenommen es war nicht früher alles besser - sondern wird es erst in der Zukunft: Wie würde die ideale Welt 2040 in Bezug auf fossile Brennstoffe, Mobilität und Ernährung aussehen? Und wäre sie auch praktisch umsetzbar? Jan Hegenberg zeigt in seinem Buch faktenbasiert, aber trotzdem mit einer ordentlichen Prise Humor, wie wir die Energiewende angehen können und wie Städte ohne Autos aussehen und funktionieren würden. Dabei seziert er genussvoll und unterhaltsam die Fehlinformationen, denen wir zu dem Thema Klimawende aufgesessen sind, und zeigt, wie gut wir 2040 klimaneutral leben können.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674639</guid><pubDate>Sat, 01 Apr 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205187/9783732408429.mp3" length="1477825" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674639 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Weltuntergang fällt aus - Warum die Wende der Klimakrise viel einfacher ist, als die meisten denken, und was jetzt zu tun ist (Ungekürzte...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674639" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674639</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Weltuntergang fällt aus - Warum die Wende der Klimakrise viel einfacher ist, als die meisten denken, und was jetzt zu tun ist (Ungekürzte Autorenlesung) Author: Jan Hegenberg Narrator: Jan Hegenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: April  1, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Mal angenommen es war nicht früher alles besser - sondern wird es erst in der Zukunft: Wie würde die ideale Welt 2040 in Bezug auf fossile Brennstoffe, Mobilität und Ernährung aussehen? Und wäre sie auch praktisch umsetzbar? Jan Hegenberg zeigt in seinem Buch faktenbasiert, aber trotzdem mit einer ordentlichen Prise Humor, wie wir die Energiewende angehen können und wie Städte ohne Autos aussehen und funktionieren würden. Dabei seziert er genussvoll und unterhaltsam die Fehlinformationen, denen wir zu dem Thema Klimawende aufgesessen sind, und zeigt, wie gut wir 2040 klimaneutral leben können.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ad82f82e019aa356c677cf4de85b40e6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Gentrification Is Inevitable and Other Lies by Leslie Kern</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/gentrification-is-inevitable-and-other-lies-by-leslie-kern--65205191</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676887" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676887</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gentrification Is Inevitable and Other Lies Author: Leslie Kern Narrator: Parmida Vand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 30, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the author of the best-selling Feminist City, this urbanite’s guide to gentrification knocks down the myths and exposes the forces behind the most urgent housing crisis of our time. Gentrification is no longer a phenomenon to be debated by geographers or downplayed by urban planners—it’s an experience lived and felt by working-class people everywhere. Leslie Kern travels to Toronto, Vancouver, New York, London, and Paris to look beyond the familiar and false stories we tell ourselves about class, money, and taste. What she brings back is an accessible, radical guide on the often-invisible forces that shape urban neighbourhoods: settler-colonialism, racism, sexism, ageism, ableism, and more. Gentrification is not inevitable if city lovers work together to turn the tide. Kern examines resistance strategies from around the world and calls for everyday actions that empower everyone, from displaced peoples to long-time settlers. We can mobilize, demand reparations, and rewrite the story from the ground up.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676887</guid><pubDate>Thu, 30 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205191/9781771135870.mp3" length="2437328" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676887 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gentrification Is Inevitable and Other Lies Author: Leslie Kern Narrator: Parmida Vand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676887" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676887</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Gentrification Is Inevitable and Other Lies Author: Leslie Kern Narrator: Parmida Vand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 30, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the author of the best-selling Feminist City, this urbanite’s guide to gentrification knocks down the myths and exposes the forces behind the most urgent housing crisis of our time. Gentrification is no longer a phenomenon to be debated by geographers or downplayed by urban planners—it’s an experience lived and felt by working-class people everywhere. Leslie Kern travels to Toronto, Vancouver, New York, London, and Paris to look beyond the familiar and false stories we tell ourselves about class, money, and taste. What she brings back is an accessible, radical guide on the often-invisible forces that shape urban neighbourhoods: settler-colonialism, racism, sexism, ageism, ableism, and more. Gentrification is not inevitable if city lovers work together to turn the tide. Kern examines resistance strategies from around the world and calls for everyday actions that empower everyone, from displaced peoples to long-time settlers. We can mobilize, demand reparations, and rewrite the story from the ground up.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/acde1f08c7813b7e8f23ec180aac7106.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Where To from Here: A Path to Canadian Prosperity by Bill Morneau</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/where-to-from-here-a-path-to-canadian-prosperity-by-bill-morneau--65205159</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674354" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674354</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where To from Here: A Path to Canadian Prosperity Author: Bill Morneau Narrator: Bill Morneau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 30, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Bill Morneau’s experience as Canada’s finance minister crystalized his vision for the country’s potential for growth and prosperity. Where To from Here looks backward with coolness and candor and forward with a fresh vision of all that Canada can — and must — become. Much of the world reacted with surprise and admiration to the results of the 2015 Canadian federal election and the makeup of the government it produced. Led by a young charismatic leader with a storied family legacy on Parliament Hill, the Liberal government scored a historic victory, rising from third-party status to substantial majority. With a gender-equal cabinet and an ambitious agenda, it heralded a new approach to the country’s federal politics.  After an exciting and productive five years spent focused on domestic and global issues, Finance Minister Bill Morneau decided to take his leave from the same government. What prompted him to abandon one of the most powerful political offices in the country? How much of his decision was based on the often brutal give-and-take of politics? When did the penny drop, persuading one of Trudeau’s brightest lights to shift his talents and energies elsewhere?  In his own persuasive voice, Bill Morneau paints a positive picture, tracing his widely lauded entry into the political arena, the arc of his career in politics, major accomplishments and missed opportunities, his surprising exit, and a host of revealing episodes between the events. Told with measures of both pride and regret, he explores personalities, achievements, and failures with candor.  Morneau’s experience crystalized his vision for Canada and its potential for growth and prosperity. He shares a vision clearly and provocatively expressed, drafting a blueprint for the country’s future. Where To from Here looks backward with coolness and candor and forward with a fresh vision of all that Canada can — and must — become.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674354</guid><pubDate>Thu, 30 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205159/9781778521751.mp3" length="2437444" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674354 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where To from Here: A Path to Canadian Prosperity Author: Bill Morneau Narrator: Bill Morneau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 50 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674354" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674354</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Where To from Here: A Path to Canadian Prosperity Author: Bill Morneau Narrator: Bill Morneau Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 30, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Bill Morneau’s experience as Canada’s finance minister crystalized his vision for the country’s potential for growth and prosperity. Where To from Here looks backward with coolness and candor and forward with a fresh vision of all that Canada can — and must — become. Much of the world reacted with surprise and admiration to the results of the 2015 Canadian federal election and the makeup of the government it produced. Led by a young charismatic leader with a storied family legacy on Parliament Hill, the Liberal government scored a historic victory, rising from third-party status to substantial majority. With a gender-equal cabinet and an ambitious agenda, it heralded a new approach to the country’s federal politics.  After an exciting and productive five years spent focused on domestic and global issues, Finance Minister Bill Morneau decided to take his leave from the same government. What prompted him to abandon one of the most powerful political offices in the country? How much of his decision was based on the often brutal give-and-take of politics? When did the penny drop, persuading one of Trudeau’s brightest lights to shift his talents and energies elsewhere?  In his own persuasive voice, Bill Morneau paints a positive picture, tracing his widely lauded entry into the political arena, the arc of his career in politics, major accomplishments and missed opportunities, his surprising exit, and a host of revealing episodes between the events. Told with measures of both pride and regret, he explores personalities, achievements, and failures with candor.  Morneau’s experience crystalized his vision for Canada and its potential for growth and prosperity. He shares a vision clearly and provocatively expressed, drafting a blueprint for the country’s future. Where To from Here looks backward with coolness and candor and forward with a fresh vision of all that Canada can — and must — become.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cd7cf960e7c04bf22a0a1a7874cb2728.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Nova Apostila by Teixeira De Freitas</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-nova-apostila-by-teixeira-de-freitas--65205100</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678174" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678174</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nova Apostila Author: Teixeira De Freitas Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 29, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Não há dúvida: trata-se de verdadeira aula de teoria geral do Direito Civil, mas não de uma qualquer. É aula de mestre, de gênio. Se Augusto Teixeira de Freitas, nascido em 1816 e falecido em 1883, é quase unanimemente considerado o maior dos juristas brasileiros, a Nova Apostila, que o leitor tem em mãos, é seguramente um de seus textos mais brilhantes'. (Giordano Bruno | UFMG)]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678174</guid><pubDate>Wed, 29 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205100/9786525275949.mp3" length="1477493" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678174 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nova Apostila Author: Teixeira De Freitas Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678174" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678174</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Nova Apostila Author: Teixeira De Freitas Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 29, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Não há dúvida: trata-se de verdadeira aula de teoria geral do Direito Civil, mas não de uma qualquer. É aula de mestre, de gênio. Se Augusto Teixeira de Freitas, nascido em 1816 e falecido em 1883, é quase unanimemente considerado o maior dos juristas brasileiros, a Nova Apostila, que o leitor tem em mãos, é seguramente um de seus textos mais brilhantes'. (Giordano Bruno | UFMG)]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/231178d2e4aa213f1c7bee23f9de887f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>50 States of Mind: A Journey to Discover American Democracy by Ryan Bernsten</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/50-states-of-mind-a-journey-to-discover-american-democracy-by-ryan-bernsten--65205177</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676732" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676732</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50 States of Mind: A Journey to Discover American Democracy Author: Ryan Bernsten Narrator: Ryan Bernsten Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Is America as divided as it seems? As a graduate student at Oxford, Ryan Bernsten undertook a 23,000-mile journey through all 50 states to look beyond the news cycles and see his home country from the ground. Following in the footsteps of Alexis de Tocqueville, Bernsten leads with the desire to listen and find common humanity in Americans he meets across the country.  Bernsten ultimately offers a hopeful vision for the future of America, as he embarks on a search for meaning and reflects on what it means to be American. This book is a companion to the podcast 50 States of Mind which showcases interviews from the journey and is available on all podcast platforms.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676732</guid><pubDate>Thu, 23 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205177/9781739310752.mp3" length="2437226" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676732 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50 States of Mind: A Journey to Discover American Democracy Author: Ryan Bernsten Narrator: Ryan Bernsten Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676732" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676732</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 50 States of Mind: A Journey to Discover American Democracy Author: Ryan Bernsten Narrator: Ryan Bernsten Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Is America as divided as it seems? As a graduate student at Oxford, Ryan Bernsten undertook a 23,000-mile journey through all 50 states to look beyond the news cycles and see his home country from the ground. Following in the footsteps of Alexis de Tocqueville, Bernsten leads with the desire to listen and find common humanity in Americans he meets across the country.  Bernsten ultimately offers a hopeful vision for the future of America, as he embarks on a search for meaning and reflects on what it means to be American. This book is a companion to the podcast 50 States of Mind which showcases interviews from the journey and is available on all podcast platforms.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f2d168daf6bd5a39fa8b4f1bc2fb856d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Psicologia Social e Lutas Anticapitalistas: diálogo com Projeto Ético-Político do Serviço Social by Rogério Lustosa Bastos</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-psicologia-social-e-lutas-anticapitalistas-dialogo-com-projeto-etico-politico-do-servico-social-by-rogerio-lustosa-bastos--65205128</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676664" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676664</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Psicologia Social e Lutas Anticapitalistas: diálogo com Projeto Ético-Político do Serviço Social Author: Rogério Lustosa Bastos Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 22, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  O livro que agora chega às mãos dos/as leitores/as é o resultado de um esforço coletivo dos/as professores/as Rogério Lustosa Bastos, Lizete Quelha de Souza, Mably Trindade, José Augusto Bisneto, João Batista Rezende e do assistente social Roberto Rodrigues Ribeiro. O título desta coletânea – Psicologia Social e Lutas Anticapitalistas: diálogo com o Projeto Ético-Político do Serviço Social – denota a intenção dos/as organizadores/as deste volume: provocar um debate entre a Psicologia e o Serviço Social a partir das lutas anticapitalistas, parametrado pelo Projeto Ético-Político do Serviço Social (PEP). Embora a centralidade do livro seja a Psicologia Social, a sua vinculação medular com as lutas anticapitalistas – um dos princípios do Projeto Ético-Político do Serviço Social, manifesto no seu compromisso com a classe trabalhadora e os processos emancipatórios na perspectiva de uma sociedade igualitária – perpassa toda a obra. Os diálogos aqui apresentados são preciosos. Espero que desbordem em profícuos debates, enriquecendo ambas as profissões e encharcando o Projeto Ético-Político do Serviço Social de novos subsídios para o enfrentamento dos desafios que se apresentam para aqueles/as comprometidos/as com as lutas anticapitalistas e que não se deixam enganar por eflúvios pós-modernos travestidos de marxismo. Janete Luzia Leite (Professora Titular ESS/UFRJ)]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676664</guid><pubDate>Wed, 22 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205128/9786525271439.mp3" length="1477685" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676664 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Psicologia Social e Lutas Anticapitalistas: diálogo com Projeto Ético-Político do Serviço Social Author: Rogério Lustosa Bastos...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676664" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676664</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Psicologia Social e Lutas Anticapitalistas: diálogo com Projeto Ético-Político do Serviço Social Author: Rogério Lustosa Bastos Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 22, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  O livro que agora chega às mãos dos/as leitores/as é o resultado de um esforço coletivo dos/as professores/as Rogério Lustosa Bastos, Lizete Quelha de Souza, Mably Trindade, José Augusto Bisneto, João Batista Rezende e do assistente social Roberto Rodrigues Ribeiro. O título desta coletânea – Psicologia Social e Lutas Anticapitalistas: diálogo com o Projeto Ético-Político do Serviço Social – denota a intenção dos/as organizadores/as deste volume: provocar um debate entre a Psicologia e o Serviço Social a partir das lutas anticapitalistas, parametrado pelo Projeto Ético-Político do Serviço Social (PEP). Embora a centralidade do livro seja a Psicologia Social, a sua vinculação medular com as lutas anticapitalistas – um dos princípios do Projeto Ético-Político do Serviço Social, manifesto no seu compromisso com a classe trabalhadora e os processos emancipatórios na perspectiva de uma sociedade igualitária – perpassa toda a obra. Os diálogos aqui apresentados são preciosos. Espero que desbordem em profícuos debates, enriquecendo ambas as profissões e encharcando o Projeto Ético-Político do Serviço Social de novos subsídios para o enfrentamento dos desafios que se apresentam para aqueles/as comprometidos/as com as lutas anticapitalistas e que não se deixam enganar por eflúvios pós-modernos travestidos de marxismo. Janete Luzia Leite (Professora Titular ESS/UFRJ)]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/49d5a250610e0e237065ab660b023904.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Jenseits von Putin: Russlands toxische Gesellschaft by Thomas Franke, Gesine Dornblüth</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-jenseits-von-putin-russlands-toxische-gesellschaft-by-thomas-franke-gesine-dornbluth--65205163</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672875" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672875</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Jenseits von Putin: Russlands toxische Gesellschaft Author: Thomas Franke, Gesine Dornblüth Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Als Russland am 24. Februar 2022 die Ukraine angriff, schien das großen Teilen der russischen Gesellschaft egal zu sein. Das ist nicht überraschend. Seit Jahren wird das russische Expansionsstreben davon begleitet, dass gesellschaftlich das Recht des Stärkeren gilt. Gewalt wird von vielen als Mittel der Politik akzeptiert. Gesine Dornblüth und Thomas Franke erklären, wie es dazu kommen konnte. Ihre Reportagen und Analysen führen uns durch drei Jahrzehnte, in denen nationalistische Kräfte über Verfechter demokratischer Werte die Oberhand gewannen. Dabei wird deutlich: Der zukünftige Frieden in Europa hängt davon ab, ob wir Russlands Gesellschaft richtig verstehen und entsprechend handeln.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672875</guid><pubDate>Mon, 20 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205163/9783987851988.mp3" length="1477595" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672875 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Jenseits von Putin: Russlands toxische Gesellschaft Author: Thomas Franke, Gesine Dornblüth Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672875" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672875</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Jenseits von Putin: Russlands toxische Gesellschaft Author: Thomas Franke, Gesine Dornblüth Narrator: Klaus B. Wolf Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: March 20, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Als Russland am 24. Februar 2022 die Ukraine angriff, schien das großen Teilen der russischen Gesellschaft egal zu sein. Das ist nicht überraschend. Seit Jahren wird das russische Expansionsstreben davon begleitet, dass gesellschaftlich das Recht des Stärkeren gilt. Gewalt wird von vielen als Mittel der Politik akzeptiert. Gesine Dornblüth und Thomas Franke erklären, wie es dazu kommen konnte. Ihre Reportagen und Analysen führen uns durch drei Jahrzehnte, in denen nationalistische Kräfte über Verfechter demokratischer Werte die Oberhand gewannen. Dabei wird deutlich: Der zukünftige Frieden in Europa hängt davon ab, ob wir Russlands Gesellschaft richtig verstehen und entsprechend handeln.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>th</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b4552c7ca4175bb0ac4e14a1fc11edfb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Las siete mafias chilangas: ¿Quiénes realmente gobiernan realmente la CDMX? by Sandra Romandía</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-las-siete-mafias-chilangas-quienes-realmente-gobiernan-realmente-la-cdmx-by-sandra-romandia--65205265</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673442" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673442</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las siete mafias chilangas: ¿Quiénes realmente gobiernan realmente la CDMX? Author: Sandra Romandía Narrator: Rafa Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: March 16, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La vida cotidiana de los chilangos no está regida por las leyes. Está regida por las mafias.  Día a día, lo sepan o no, los habitantes de la capital del país se someten a los dictados de mafiosos del agua, gangsters de los mercados, pandilleros del comercio, líderes de ambulantes, transportistas piratas, cárteles inmobiliarios, sindicatos tenebrosos y tratantes de personas… además de la delincuencia común. En la ciudad que alberga los poderes de la Unión, no se mueve una hoja sin que las mafias lo decidan. En esta obra, un grupo de periodistas de investigación analiza los siete flagelos a partir de los cuales se entiende el tamaño del problema. Van desentrañando, reportaje a reportaje, cómo es que el desastre actual del Metro –por ejemplo– sólo se explica a la luz de las facciones que se lo disputan; o cómo es que este pandemónium existe y se fortalece gracias al poder articulador del narcotráfico y la gigantesca y jugosa complicidad de las autoridades establecidas.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673442</guid><pubDate>Thu, 16 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205265/9786073829458.mp3" length="2437242" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673442 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las siete mafias chilangas: ¿Quiénes realmente gobiernan realmente la CDMX? Author: Sandra Romandía Narrator: Rafa Serrano Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673442" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673442</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las siete mafias chilangas: ¿Quiénes realmente gobiernan realmente la CDMX? Author: Sandra Romandía Narrator: Rafa Serrano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 41 minutes Release date: March 16, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La vida cotidiana de los chilangos no está regida por las leyes. Está regida por las mafias.  Día a día, lo sepan o no, los habitantes de la capital del país se someten a los dictados de mafiosos del agua, gangsters de los mercados, pandilleros del comercio, líderes de ambulantes, transportistas piratas, cárteles inmobiliarios, sindicatos tenebrosos y tratantes de personas… además de la delincuencia común. En la ciudad que alberga los poderes de la Unión, no se mueve una hoja sin que las mafias lo decidan. En esta obra, un grupo de periodistas de investigación analiza los siete flagelos a partir de los cuales se entiende el tamaño del problema. Van desentrañando, reportaje a reportaje, cómo es que el desastre actual del Metro –por ejemplo– sólo se explica a la luz de las facciones que se lo disputan; o cómo es que este pandemónium existe y se fortalece gracias al poder articulador del narcotráfico y la gigantesca y jugosa complicidad de las autoridades establecidas.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/368d3257b9f38adf6eaace990dbf8a64.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Unshackled by Paul T. Llewellyn</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/unshackled-by-paul-t-llewellyn--65205226</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676307" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676307</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unshackled Author: Paul T. Llewellyn Narrator: Rory Barnett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 16, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Most lawyers enter the legal profession with laudable aspirations, but for many, those aspirations soon turn to disappointment, dissatisfaction, and burnout. From how we train lawyers and bill our clients to how we service clients and market ourselves, the legal system is long overdue for a wake-up call. As lawyers, we are failing ourselves and our clients.  But it doesn’t have to be this way. Change is possible, even extremely achievable, but momentum must begin within.  In Unshackled, Paul Llewellyn reimagines the practice of law as a more humane and human-centered career, presenting a practical plan for improving the lives of lawyers and, in turn, improving their results and client satisfaction. After practicing criminal and civil law in England and California, Paul brings a unique perspective to an age-old problem: how to update an outdated system. A must-read for every lawyer and aspiring lawyer, Unshackled is a call to action for establishing a more service-oriented and satisfying profession.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676307</guid><pubDate>Thu, 16 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205226/9781544538013.mp3" length="2437160" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676307 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unshackled Author: Paul T. Llewellyn Narrator: Rory Barnett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 16, 2023...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676307" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676307</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unshackled Author: Paul T. Llewellyn Narrator: Rory Barnett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 16, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Most lawyers enter the legal profession with laudable aspirations, but for many, those aspirations soon turn to disappointment, dissatisfaction, and burnout. From how we train lawyers and bill our clients to how we service clients and market ourselves, the legal system is long overdue for a wake-up call. As lawyers, we are failing ourselves and our clients.  But it doesn’t have to be this way. Change is possible, even extremely achievable, but momentum must begin within.  In Unshackled, Paul Llewellyn reimagines the practice of law as a more humane and human-centered career, presenting a practical plan for improving the lives of lawyers and, in turn, improving their results and client satisfaction. After practicing criminal and civil law in England and California, Paul brings a unique perspective to an age-old problem: how to update an outdated system. A must-read for every lawyer and aspiring lawyer, Unshackled is a call to action for establishing a more service-oriented and satisfying profession.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/de461eadcd0f22d18207b3edf0df28d5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Haitian Migrants by Berlin Julien Theodore</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/haitian-migrants-by-berlin-julien-theodore--65205172</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676303" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676303</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Haitian Migrants Author: Berlin Julien Theodore Narrator: Coby Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 16, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This book will address the background and legal framework for U.S. interdiction policy and the protection screenings applied to interdicted Haitian migrants. It will also explore the protection screenings applied to other migrants on the high seas and analyze whether the screening policy should be changed to a universal standard by which all nationalities are screened consistently.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676303</guid><pubDate>Thu, 16 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205172/9798823451987.mp3" length="1477585" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676303 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Haitian Migrants Author: Berlin Julien Theodore Narrator: Coby Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 16,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676303" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676303</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Haitian Migrants Author: Berlin Julien Theodore Narrator: Coby Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: March 16, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This book will address the background and legal framework for U.S. interdiction policy and the protection screenings applied to interdicted Haitian migrants. It will also explore the protection screenings applied to other migrants on the high seas and analyze whether the screening policy should be changed to a universal standard by which all nationalities are screened consistently.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ec4312fd393333c79768c443b37194d3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Mach keinen Quatsch: Wie drei unerschrockene Freunde eines der erfolgreichsten Start-ups der Welt aufgebaut haben by Daniel Stamm</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-mach-keinen-quatsch-wie-drei-unerschrockene-freunde-eines-der-erfolgreichsten-start-ups-der-welt-aufgebaut-haben-by-daniel-stamm--65205198</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674665" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674665</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mach keinen Quatsch: Wie drei unerschrockene Freunde eines der erfolgreichsten Start-ups der Welt aufgebaut haben Author: Daniel Stammler, Oliver Löffler, Janosch Kühn Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 15, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  »Mach keinen Quatsch« ist die unglaubliche und atemberaubende Erzählung von drei Jungen aus der Provinz, die eines der erfolgreichsten deutschen Start-ups aufgebaut haben. Daniel, der Stratege. Janosch, der Strippenzieher. Und Oliver, der gelassene Coder. Ihre Freundschaft hält den Laden zusammen. Was sie nicht können, lernen sie schnell. No limits! Ehrlich, sympathisch und auf den Punkt erzählen sie ihre Geschichte. Mit dem Abstand, den sie in den wilden Zeiten ihres Start-ups nie hatten. Das Spiel: Idle Miner Tycoon. 150 Millionen Spieler weltweit. Eine Geschichte, die man so nie erfinden könnte. Eine Geschichte, von der alle Start-ups träumen, wenn sie auf die Reise gehen. Drei junge Studenten in Karlsruhe. Studium, erste Start-up-Erfahrungen. In ihrer WG herrscht Enge. Bewerbungsgespräche  erden im kleinen Badezimmer geführt. Pizzaschachteln stapeln sich an der Eingangstür. Die drei versuchen die ganz große Nummer. Ein Handyspiel für die ganze Welt. Größenwahn, sagen die einen. Inkompetent, die anderen. Investoren blocken ab. Wird eh nichts. Die Szene belächelt sie. Doch das spornt sie an. Unerschrocken, unbeirrbar, volle Pulle. Erste kleine Erfolge. Jeden Tag werden es mehr Spieler. Jede User-Reaktionen wird akribisch bearbeitet. Dann der Umzug nach Berlin. Ihre Büros werden zweimal ausgeraubt. Egal, weiter! Die Firma wächst schneller, als alle es erwarten würden, immer nach dem Motto: Mach keinen Quatsch! Am Ende in der Suite eines Londoner Nobelhotels. Firma und Spiel sind verkauft. Neue Türen gehen auf. Ab in ein neues Abenteuer.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674665</guid><pubDate>Wed, 15 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205198/9783867747660.mp3" length="1477759" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674665 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mach keinen Quatsch: Wie drei unerschrockene Freunde eines der erfolgreichsten Start-ups der Welt aufgebaut haben Author: Daniel Stammler,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674665" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674665</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Mach keinen Quatsch: Wie drei unerschrockene Freunde eines der erfolgreichsten Start-ups der Welt aufgebaut haben Author: Daniel Stammler, Oliver Löffler, Janosch Kühn Narrator: Michael J. Diekmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 15, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  »Mach keinen Quatsch« ist die unglaubliche und atemberaubende Erzählung von drei Jungen aus der Provinz, die eines der erfolgreichsten deutschen Start-ups aufgebaut haben. Daniel, der Stratege. Janosch, der Strippenzieher. Und Oliver, der gelassene Coder. Ihre Freundschaft hält den Laden zusammen. Was sie nicht können, lernen sie schnell. No limits! Ehrlich, sympathisch und auf den Punkt erzählen sie ihre Geschichte. Mit dem Abstand, den sie in den wilden Zeiten ihres Start-ups nie hatten. Das Spiel: Idle Miner Tycoon. 150 Millionen Spieler weltweit. Eine Geschichte, die man so nie erfinden könnte. Eine Geschichte, von der alle Start-ups träumen, wenn sie auf die Reise gehen. Drei junge Studenten in Karlsruhe. Studium, erste Start-up-Erfahrungen. In ihrer WG herrscht Enge. Bewerbungsgespräche  erden im kleinen Badezimmer geführt. Pizzaschachteln stapeln sich an der Eingangstür. Die drei versuchen die ganz große Nummer. Ein Handyspiel für die ganze Welt. Größenwahn, sagen die einen. Inkompetent, die anderen. Investoren blocken ab. Wird eh nichts. Die Szene belächelt sie. Doch das spornt sie an. Unerschrocken, unbeirrbar, volle Pulle. Erste kleine Erfolge. Jeden Tag werden es mehr Spieler. Jede User-Reaktionen wird akribisch bearbeitet. Dann der Umzug nach Berlin. Ihre Büros werden zweimal ausgeraubt. Egal, weiter! Die Firma wächst schneller, als alle es erwarten würden, immer nach dem Motto: Mach keinen Quatsch! Am Ende in der Suite eines Londoner Nobelhotels. Firma und Spiel sind verkauft. Neue Türen gehen auf. Ab in ein neues Abenteuer.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3f53891790cdec3b7525c73fcd7833bc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Haitian Nobility by Berlin Julien Theodore</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/haitian-nobility-by-berlin-julien-theodore--65205147</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676299" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676299</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Haitian Nobility Author: Berlin Julien Theodore Narrator: Coby Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 15, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The main focus of this text details the establishment of the Haitian Nobility from the Empire and Kingdom of Haiti. The text highlights the lives of Emperors Jacques the First, Henry the First and Soulouque the First. Emperor Jacques the First ruled over the First Empire of Haiti from 1804 until his assassination in 1806. His Royal Majesty, Henry the First ruled the Kingdom of Haiti after having previously ruled as president of the State. Emperor Soulouque the First, re-established the monarchy and the Empire.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676299</guid><pubDate>Wed, 15 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205147/9798823451789.mp3" length="1477545" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676299 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Haitian Nobility Author: Berlin Julien Theodore Narrator: Coby Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 15,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676299" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676299</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Haitian Nobility Author: Berlin Julien Theodore Narrator: Coby Allen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 15, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The main focus of this text details the establishment of the Haitian Nobility from the Empire and Kingdom of Haiti. The text highlights the lives of Emperors Jacques the First, Henry the First and Soulouque the First. Emperor Jacques the First ruled over the First Empire of Haiti from 1804 until his assassination in 1806. His Royal Majesty, Henry the First ruled the Kingdom of Haiti after having previously ruled as president of the State. Emperor Soulouque the First, re-established the monarchy and the Empire.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/45e00d7cabc4ec8ff693f0368c9a9db3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>At Canaan's Edge: America in the King Years 1965-68 by Taylor Branch</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/at-canaan-s-edge-america-in-the-king-years-1965-68-by-taylor-branch--65205241</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670779" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670779</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: At Canaan's Edge: America in the King Years 1965-68 Author: Taylor Branch Narrator: Leon Nixon, Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 34 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  At Canaan’s Edge: America in the King Years, 1965-68 is the final volume in Taylor Branch's magnificent history of America in the years of the Civil Rights Movement and Vietnam War, recognized universally as the definitive account and ultimate recognition of Martin Luther King's heroic place in the nation's history. The final volume of Taylor Branch's monumental, much honored, and definitive history of the Civil Rights Movement (America in the King Years), At Canaan's Edge covers the final years of King's struggle to hold his non-violent movement together in the face of factionalism within the Movement, hostility and harassment of the Johnson Administration, the country torn apart by Vietnam, and his own attempt (and failure) to take the Freedom Movement north.   At Canaan's Edge traces a seminal era in our defining national story, freedom. The narrative resumes in Selma, crucible of the voting rights struggle for black people across the South. The time is early 1965, when the modern Civil Rights Movement enters its second decade since the Supreme Court's Brown decision declared segregation by race a violation of the Constitution.   From Selma, King's non-violent Movement is under threat from competing forces inside and outside. Branch chronicles the dramatic voting rights drives in Mississippi and Alabama, Meredith's murder, the challenge to King from the Johnson Administration and the FBI and other enemies. When King tries to bring his Movement north (to Chicago), he falters. Finally we reach Memphis, the garbage strike, King's assassination.   Branch's magnificent trilogy makes clear why the Civil Rights Movement, and indeed King's leadership, are among the nation's enduring achievements.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670779</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205241/9781508298878.mp3" length="1477697" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670779 to listen full audiobooks. Title: At Canaan's Edge: America in the King Years 1965-68 Author: Taylor Branch Narrator: Leon Nixon, Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 34...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670779" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670779</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: At Canaan's Edge: America in the King Years 1965-68 Author: Taylor Branch Narrator: Leon Nixon, Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 34 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 14, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  At Canaan’s Edge: America in the King Years, 1965-68 is the final volume in Taylor Branch's magnificent history of America in the years of the Civil Rights Movement and Vietnam War, recognized universally as the definitive account and ultimate recognition of Martin Luther King's heroic place in the nation's history. The final volume of Taylor Branch's monumental, much honored, and definitive history of the Civil Rights Movement (America in the King Years), At Canaan's Edge covers the final years of King's struggle to hold his non-violent movement together in the face of factionalism within the Movement, hostility and harassment of the Johnson Administration, the country torn apart by Vietnam, and his own attempt (and failure) to take the Freedom Movement north.   At Canaan's Edge traces a seminal era in our defining national story, freedom. The narrative resumes in Selma, crucible of the voting rights struggle for black people across the South. The time is early 1965, when the modern Civil Rights Movement enters its second decade since the Supreme Court's Brown decision declared segregation by race a violation of the Constitution.   From Selma, King's non-violent Movement is under threat from competing forces inside and outside. Branch chronicles the dramatic voting rights drives in Mississippi and Alabama, Meredith's murder, the challenge to King from the Johnson Administration and the FBI and other enemies. When King tries to bring his Movement north (to Chicago), he falters. Finally we reach Memphis, the garbage strike, King's assassination.   Branch's magnificent trilogy makes clear why the Civil Rights Movement, and indeed King's leadership, are among the nation's enduring achievements.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a44f0ceb299b1a3835af77f1553cc361.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Das kleine Handbuch des vernünftigen Investierens: An der Börse endlich sichere Gewinne erzielen by John C. Bogle</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-das-kleine-handbuch-des-vernunftigen-investierens-an-der-borse-endlich-sichere-gewinne-erzielen-by-john-c-bogle--65205232</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671030" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671030</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das kleine Handbuch des vernünftigen Investierens: An der Börse endlich sichere Gewinne erzielen Author: John C. Bogle Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: March 13, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Wie investiere ich intelligent und gleichzeitig möglichst günstig am Aktienmarkt? John Bogle hat die Antwort darauf in seinem Handbuch kompakt zusammengefasst. Das Zauberwort heißt: ETFs  Exchange Traded Funds. Zum ersten Mal erklärt der Erfinder der ETFs anschaulich und für jeden verständlich, wie man sein Geld mit so wenig Aufwand und Kosten wie möglich anlegen und gleichzeitig auch noch eine stabile und langfristige Rendite erzielen kann. Der weltweit anerkannte Unternehmer und Aktienexperte vermittelt nicht nur, wie ETFs funktionieren, sondern erklärt  auch, was bei der Auswahl zu berücksichtigen ist und wie man mit der richtigen Strategie ETFs zur Grundlage einer soliden Altersvorsorge und sicheren Geldanlage machen kann. Die komplett überarbeitete Ausgabe des Bestsellers erstmals auf Deutsch!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671030</guid><pubDate>Mon, 13 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205232/9783986093938.mp3" length="1477683" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671030 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das kleine Handbuch des vernünftigen Investierens: An der Börse endlich sichere Gewinne erzielen Author: John C. Bogle Narrator: Sebastian...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671030" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671030</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das kleine Handbuch des vernünftigen Investierens: An der Börse endlich sichere Gewinne erzielen Author: John C. Bogle Narrator: Sebastian Pappenberger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: March 13, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Wie investiere ich intelligent und gleichzeitig möglichst günstig am Aktienmarkt? John Bogle hat die Antwort darauf in seinem Handbuch kompakt zusammengefasst. Das Zauberwort heißt: ETFs  Exchange Traded Funds. Zum ersten Mal erklärt der Erfinder der ETFs anschaulich und für jeden verständlich, wie man sein Geld mit so wenig Aufwand und Kosten wie möglich anlegen und gleichzeitig auch noch eine stabile und langfristige Rendite erzielen kann. Der weltweit anerkannte Unternehmer und Aktienexperte vermittelt nicht nur, wie ETFs funktionieren, sondern erklärt  auch, was bei der Auswahl zu berücksichtigen ist und wie man mit der richtigen Strategie ETFs zur Grundlage einer soliden Altersvorsorge und sicheren Geldanlage machen kann. Die komplett überarbeitete Ausgabe des Bestsellers erstmals auf Deutsch!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>nftigen</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/17e83070da9cdd5fcb585c6e52463285.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Liderazgo: Seis estudios sobre estrategia mundial by Henry Kissinger</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-liderazgo-seis-estudios-sobre-estrategia-mundial-by-henry-kissinger--65205233</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672488" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672488</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Liderazgo: Seis estudios sobre estrategia mundial Author: Henry Kissinger Narrator: Roger Vidal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 57 minutes Release date: March  9, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Henry Kissinger analiza cómo seis líderes extraordinarios, a los que conoció de cerca, dieron forma a sus países y al mundo que hoy conocemos.  «Pretende ser un manual para los líderes de hoy y de mañana». The New Statesman  Henry Kissinger, uno de los principales estrategas políticos del siglo xx, analiza en este nuevo libro los perfiles de seis de los líderes mundiales más fascinantes e influyentesdel pasado reciente: Konrad Adenauer, Charles de Gaulle, Richard Nixon, Anwar Sadat, Lee Kuan Yew y Margaret Thatcher.  Todos ellos se formaron en un periodo en el que las instituciones establecidas se derrumbaban en Europa, las estructuras coloniales daban paso a estados independientes en Asia y África y hubo que crear un nuevo orden internacional a partir de los vestigios del anterior. Kissinger repasa el camino de De Gaulle para reconstruir la Francia postimperial, la rehabilitación llevada a cabo por Adenauer de una Alemania devastada por la guerra o el éxito del experimento de la pequeña ciudad Estado de Lee Kuan Yew en Singapur. El análisis de estos procesos sirve para mostrar las estrategias de gobierno de unos líderes que, impulsados por un alto sentido de Estado, se propusieron posicionar a sus respectivos países en el centro del tablero político mundial. La perspectiva del autor no tiene parangón: es la de un historiador de primer orden que conoció y estuvo implicado en los acontecimientos que se relatan. La experiencia como alto representante público, el conocimiento personal de los protagonistas y la carrera política de Kissinger enriquecen un libro que atestigua cómo la combinación del carácter de los personajes y las circunstancias de cada situación es lo que acaba dando forma a la historia.  La crítica ha dicho: «Siempre vale la pena escuchar a este sorprendente testigo de la historia». Simon Heffer, The Telegraph Book of the Year  «Un estudio vital del poder en acción». Publishers Weekly  «Según Kissinger, sus seis protagonistas demuestran que el liderazgo transformador de las grandes personas es más importante que las fuerzas impersonales a la hora de forjar la historia». The Times  De Orden mundial se dijo: «El mejor Kissinger, con su inimitable combinación de erudición». Hillary Clinton  «Un fascinante e instructivo recorrido global por la búsqueda de la armonía. La clave del realismo en las relaciones internacionales de Kissinger, y el tema de este libro magistral, es que la humildad es importante no solo para las personas, sino también para los países, incluido Estados Unidos». Walter Isaacson  «Un magnífico ensayo sobre el desorden político internacional». Lluis Bassets, Babelia]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672488</guid><pubDate>Thu, 09 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205233/9788418967320.mp3" length="2437234" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672488 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Liderazgo: Seis estudios sobre estrategia mundial Author: Henry Kissinger Narrator: Roger Vidal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672488" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672488</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Liderazgo: Seis estudios sobre estrategia mundial Author: Henry Kissinger Narrator: Roger Vidal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 57 minutes Release date: March  9, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Henry Kissinger analiza cómo seis líderes extraordinarios, a los que conoció de cerca, dieron forma a sus países y al mundo que hoy conocemos.  «Pretende ser un manual para los líderes de hoy y de mañana». The New Statesman  Henry Kissinger, uno de los principales estrategas políticos del siglo xx, analiza en este nuevo libro los perfiles de seis de los líderes mundiales más fascinantes e influyentesdel pasado reciente: Konrad Adenauer, Charles de Gaulle, Richard Nixon, Anwar Sadat, Lee Kuan Yew y Margaret Thatcher.  Todos ellos se formaron en un periodo en el que las instituciones establecidas se derrumbaban en Europa, las estructuras coloniales daban paso a estados independientes en Asia y África y hubo que crear un nuevo orden internacional a partir de los vestigios del anterior. Kissinger repasa el camino de De Gaulle para reconstruir la Francia postimperial, la rehabilitación llevada a cabo por Adenauer de una Alemania devastada por la guerra o el éxito del experimento de la pequeña ciudad Estado de Lee Kuan Yew en Singapur. El análisis de estos procesos sirve para mostrar las estrategias de gobierno de unos líderes que, impulsados por un alto sentido de Estado, se propusieron posicionar a sus respectivos países en el centro del tablero político mundial. La perspectiva del autor no tiene parangón: es la de un historiador de primer orden que conoció y estuvo implicado en los acontecimientos que se relatan. La experiencia como alto representante público, el conocimiento personal de los protagonistas y la carrera política de Kissinger enriquecen un libro que atestigua cómo la combinación del carácter de los personajes y las circunstancias de cada situación es lo que acaba dando forma a la historia.  La crítica ha dicho: «Siempre vale la pena escuchar a este sorprendente testigo de la historia». Simon Heffer, The Telegraph Book of the Year  «Un estudio vital del poder en acción». Publishers Weekly  «Según Kissinger, sus seis protagonistas demuestran que el liderazgo transformador de las grandes personas es más importante que las fuerzas impersonales a la hora de forjar la historia». The Times  De Orden mundial se dijo: «El mejor Kissinger, con su inimitable combinación de erudición». Hillary Clinton  «Un fascinante e instructivo recorrido global por la búsqueda de la armonía. La clave del realismo en las relaciones internacionales de Kissinger, y el tema de este libro magistral, es que la humildad es importante no solo para las personas, sino también para los países, incluido Estados Unidos». Walter Isaacson  «Un magnífico ensayo sobre el desorden político internacional». Lluis Bassets, Babelia]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/102745ee5f63050a7004a56f7220f51a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Über Israel reden - Eine deutsche Debatte (Ungekürzte Lesung) by Meron Mendel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-uber-israel-reden-eine-deutsche-debatte-ungekurzte-lesung-by-meron-mendel--65205229</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671551" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671551</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Über Israel reden - Eine deutsche Debatte (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Meron Mendel Narrator: Timo Weisschnur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: March  9, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Über kaum ein anderes Land wird in Deutschland so viel geredet und gestritten: Zu Israel hat jeder eine Meinung. Warum ist das so? Wieso hat der Nahostkonflikt eine solche Bedeutung? Und warum ist die Debatte so emotional - und oft so vergiftet?  Als Meron Mendel vor zwanzig Jahren nach Deutschland kam, stellte er überrascht fest, welche Bedeutung sein Heimatland Israel hier im öffentlichen Diskurs hatte. Schon damals konnten nahezu alle, mit denen er sprach, klare Positionen zu Israel und seiner Politik formulieren. Heute werden die Debatten noch heftiger geführt. Zuletzt haben sich Skandale aneinandergereiht - vom öffentlichen Streit um den antiisraelischen Philosophen Achille Mbembe im Jahr 2020 bis zur Documenta-Debatte von 2022. Einerseits wird eine Art 'Freundschaftspflicht' aufgrund der NS-Vergangenheit und dem andauernden Antisemitismus in Deutschland proklamiert. Andererseits stellt sich die Frage, wie Deutschland auf den sich verschärfenden Rechtskurs der Regierung in Jerusalem reagieren soll. Meron Mendel schildert in diesem Hörbuch, wie das Verhältnis zu Israel und zum Nahostkonflikt in Deutschland verhandelt wird, in der Politik und in den Medien, unter Linken, unter Migranten und unter Juden. Deutschlands Verhältnis zu Israel steht vor großen Herausforderungen: Meron Mendel zeigt, wie wir ihnen mit Mut und Offenheit begegnen können.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671551</guid><pubDate>Thu, 09 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205229/9783732408139.mp3" length="1477651" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671551 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Über Israel reden - Eine deutsche Debatte (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Meron Mendel Narrator: Timo Weisschnur Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671551" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671551</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Über Israel reden - Eine deutsche Debatte (Ungekürzte Lesung) Author: Meron Mendel Narrator: Timo Weisschnur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: March  9, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Über kaum ein anderes Land wird in Deutschland so viel geredet und gestritten: Zu Israel hat jeder eine Meinung. Warum ist das so? Wieso hat der Nahostkonflikt eine solche Bedeutung? Und warum ist die Debatte so emotional - und oft so vergiftet?  Als Meron Mendel vor zwanzig Jahren nach Deutschland kam, stellte er überrascht fest, welche Bedeutung sein Heimatland Israel hier im öffentlichen Diskurs hatte. Schon damals konnten nahezu alle, mit denen er sprach, klare Positionen zu Israel und seiner Politik formulieren. Heute werden die Debatten noch heftiger geführt. Zuletzt haben sich Skandale aneinandergereiht - vom öffentlichen Streit um den antiisraelischen Philosophen Achille Mbembe im Jahr 2020 bis zur Documenta-Debatte von 2022. Einerseits wird eine Art 'Freundschaftspflicht' aufgrund der NS-Vergangenheit und dem andauernden Antisemitismus in Deutschland proklamiert. Andererseits stellt sich die Frage, wie Deutschland auf den sich verschärfenden Rechtskurs der Regierung in Jerusalem reagieren soll. Meron Mendel schildert in diesem Hörbuch, wie das Verhältnis zu Israel und zum Nahostkonflikt in Deutschland verhandelt wird, in der Politik und in den Medien, unter Linken, unter Migranten und unter Juden. Deutschlands Verhältnis zu Israel steht vor großen Herausforderungen: Meron Mendel zeigt, wie wir ihnen mit Mut und Offenheit begegnen können.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ber,rzte</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d7e6aeb7f6ed91b85b22a0c9fee3d3dc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - COSIP: constitucionalidade precária como meio de subsidiar os municípios by Manoel Gilmar De Lima</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-cosip-constitucionalidade-precaria-como-meio-de-subsidiar-os-municipios-by-manoel-gilmar-de-lima--65205169</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673380" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673380</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - COSIP: constitucionalidade precária como meio de subsidiar os municípios Author: Manoel Gilmar De Lima Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: March  8, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Não há se falar em direito sem vinculá-lo a uma sociedade a qual o legitima, não há que se falar, por conseguinte, em tributo sem o devido respaldo jurídico-legal que o autorize. Nessa ótica, a abordagem do presente trabalho busca investigar a origem propriamente dita do tributo 'lato sensu', sem, contudo, ter o fim de esgotar o assunto – encontrando-se o primeiro registro na história, datado de 2.350 a.C. em escrita cuneiforne no reinado de Urukagina na cidade-estado de Lagash –, bem como as consequências trazidas pela Emenda Constitucional nº 39/2002, produzindo reflexos na teoria das espécies tributárias. A análise aplicada à aludida emenda constitucional apontou a inconstitucionalidade material da norma, porquanto, até o encerramento desta obra, não foi proposta a devida Ação Direta de Inconstitucionalidade pelos legitimados no art. 103 da CF/88, portanto goza de presunção de legitimidade para todos os fins, inferindo, ainda, em um foco mais apurado, que não houve uma salutar argumentação plausível de justificar a criação de um tributo para custear despesas de iluminação pública de município que não fosse, tão somente, o fim de subsidiá-lo. Confrontou-se, ainda, a anatomia da COSIP com o ordenamento jurídico pátrio, concluindo-se que a citada exação desfruta de constitucionalidade forma e material.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673380</guid><pubDate>Wed, 08 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205169/9786525278780.mp3" length="1477615" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673380 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - COSIP: constitucionalidade precária como meio de subsidiar os municípios Author: Manoel Gilmar De Lima Narrator: Voz Sintética Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673380" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/673380</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - COSIP: constitucionalidade precária como meio de subsidiar os municípios Author: Manoel Gilmar De Lima Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: March  8, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Não há se falar em direito sem vinculá-lo a uma sociedade a qual o legitima, não há que se falar, por conseguinte, em tributo sem o devido respaldo jurídico-legal que o autorize. Nessa ótica, a abordagem do presente trabalho busca investigar a origem propriamente dita do tributo 'lato sensu', sem, contudo, ter o fim de esgotar o assunto – encontrando-se o primeiro registro na história, datado de 2.350 a.C. em escrita cuneiforne no reinado de Urukagina na cidade-estado de Lagash –, bem como as consequências trazidas pela Emenda Constitucional nº 39/2002, produzindo reflexos na teoria das espécies tributárias. A análise aplicada à aludida emenda constitucional apontou a inconstitucionalidade material da norma, porquanto, até o encerramento desta obra, não foi proposta a devida Ação Direta de Inconstitucionalidade pelos legitimados no art. 103 da CF/88, portanto goza de presunção de legitimidade para todos os fins, inferindo, ainda, em um foco mais apurado, que não houve uma salutar argumentação plausível de justificar a criação de um tributo para custear despesas de iluminação pública de município que não fosse, tão somente, o fim de subsidiá-lo. Confrontou-se, ainda, a anatomia da COSIP com o ordenamento jurídico pátrio, concluindo-se que a citada exação desfruta de constitucionalidade forma e material.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/891b11acad53f57786c49e418cf5e8f5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Anfangen! - Reden von Carolin Emcke (Ungekürzte Autorinnenlesung) by Dr. Carolin Emcke</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-anfangen-reden-von-carolin-emcke-ungekurzte-autorinnenlesung-by-dr-carolin-emcke--65205151</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674372" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674372</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Anfangen! - Reden von Carolin Emcke (Ungekürzte Autorinnenlesung) Author: Dr. Carolin Emcke Narrator: Dr. Carolin Emcke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: March  6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Carolin Emcke setzt sich schwierigen Lebensbedingungen aus und beschreibt - vor allem in ihren Essays und ihren Berichten aus Kriegsgebieten - auf sehr persönliche und ungeschützte Weise, wie Gewalt, Hass und Sprachlosigkeit Menschen verändern können. Mit analytischer Empathie appelliert sie an das Vermögen aller Beteiligten, zu Verständigung und Austausch zurückzufinden. Das Werk von Carolin Emcke wird somit Vorbild für gesellschaftliches Handeln in einer Zeit, in der politische, religiöse und kulturelle Konflikte den Dialog oft nicht mehr zulassen.'  Aus der Begründung der Jury zur Verleihung des Friedenspreises des Deutschen Buchhandels 2016 Das Hörbuch beinhaltet zwei Reden: 'Anfangen!' - Dankesrede zur Verleihung des Friedenspreises des Deutschen Buchhandels am 23. Oktober 2016 in der Frankfurter Paulskirche und 'Vom Übersetzen' - Festspielrede zur Eröffnung der Ruhrtriennale am 13. August 2016]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674372</guid><pubDate>Mon, 06 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205151/9783732470952.mp3" length="1477685" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674372 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Anfangen! - Reden von Carolin Emcke (Ungekürzte Autorinnenlesung) Author: Dr. Carolin Emcke Narrator: Dr. Carolin Emcke Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674372" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/674372</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Anfangen! - Reden von Carolin Emcke (Ungekürzte Autorinnenlesung) Author: Dr. Carolin Emcke Narrator: Dr. Carolin Emcke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 2 minutes Release date: March  6, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Carolin Emcke setzt sich schwierigen Lebensbedingungen aus und beschreibt - vor allem in ihren Essays und ihren Berichten aus Kriegsgebieten - auf sehr persönliche und ungeschützte Weise, wie Gewalt, Hass und Sprachlosigkeit Menschen verändern können. Mit analytischer Empathie appelliert sie an das Vermögen aller Beteiligten, zu Verständigung und Austausch zurückzufinden. Das Werk von Carolin Emcke wird somit Vorbild für gesellschaftliches Handeln in einer Zeit, in der politische, religiöse und kulturelle Konflikte den Dialog oft nicht mehr zulassen.'  Aus der Begründung der Jury zur Verleihung des Friedenspreises des Deutschen Buchhandels 2016 Das Hörbuch beinhaltet zwei Reden: 'Anfangen!' - Dankesrede zur Verleihung des Friedenspreises des Deutschen Buchhandels am 23. Oktober 2016 in der Frankfurter Paulskirche und 'Vom Übersetzen' - Festspielrede zur Eröffnung der Ruhrtriennale am 13. August 2016]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzte</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/655902cbc806d6876e9f05f764211b0f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - El regreso al infierno electoral: Las elecciones de 2023 y el juicio final del PRI by Bernardo Barranco</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-el-regreso-al-infierno-electoral-las-elecciones-de-2023-y-el-juicio-final-del-pri-by-bernardo-barranco--65205235</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669839" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669839</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El regreso al infierno electoral: Las elecciones de 2023 y el juicio final del PRI Author: Bernardo Barranco Narrator: Memo Prado Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: March  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  JULIO ASTILLERO • ALBERTO AZIZ NASSIF • BERNARDO BARRANCO VILLAFÁN • GABRIEL CORONA ARMENTA • FRANCISCO CRUZ JIMÉNEZ • ISRAEL DÁVILA • ÁLVARO DELGADO • ENRIQUE I. GÓMEZ • FABRIZIO MEJÍA MADRID • TERE MONTAÑO • VERÓNICA VELOZ VALENCIA  Las elecciones del próximo 4 de junio evidenciarán cómo se vivirá la sucesión presidencial en 2024.  En el Estado de México, los partidos políticos ya están ensayando sus buenas y sus malas artes para atraer votantes,  están sometiendo a prueba máxima la capacidad del árbitro electoral, emplean todos sus recursos intentando seducir a la hidra mediática y han desatado rudísimos rounds de sombra en la entidad con el mayor padrón electoral. Saben que quien impere en estas elecciones habrá dado un paso de oro rumbo a Palacio Nacional.  En el último gran examen de las fuerzas políticas antes de la madre de todas las batallas, descuellan dos protagonistas: el PRI, quejamás ha perdido la gubernatura mexiquense -y-que de perderla recibiría el peor golpe en su historia, tal vez definitivo-, y Morena, que sabe que el futuro de la 4T y del obradorismo pasa por controlar esa entidad, al precio que sea.  Esta es la historia, estos son los combates.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669839</guid><pubDate>Thu, 02 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205235/9786073827416.mp3" length="2437254" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669839 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El regreso al infierno electoral: Las elecciones de 2023 y el juicio final del PRI Author: Bernardo Barranco Narrator: Memo Prado Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669839" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669839</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El regreso al infierno electoral: Las elecciones de 2023 y el juicio final del PRI Author: Bernardo Barranco Narrator: Memo Prado Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 48 minutes Release date: March  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  JULIO ASTILLERO • ALBERTO AZIZ NASSIF • BERNARDO BARRANCO VILLAFÁN • GABRIEL CORONA ARMENTA • FRANCISCO CRUZ JIMÉNEZ • ISRAEL DÁVILA • ÁLVARO DELGADO • ENRIQUE I. GÓMEZ • FABRIZIO MEJÍA MADRID • TERE MONTAÑO • VERÓNICA VELOZ VALENCIA  Las elecciones del próximo 4 de junio evidenciarán cómo se vivirá la sucesión presidencial en 2024.  En el Estado de México, los partidos políticos ya están ensayando sus buenas y sus malas artes para atraer votantes,  están sometiendo a prueba máxima la capacidad del árbitro electoral, emplean todos sus recursos intentando seducir a la hidra mediática y han desatado rudísimos rounds de sombra en la entidad con el mayor padrón electoral. Saben que quien impere en estas elecciones habrá dado un paso de oro rumbo a Palacio Nacional.  En el último gran examen de las fuerzas políticas antes de la madre de todas las batallas, descuellan dos protagonistas: el PRI, quejamás ha perdido la gubernatura mexiquense -y-que de perderla recibiría el peor golpe en su historia, tal vez definitivo-, y Morena, que sabe que el futuro de la 4T y del obradorismo pasa por controlar esa entidad, al precio que sea.  Esta es la historia, estos son los combates.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a31d49fcf19ff26adafdcebe3b2533ad.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - El destructor by Pablo Hiriart</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-el-destructor-by-pablo-hiriart--65205217</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669840" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669840</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El destructor Author: Pablo Hiriart Narrator: Jaime Collepardo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: March  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  SÍ PODÍA SABERSE  Sí podía saberse lo que iba a ocurrir si Andrés Manuel López Obrador llegaba a la Presidencia. Bastaba observar, poner atención, seguir los pasos que fue dando desde sus orígenes como soldado priista. Eso es justamente lo que ha hecho Pablo Hiriart  desde hace 34 años: señalar y documentar cada una de las afrentas que la democracia mexicana ha soportado a manos del fundador de Morena.  Sí podía saberse que el único requisito para lucrar bajo el cobijo de AMLO era serle fiel. Así ocurrió cuando gobernó la Ciudad de México. Sí podía saberse que las instituciones serían despreciadas: lo había anunciado. Sí podía saberse que la corrupción inundaría su mandato: había precedentes, videos, documentos, una cauda de impunidades… Esta obra compila esa historia. Y, mediante una serie de diálogos de primer nivel, el autor demuestra algo aún más grave: a la vista de lo que ha hecho López Obrador, no hay razones para esperar que respete un resultado adverso en 2024.  Sí puede saberse. Sí puede hacerse algo.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669840</guid><pubDate>Thu, 02 Mar 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205217/9786073828017.mp3" length="2437177" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669840 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El destructor Author: Pablo Hiriart Narrator: Jaime Collepardo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: March...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669840" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669840</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El destructor Author: Pablo Hiriart Narrator: Jaime Collepardo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: March  2, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  SÍ PODÍA SABERSE  Sí podía saberse lo que iba a ocurrir si Andrés Manuel López Obrador llegaba a la Presidencia. Bastaba observar, poner atención, seguir los pasos que fue dando desde sus orígenes como soldado priista. Eso es justamente lo que ha hecho Pablo Hiriart  desde hace 34 años: señalar y documentar cada una de las afrentas que la democracia mexicana ha soportado a manos del fundador de Morena.  Sí podía saberse que el único requisito para lucrar bajo el cobijo de AMLO era serle fiel. Así ocurrió cuando gobernó la Ciudad de México. Sí podía saberse que las instituciones serían despreciadas: lo había anunciado. Sí podía saberse que la corrupción inundaría su mandato: había precedentes, videos, documentos, una cauda de impunidades… Esta obra compila esa historia. Y, mediante una serie de diálogos de primer nivel, el autor demuestra algo aún más grave: a la vista de lo que ha hecho López Obrador, no hay razones para esperar que respete un resultado adverso en 2024.  Sí puede saberse. Sí puede hacerse algo.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/18fe7a37bbf10fb87bbc99928bd5d458.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Jansevecha Dhadasi Pravasi by Dr. Sunil Baliram Gaikwad</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/jansevecha-dhadasi-pravasi-by-dr-sunil-baliram-gaikwad--65205239</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669651" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669651</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jansevecha Dhadasi Pravasi Author: Dr. Sunil Baliram Gaikwad Narrator: Tejal Patil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  या पुस्तकात खासदार लोकसभा लातूर मतदारसंघातील डॉ. सुनील बळीराम गायकवाड यांच्या कार्याचा आणि कर्तृत्वाचा समावेश आहे.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669651</guid><pubDate>Sat, 25 Feb 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205239/sabmab9780024.mp3" length="2437197" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669651 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jansevecha Dhadasi Pravasi Author: Dr. Sunil Baliram Gaikwad Narrator: Tejal Patil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669651" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/669651</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Jansevecha Dhadasi Pravasi Author: Dr. Sunil Baliram Gaikwad Narrator: Tejal Patil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 25, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  या पुस्तकात खासदार लोकसभा लातूर मतदारसंघातील डॉ. सुनील बळीराम गायकवाड यांच्या कार्याचा आणि कर्तृत्वाचा समावेश आहे.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/60724b99fe10e69e5b937fb43e7f4f1a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Possibilidades de avanços na concretização do direito fundamental à previdência social das pessoas com deficiência: distribut</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-possibilidades-de-avancos-na-concretizacao-do-direito-fundamental-a-previdencia-social-das-pessoas-com-deficiencia-distribut--65205228</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670745" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670745</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Possibilidades de avanços na concretização do direito fundamental à previdência social das pessoas com deficiência: distributividade, justiça social e liberalismo igualitário Author: Rodrigo Zacharias Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  O trabalho intenta avançar na interpretação do direito fundamental à previdência social da pessoa com deficiência, partindo da doutrina de direito constitucional, a partir dos entendimentos acerca da justiça social (art. 193 da CF) e do princípio da distributividade (art. 194, parágrafo único, III, da CF). Objetiva agregar, aos princípios do direito previdenciário, a doutrina construída no direito constitucional, a isso aduzindo o aporte da filosofia do direito, aquela inspirada no liberalismo igualitário de John Rawls, Amartya Sen, Martha Nussbaum e Ronald Dworkin. Parte da feição heterogênea, social e dirigente da CF/1988, passando pela interpretação e concretização da norma constitucional, até a análise dos princípios e características essenciais dos direitos fundamentais. Os princípios da distributividade das prestações de seguridade social e da justiça social são priorizados. Todos os benefícios previdenciários devidos à PCD, enquanto motivados pela deficiência ou a incapacidade para o trabalho, foram analisados. As conclusões principais abordam o direito reservado à proteção da doença (art. 201, I, da CF, alterado pela EC nº 103/2019); a identificação de assistematicidade na proteção social da PCD, com proposta de alteração legislativa; e numa nova compreensão das regras contidas nos artigos 42, § 2º, e 59, § 1º, da Lei nº 8.213/91, relativos à PCD que já nasce com deficiência ou a adquire antes de completar dezesseis anos.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670745</guid><pubDate>Fri, 24 Feb 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205228/9786525267173.mp3" length="1477813" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670745 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Possibilidades de avanços na concretização do direito fundamental à previdência social das pessoas com deficiência: distributividade,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670745" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670745</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Possibilidades de avanços na concretização do direito fundamental à previdência social das pessoas com deficiência: distributividade, justiça social e liberalismo igualitário Author: Rodrigo Zacharias Narrator: Voz Sintética Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: February 24, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  O trabalho intenta avançar na interpretação do direito fundamental à previdência social da pessoa com deficiência, partindo da doutrina de direito constitucional, a partir dos entendimentos acerca da justiça social (art. 193 da CF) e do princípio da distributividade (art. 194, parágrafo único, III, da CF). Objetiva agregar, aos princípios do direito previdenciário, a doutrina construída no direito constitucional, a isso aduzindo o aporte da filosofia do direito, aquela inspirada no liberalismo igualitário de John Rawls, Amartya Sen, Martha Nussbaum e Ronald Dworkin. Parte da feição heterogênea, social e dirigente da CF/1988, passando pela interpretação e concretização da norma constitucional, até a análise dos princípios e características essenciais dos direitos fundamentais. Os princípios da distributividade das prestações de seguridade social e da justiça social são priorizados. Todos os benefícios previdenciários devidos à PCD, enquanto motivados pela deficiência ou a incapacidade para o trabalho, foram analisados. As conclusões principais abordam o direito reservado à proteção da doença (art. 201, I, da CF, alterado pela EC nº 103/2019); a identificação de assistematicidade na proteção social da PCD, com proposta de alteração legislativa; e numa nova compreensão das regras contidas nos artigos 42, § 2º, e 59, § 1º, da Lei nº 8.213/91, relativos à PCD que já nasce com deficiência ou a adquire antes de completar dezesseis anos.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d179a95d934c5d6fa2d50a10c73e71bf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Pasión por la ignorancia by Renata Salecl</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-pasion-por-la-ignorancia-by-renata-salecl--65205135</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675913" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675913</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Pasión por la ignorancia Author: Renata Salecl Narrator: Cecilia Bona Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 16, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  El concepto de ignorancia necesita ser reevaluado, porque estamos atravesando un cambio revolucionario en la naturaleza del conocimiento. El desarrollo de la genética, la neurociencia y el big data ha cambiado la manera en que entendemos lo que puede conocerse sobre una persona. Los nuevos tipos de información traen aparejadas nuevas angustias, agravadas por lo difícil que resulta determinar con exactitud qué significará dicha información, quiénes tendrán acceso a ella y quiénes podrán usarla o manipularla. El surgimiento de nuevos tipos de información en el campo de la medicina implica que 'saber o no saber' ha cobrado una importancia vital para el individuo. Igual de importante es examinar la ignorancia en relación con los nuevos mecanismos de poder. En tiempos de crisis la gente, individualmente, suele optar por la ignorancia para no tener que procesar eventos o sentimientos traumáticos. No obstante, para algunos esta ignorancia no implica desconocimiento, sino más bien rendirse a un torrente ilimitado de información. Renata Salecl]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675913</guid><pubDate>Thu, 16 Feb 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205135/9789878928715.mp3" length="1477517" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675913 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Pasión por la ignorancia Author: Renata Salecl Narrator: Cecilia Bona Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675913" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675913</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Pasión por la ignorancia Author: Renata Salecl Narrator: Cecilia Bona Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 16, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  El concepto de ignorancia necesita ser reevaluado, porque estamos atravesando un cambio revolucionario en la naturaleza del conocimiento. El desarrollo de la genética, la neurociencia y el big data ha cambiado la manera en que entendemos lo que puede conocerse sobre una persona. Los nuevos tipos de información traen aparejadas nuevas angustias, agravadas por lo difícil que resulta determinar con exactitud qué significará dicha información, quiénes tendrán acceso a ella y quiénes podrán usarla o manipularla. El surgimiento de nuevos tipos de información en el campo de la medicina implica que 'saber o no saber' ha cobrado una importancia vital para el individuo. Igual de importante es examinar la ignorancia en relación con los nuevos mecanismos de poder. En tiempos de crisis la gente, individualmente, suele optar por la ignorancia para no tener que procesar eventos o sentimientos traumáticos. No obstante, para algunos esta ignorancia no implica desconocimiento, sino más bien rendirse a un torrente ilimitado de información. Renata Salecl]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ee15d13abfc7ce1b831a03bbe89ffecf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Dirty Laundry by Lily Arthur</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/dirty-laundry-by-lily-arthur--65205088</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683329" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683329</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dirty Laundry Author: Lily Arthur Narrator: Lily Arthur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  At seventeen years old, Lily Arthur was caught between an era of women's liberation and the draconian ideology that young women should be punished for deviating from society's 'moral codes'. For the 'crime' of being pregnant, Lily was forcibly taken from the man she planned to marry and incarcerated in Brisbane Watch House before being sent to work in a notorious Magdalene laundry. Committed to the Holy Cross home for unwed mothers in Woolowin, Lily's son was taken from her in the labour ward and put up for adoption. She promised him: 'I will see you again, little one. I will see you again.' A true story from the war-torn ravages for East End London to the far north of Queensland, Australia, Dirty Laundry recounts a journey that took Lily and a movement of women like her on a lifelong battle for justice.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683329</guid><pubDate>Mon, 23 Jan 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205088/9798823458535.mp3" length="2437203" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683329 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dirty Laundry Author: Lily Arthur Narrator: Lily Arthur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 23, 2023 Genres:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683329" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/683329</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dirty Laundry Author: Lily Arthur Narrator: Lily Arthur Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 7 minutes Release date: January 23, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  At seventeen years old, Lily Arthur was caught between an era of women's liberation and the draconian ideology that young women should be punished for deviating from society's 'moral codes'. For the 'crime' of being pregnant, Lily was forcibly taken from the man she planned to marry and incarcerated in Brisbane Watch House before being sent to work in a notorious Magdalene laundry. Committed to the Holy Cross home for unwed mothers in Woolowin, Lily's son was taken from her in the labour ward and put up for adoption. She promised him: 'I will see you again, little one. I will see you again.' A true story from the war-torn ravages for East End London to the far north of Queensland, Australia, Dirty Laundry recounts a journey that took Lily and a movement of women like her on a lifelong battle for justice.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/50242e61c115247c85b548bc7b529548.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Führung und Verantwortung: Angela Merkels Außenpolitik und Deutschlands künftige Rolle in der Welt by Christoph Heusgen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-fuhrung-und-verantwortung-angela-merkels-aussenpolitik-und-deutschlands-kunftige-rolle-in-der-welt-by-christoph-heusgen--65205246</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670451" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670451</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Führung und Verantwortung: Angela Merkels Außenpolitik und Deutschlands künftige Rolle in der Welt Author: Christoph Heusgen Narrator: Erich Wittenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 15, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der Chef der Münchner Sicherheitskonferenz über Deutschlands neue Rolle in der Welt Christoph Heusgen, seit Februar 2022 Chef der Münchener Sicherheitskonferenz, zeigt in seinem Buch, was geschehen muss, damit Deutschland eine neue, aktive Rolle in der Welt spielen kann. Der ehemalige Sicherheitsberater von Angela Merkel und UNO-Botschafter von 2017 bis 2021 hat die deutsche Außenpolitik der letzten fünfzehn Jahre begleitet wie kaum ein anderer - angesichts der Zeitenwende durch den Ukraine-Krieg plädiert er nun für einen neuen deutschen Kurs in der Außenpolitik. Sehr persönlich und dabei intellektuell stets anregend beschreibt er die Herausforderungen und Weichenstellungen unter Angela Merkels Kanzlerschaft - und skizziert zugleich das Bild einer zukünftigen aktiven Politik. Wir müssen unser außenpolitisches Denken verändern: Denn der Systemwettbewerb findet nicht mehr zwischen West und Ost statt, sondern zwischen Gewalt und Recht. Und Deutschland muss in diesem Ringen eine selbstbewusste Führungsrolle übernehmen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670451</guid><pubDate>Sun, 15 Jan 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205246/9783963841118.mp3" length="1477683" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670451 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Führung und Verantwortung: Angela Merkels Außenpolitik und Deutschlands künftige Rolle in der Welt Author: Christoph Heusgen Narrator: Erich...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670451" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/670451</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Führung und Verantwortung: Angela Merkels Außenpolitik und Deutschlands künftige Rolle in der Welt Author: Christoph Heusgen Narrator: Erich Wittenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 15, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der Chef der Münchner Sicherheitskonferenz über Deutschlands neue Rolle in der Welt Christoph Heusgen, seit Februar 2022 Chef der Münchener Sicherheitskonferenz, zeigt in seinem Buch, was geschehen muss, damit Deutschland eine neue, aktive Rolle in der Welt spielen kann. Der ehemalige Sicherheitsberater von Angela Merkel und UNO-Botschafter von 2017 bis 2021 hat die deutsche Außenpolitik der letzten fünfzehn Jahre begleitet wie kaum ein anderer - angesichts der Zeitenwende durch den Ukraine-Krieg plädiert er nun für einen neuen deutschen Kurs in der Außenpolitik. Sehr persönlich und dabei intellektuell stets anregend beschreibt er die Herausforderungen und Weichenstellungen unter Angela Merkels Kanzlerschaft - und skizziert zugleich das Bild einer zukünftigen aktiven Politik. Wir müssen unser außenpolitisches Denken verändern: Denn der Systemwettbewerb findet nicht mehr zwischen West und Ost statt, sondern zwischen Gewalt und Recht. Und Deutschland muss in diesem Ringen eine selbstbewusste Führungsrolle übernehmen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>hrung,nftige</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/941d6a24a20c26b3a1a6032e12fc453d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Hebrew] - מלחמת 100 השנים הבאות by ערן ניצן</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/hebrew-mlhmt-100-hsnym-hb-wt-by-rn-nyzn--65205143</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681788" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681788</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Hebrew] - מלחמת 100 השנים הבאות Author: ערן ניצן Narrator: ערן ניצן Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: January  1, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  מה עומד מאחורי מרבית המאבקים בזירות הכלכלה העולמיות, בזירות הגיאו-פוליטיות, הטכנולוגיות והצבאיות בימינו? התשובה היא המאבק המתפתח בין ארצות הברית לבין סין. זהו הסיפור הגדול ביותר של ימינו – מערכת היחסים הסבוכה והמתוחה בין סין, מעצמה חדשה-ישנה הזורחת מחדש על במת העולם, וארצות הברית, מעצמת-על הנאלצת להגן על מעמדה. זהו איננו מאבק השמור לדיונים תיאורטיים ולפקולטות מדעי המדינה. הביטו סביבכם. כמעט כל אספקט בחיינו מושפע מזירה זו. אקלים ונשק אטומי, הכלכלה העולמית ותנועות הסחר, השווקים הפיננסיים, ההתפתחויות הטכנולוגיות, סוגיות של פרטיות וחופש ביטוי – כל אלו ועוד הם חלקים בפאזל אחד גדול שתמונתו מתארת את המתח ההולך ומתעצם בין שתי המעצמות. הספר מלחמת 100 השנים הבאות מאפשר לקורא לצלול לזירות השונות בתחומי הכלכלה, הפוליטיקה והביטחון המבעבעות כבר כיום כתוצאה מההתנגשות ההולכת וקרבה בין המעצמה שמבקשת לתפוס מחדש את מקומה בעולם, לבין זו המנסה להגן על מעמדה שעד לאחרונה נראה היה בלתי מנוצח. הקריאה בספר פוקח עיניים ומרתק זה תבהיר לנו עד כמה דרך החיים המערבית, הליברלית, הקפיטליסטית שאנו כולנו תוצריה ובה הורגלנו מאז סיום מלחמת העולם השנייה, עלולה בקרוב להשתנות.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681788</guid><pubDate>Sun, 01 Jan 2023 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205143/9789180616577.mp3" length="2437212" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681788 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Hebrew] - מלחמת 100 השנים הבאות Author: ערן ניצן Narrator: ערן ניצן Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: January  1,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681788" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/681788</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Hebrew] - מלחמת 100 השנים הבאות Author: ערן ניצן Narrator: ערן ניצן Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: January  1, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  מה עומד מאחורי מרבית המאבקים בזירות הכלכלה העולמיות, בזירות הגיאו-פוליטיות, הטכנולוגיות והצבאיות בימינו? התשובה היא המאבק המתפתח בין ארצות הברית לבין סין. זהו הסיפור הגדול ביותר של ימינו – מערכת היחסים הסבוכה והמתוחה בין סין, מעצמה חדשה-ישנה הזורחת מחדש על במת העולם, וארצות הברית, מעצמת-על הנאלצת להגן על מעמדה. זהו איננו מאבק השמור לדיונים תיאורטיים ולפקולטות מדעי המדינה. הביטו סביבכם. כמעט כל אספקט בחיינו מושפע מזירה זו. אקלים ונשק אטומי, הכלכלה העולמית ותנועות הסחר, השווקים הפיננסיים, ההתפתחויות הטכנולוגיות, סוגיות של פרטיות וחופש ביטוי – כל אלו ועוד הם חלקים בפאזל אחד גדול שתמונתו מתארת את המתח ההולך ומתעצם בין שתי המעצמות. הספר מלחמת 100 השנים הבאות מאפשר לקורא לצלול לזירות השונות בתחומי הכלכלה, הפוליטיקה והביטחון המבעבעות כבר כיום כתוצאה מההתנגשות ההולכת וקרבה בין המעצמה שמבקשת לתפוס מחדש את מקומה בעולם, לבין זו המנסה להגן על מעמדה שעד לאחרונה נראה היה בלתי מנוצח. הקריאה בספר פוקח עיניים ומרתק זה תבהיר לנו עד כמה דרך החיים המערבית, הליברלית, הקפיטליסטית שאנו כולנו תוצריה ובה הורגלנו מאז סיום מלחמת העולם השנייה, עלולה בקרוב להשתנות.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c414ec2c0b4b3b429d35d0435673028a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Arabic] - الاستشراق by محمد عبدالله الشرقاوي</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/arabic-alastshraq-by-mhmd-bdallh-alshrqawy--65205210</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671617" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671617</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الاستشراق Author: محمد عبدالله الشرقاوي Narrator: عمر زكريا Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 18, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  يتحدث الكاتب عن ظاهرة الاستشراق وكيف كان لها أثر كبير في تشكيل نظرة الغرب للإسلام، وكيف بدأ الاستشراق والهدف الرئيسي منه وكيف كان عامل مساعد قوي في فترة الاستعمار وعلاقته بالتبشير، ثم كيف تطور إلى أن وصل إلى ما عليه الآن. يوضح الكتاب مميزات وعيوب الاستشراق، ثم يتحدث عن المستشرقين وكيف كان يدفع الحقد والكره للإسلام بعضهم إلى تشويهه و تزييف الحقائق، حتى يروجوا صورة مشوهة للمواطن الغربي تنفره من الإسلام. وكيف كانوا يشوهون صورة النبي محمد صلى الله عليه و سلم ويزورون القصص والأساطير لتشويه صورته. ولكن في النهاية يذكر الكاتب أن ظاهرة الاستشراق لم تخلو من المنصفين الذين سبحوا ضد التيار، ليوضحوا الحقائق ويدفعوا عن الإسلام تلك التهم والافتراءات. استمع الآن.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671617</guid><pubDate>Sun, 18 Sep 2022 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205210/9789180250856.mp3" length="2437233" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671617 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الاستشراق Author: محمد عبدالله الشرقاوي Narrator: عمر زكريا Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: September...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671617" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671617</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - الاستشراق Author: محمد عبدالله الشرقاوي Narrator: عمر زكريا Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: September 18, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  يتحدث الكاتب عن ظاهرة الاستشراق وكيف كان لها أثر كبير في تشكيل نظرة الغرب للإسلام، وكيف بدأ الاستشراق والهدف الرئيسي منه وكيف كان عامل مساعد قوي في فترة الاستعمار وعلاقته بالتبشير، ثم كيف تطور إلى أن وصل إلى ما عليه الآن. يوضح الكتاب مميزات وعيوب الاستشراق، ثم يتحدث عن المستشرقين وكيف كان يدفع الحقد والكره للإسلام بعضهم إلى تشويهه و تزييف الحقائق، حتى يروجوا صورة مشوهة للمواطن الغربي تنفره من الإسلام. وكيف كانوا يشوهون صورة النبي محمد صلى الله عليه و سلم ويزورون القصص والأساطير لتشويه صورته. ولكن في النهاية يذكر الكاتب أن ظاهرة الاستشراق لم تخلو من المنصفين الذين سبحوا ضد التيار، ليوضحوا الحقائق ويدفعوا عن الإسلام تلك التهم والافتراءات. استمع الآن.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a09e4f07922076b9d376226679a0514e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Arabic] - سيرة أمير مبعد by مولاي هشام العلوي</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/arabic-syrt-amyr-mb-d-by-mwlay-hsham-al-lwy--65205237</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672266" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672266</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - سيرة أمير مبعد Author: مولاي هشام العلوي Narrator: محمد نصرالله Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'أنا سليل أسرتين وبلدين عريقين: والدتي، لمياء الصلح، هي كريمة رياض الصلح، أحد مؤسسي الدولة اللبنانية المتعددة الطوائف، وأحد مهندسي الاستقلال اللبناني. للتأكيد على أهمية الأدوار التي لعبها رياض الصلح، أضاف الصحافي البريطاني باتريك سيل-مؤلف كتاب النضال من أجل الإستقلال العربي، الذي نشر عام 2010-عنواناً فرعياً لهذا الكتاب ' رياض الصلح وولادة الشرق الأوسط'. جدي لأمي، هو صاحب فكرة الميثاق الوطني، الذي نظم توزيع السلطات بين مختلف الطوائف في لبنان، هذا الميثاق برأيه، برعم من براعم عالم عربي متحرر من كل هيمنة أجنبية ، ولد جدي، رياض الصلح ، عام 1894، درس القانون، وشارك في النضالات القومية، حيث ناضل أولاً في سبيل الإستقلال عن الإمبراطورية العثمانية، في سبيل رفع الإستعمار الفرنسي،في الثامنة عشر من عمره سجنه الأتراك. لاحقاً، حكم الفرنسيون عليه بالإعدام غيابياً حين اعتبروه محرضاً عنيفاً، أو كما سماه الجنرال غورو ' مدبر المؤامرة الساعية إلى تحويل لبنان إلى نواة لإمبراطورية عربية'. في نهاية الحرب العالمية الثانية، استقل لبنان واختير رياض الصلح رئيساً للوزراء، فشارك في إرساء الهيكلية السياسية للبلاد، وساهم في صياغة وتفعيل الدستور اللبناني الذي ينص على تقاسم السلطة بين المسلمين والمسيحين، كما ساهم جدي رياض مصلح ، مع شريكه في الاستقلال والحكم، أول رئيس للجمهورية اللبنانية، بشارة الخوري،في بلورة الميثاق الوطني الذي يعتبر التفاهم الغير مكتوب بين اللبنانيين والناظم لمشاركة جميع اللبنانيين في الحياة السياسية، وكان جزاؤه على ما قدم لبلده أن يموت اغتيالاً في عمان، في السابع عشر من شهر تموز من عام 1951، بتحريض من المستعمر البريطاني، أو بحسب رواية أخرى، من طرف أحد القوميين السوريين، كان ولادتي بعد خمسة عشر عاماً من اغتيال جدي رياض الصلح، تعود أصول عائلة الصلح إلى البرجوازية العثمانية'.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672266</guid><pubDate>Sun, 17 Jul 2022 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205237/9789179317263.mp3" length="2437243" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672266 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - سيرة أمير مبعد Author: مولاي هشام العلوي Narrator: محمد نصرالله Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 29 minutes Release date: July...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672266" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672266</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - سيرة أمير مبعد Author: مولاي هشام العلوي Narrator: محمد نصرالله Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'أنا سليل أسرتين وبلدين عريقين: والدتي، لمياء الصلح، هي كريمة رياض الصلح، أحد مؤسسي الدولة اللبنانية المتعددة الطوائف، وأحد مهندسي الاستقلال اللبناني. للتأكيد على أهمية الأدوار التي لعبها رياض الصلح، أضاف الصحافي البريطاني باتريك سيل-مؤلف كتاب النضال من أجل الإستقلال العربي، الذي نشر عام 2010-عنواناً فرعياً لهذا الكتاب ' رياض الصلح وولادة الشرق الأوسط'. جدي لأمي، هو صاحب فكرة الميثاق الوطني، الذي نظم توزيع السلطات بين مختلف الطوائف في لبنان، هذا الميثاق برأيه، برعم من براعم عالم عربي متحرر من كل هيمنة أجنبية ، ولد جدي، رياض الصلح ، عام 1894، درس القانون، وشارك في النضالات القومية، حيث ناضل أولاً في سبيل الإستقلال عن الإمبراطورية العثمانية، في سبيل رفع الإستعمار الفرنسي،في الثامنة عشر من عمره سجنه الأتراك. لاحقاً، حكم الفرنسيون عليه بالإعدام غيابياً حين اعتبروه محرضاً عنيفاً، أو كما سماه الجنرال غورو ' مدبر المؤامرة الساعية إلى تحويل لبنان إلى نواة لإمبراطورية عربية'. في نهاية الحرب العالمية الثانية، استقل لبنان واختير رياض الصلح رئيساً للوزراء، فشارك في إرساء الهيكلية السياسية للبلاد، وساهم في صياغة وتفعيل الدستور اللبناني الذي ينص على تقاسم السلطة بين المسلمين والمسيحين، كما ساهم جدي رياض مصلح ، مع شريكه في الاستقلال والحكم، أول رئيس للجمهورية اللبنانية، بشارة الخوري،في بلورة الميثاق الوطني الذي يعتبر التفاهم الغير مكتوب بين اللبنانيين والناظم لمشاركة جميع اللبنانيين في الحياة السياسية، وكان جزاؤه على ما قدم لبلده أن يموت اغتيالاً في عمان، في السابع عشر من شهر تموز من عام 1951، بتحريض من المستعمر البريطاني، أو بحسب رواية أخرى، من طرف أحد القوميين السوريين، كان ولادتي بعد خمسة عشر عاماً من اغتيال جدي رياض الصلح، تعود أصول عائلة الصلح إلى البرجوازية العثمانية'.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/37c9a750ad488e83f2f1f51419713fad.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Arabic] - أمريكا والبروباجندا الأرمنية by أحمد الشرقاوي</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/arabic-amryka-walbrwbajnda-alarmnyt-by-ahmd-alshrqawy--65205236</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671619" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671619</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - أمريكا والبروباجندا الأرمنية Author: أحمد الشرقاوي Narrator: محمد الحكيم Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: July  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  هنري مورجنثاو سفير الولايات المتحدة الأمريكية في الآستانة منذ نوفمبر 1913 م، وكتابه الأشهر 'قصة السفير مورجنثاو' كان أول الأناجيل الأربعة للقضية الأرمنية مع القس الألماني ليبسوس، واللورد الإنجليزي برايس، وضابط المخابرات أرنولد توينبي(وادعاءات المذابح، التي تعرضوا لها في الدولة العثمانية.) كما كان الكتاب أقوى وسائل البروباجندا التي اعتمد عليها الرئيس الأمريكي لكسب تأييد الرأي العام الأمريكي؛ لخوض الحرب العالمية الأولى حتى النصر. ولكن لنا أن نتساءل: ما القصة التي وراء 'قصة السفير مورجنثاو'؟ ولماذا كُتب هذا الكتاب؟ ومن الذي كتب هذه 'القصة'؟ وما الهدف منها؟ والذي يجيب هو الأوراق الحقيقية التي تركها مورجنثاو في مكتبة الكونجرس بواشنطن في قسم المخطوطات، تحت عنوان 'أوراق هنري مورجنثاو'، وهي قرابة30000مقالة، ضمَّنها مراسلاته مع صديقه الرئيس الأمريكي وودرو ولسن، وكذلك 'اليوميات'، والخطابات العائلية والبرقيات التي بعثها، والتقارير المقدمة إلى وزارة الخارجية الأمريكية خلال فترة الستة والعشرين شه را، التي أقامها في تركيا. هذه الأوراق وحدهاهي القصة الحقيقية للسفير مورجنثاو، والتي تفند أكاذيبه حول المسئولين العثمانيين، وادَّعاءات المذابح التي تعرض لها الأرمن. وهو ما يفاجئك في كتابنا هذا؛ لتعيد التفكير في المسألة بعد انقلاب الحقائق. استمع الآن.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671619</guid><pubDate>Fri, 01 Jul 2022 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205236/9789180251327.mp3" length="2437221" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671619 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - أمريكا والبروباجندا الأرمنية Author: أحمد الشرقاوي Narrator: محمد الحكيم Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671619" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671619</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - أمريكا والبروباجندا الأرمنية Author: أحمد الشرقاوي Narrator: محمد الحكيم Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: July  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  هنري مورجنثاو سفير الولايات المتحدة الأمريكية في الآستانة منذ نوفمبر 1913 م، وكتابه الأشهر 'قصة السفير مورجنثاو' كان أول الأناجيل الأربعة للقضية الأرمنية مع القس الألماني ليبسوس، واللورد الإنجليزي برايس، وضابط المخابرات أرنولد توينبي(وادعاءات المذابح، التي تعرضوا لها في الدولة العثمانية.) كما كان الكتاب أقوى وسائل البروباجندا التي اعتمد عليها الرئيس الأمريكي لكسب تأييد الرأي العام الأمريكي؛ لخوض الحرب العالمية الأولى حتى النصر. ولكن لنا أن نتساءل: ما القصة التي وراء 'قصة السفير مورجنثاو'؟ ولماذا كُتب هذا الكتاب؟ ومن الذي كتب هذه 'القصة'؟ وما الهدف منها؟ والذي يجيب هو الأوراق الحقيقية التي تركها مورجنثاو في مكتبة الكونجرس بواشنطن في قسم المخطوطات، تحت عنوان 'أوراق هنري مورجنثاو'، وهي قرابة30000مقالة، ضمَّنها مراسلاته مع صديقه الرئيس الأمريكي وودرو ولسن، وكذلك 'اليوميات'، والخطابات العائلية والبرقيات التي بعثها، والتقارير المقدمة إلى وزارة الخارجية الأمريكية خلال فترة الستة والعشرين شه را، التي أقامها في تركيا. هذه الأوراق وحدهاهي القصة الحقيقية للسفير مورجنثاو، والتي تفند أكاذيبه حول المسئولين العثمانيين، وادَّعاءات المذابح التي تعرض لها الأرمن. وهو ما يفاجئك في كتابنا هذا؛ لتعيد التفكير في المسألة بعد انقلاب الحقائق. استمع الآن.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/55700c0ef3b91b607097a1386ab708d5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Contra la belleza by Rafael Gumucio</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-contra-la-belleza-by-rafael-gumucio--65205121</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677901" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677901</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Contra la belleza Author: Rafael Gumucio Narrator: Juan Manuel Abraham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: January 16, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La idea es mostrar cómo en mi generación la belleza ha sido una herramienta política esencial, la madre de muchas otras manipulaciones y desigualdades, dice el escritor chileno. El rostro de los héroes que al principio ilustraba la portada de los manifiestos se convirtió en el manifiesto mismo. Como la cocaína o la heroína, la belleza anula nuestra voluntad, apaga nuestra independencia, nos ata a los caprichos de cualquier traficante que nos entrega por una hora o dos a la modelo translúcida.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677901</guid><pubDate>Sun, 16 Jan 2022 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205121/9789180128995.mp3" length="2437215" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677901 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Contra la belleza Author: Rafael Gumucio Narrator: Juan Manuel Abraham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677901" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677901</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Contra la belleza Author: Rafael Gumucio Narrator: Juan Manuel Abraham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 10 minutes Release date: January 16, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La idea es mostrar cómo en mi generación la belleza ha sido una herramienta política esencial, la madre de muchas otras manipulaciones y desigualdades, dice el escritor chileno. El rostro de los héroes que al principio ilustraba la portada de los manifiestos se convirtió en el manifiesto mismo. Como la cocaína o la heroína, la belleza anula nuestra voluntad, apaga nuestra independencia, nos ata a los caprichos de cualquier traficante que nos entrega por una hora o dos a la modelo translúcida.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f56ac914d39e4178d912cc46778588a8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Arabic] - أصل الأناركية by سامح سعيد عبود</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/arabic-asl-alanarkyt-by-samh-s-yd-bwd--65205227</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671694" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671694</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - أصل الأناركية Author: سامح سعيد عبود Narrator: صوفيا حجازين Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 21 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  في السنوات العشرين الماضية صعدت الأناركية في العالم بأسره، وثبتت أقدامها في المنطقة العربية التي لم تعرف هذا الاتجاه من قبل على نحو واسع، وخصوصًا في ظل الموجة الثورية التي اندلعت فيها. يحاول الكتاب أن يقدم الأناركية للقارىء العربي من عدة جوانب، مفهومها وتاريخها ومدارسها الفكرية والعملية بالإضافة إلى المدارس القريبة منها والمتشابهة معها ثم بعض ملامح الاقتصاد الأناركي، وأخيرًا بعض القضايا الفكرية والعملية التي يدور حولها النقاش في أوساط الأناركيين. استمع الآن.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671694</guid><pubDate>Fri, 31 Dec 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205227/9789180258180.mp3" length="2437210" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671694 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - أصل الأناركية Author: سامح سعيد عبود Narrator: صوفيا حجازين Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 21 minutes Release date: December...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671694" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/671694</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - أصل الأناركية Author: سامح سعيد عبود Narrator: صوفيا حجازين Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 21 minutes Release date: December 31, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  في السنوات العشرين الماضية صعدت الأناركية في العالم بأسره، وثبتت أقدامها في المنطقة العربية التي لم تعرف هذا الاتجاه من قبل على نحو واسع، وخصوصًا في ظل الموجة الثورية التي اندلعت فيها. يحاول الكتاب أن يقدم الأناركية للقارىء العربي من عدة جوانب، مفهومها وتاريخها ومدارسها الفكرية والعملية بالإضافة إلى المدارس القريبة منها والمتشابهة معها ثم بعض ملامح الاقتصاد الأناركي، وأخيرًا بعض القضايا الفكرية والعملية التي يدور حولها النقاش في أوساط الأناركيين. استمع الآن.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fac08c5e50335b1e0fcf8a1d40cf2411.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Contra la inocencia by Rafael Gumucio</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-contra-la-inocencia-by-rafael-gumucio--65205152</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677877" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677877</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Contra la inocencia Author: Rafael Gumucio Narrator: Leandro Bianco Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Estar contra todo y todos parece la actitud más adolescente posible. Pero estar contra cualquier atisbo de totalitarismo, ya sea estético, subjetivo o político, resulta una tarea compleja. Y 'Contra la inocencia' cumple a cabalidad ese objetivo. Pues en estos ensayos iconoclastas se hilvana una escritura fluida y aguda, a ratos íntima, que inspecciona con profundidad en las paradojas del individuo moderno. Gumucio exhibe así la perversión que encubre cualquier cuerpo que posea una belleza extrema, la profunda violencia del animalismo radical, la esencia malvada de la política o la imposibilidad de apropiarse de la muerte y sus relatos. En Contra la inocencia encontramos altas dosis del mejor género ensayístico: las ideas se van hilvanando con humor y ferocidad, dando pie a las contradicciones que demanda cualquier acto reflexivo. Gumucio aniquila la moralista división entre alta y baja cultura que suele ejercer la academia y con erudición reflexiona prescindiendo de cualquier cita autorizada, tachando todo totalitarismo.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677877</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Dec 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205152/9789180129008.mp3" length="2437213" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677877 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Contra la inocencia Author: Rafael Gumucio Narrator: Leandro Bianco Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677877" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677877</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Contra la inocencia Author: Rafael Gumucio Narrator: Leandro Bianco Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 25 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Estar contra todo y todos parece la actitud más adolescente posible. Pero estar contra cualquier atisbo de totalitarismo, ya sea estético, subjetivo o político, resulta una tarea compleja. Y 'Contra la inocencia' cumple a cabalidad ese objetivo. Pues en estos ensayos iconoclastas se hilvana una escritura fluida y aguda, a ratos íntima, que inspecciona con profundidad en las paradojas del individuo moderno. Gumucio exhibe así la perversión que encubre cualquier cuerpo que posea una belleza extrema, la profunda violencia del animalismo radical, la esencia malvada de la política o la imposibilidad de apropiarse de la muerte y sus relatos. En Contra la inocencia encontramos altas dosis del mejor género ensayístico: las ideas se van hilvanando con humor y ferocidad, dando pie a las contradicciones que demanda cualquier acto reflexivo. Gumucio aniquila la moralista división entre alta y baja cultura que suele ejercer la academia y con erudición reflexiona prescindiendo de cualquier cita autorizada, tachando todo totalitarismo.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fda19d99d77bf4767bf3d0a35853cd13.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die Kunst des Machbaren: Lehrreiches und Heiteres aus dem Leben eines Topmanagers by Heinrich Von Pierer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-kunst-des-machbaren-lehrreiches-und-heiteres-aus-dem-leben-eines-topmanagers-by-heinrich-von-pierer--65205129</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679003" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679003</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Kunst des Machbaren: Lehrreiches und Heiteres aus dem Leben eines Topmanagers Author: Heinrich Von Pierer Narrator: Peter Wolter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In seinen vier Jahrzehnten für den Weltkonzern Siemens durchlebte Heinrich von Pierer Höhen und Tiefen des Managerdaseins. Was muss ein Topmanager können, um sich an der Spitze zu behaupten? Wie geht er erfolgreich mit Mitarbeitern und Mitarbeiterinnen um, wie mit Betriebsräten, Investoren, Kunden – aber auch mit der Prominenz aus der Politik? Er beschreibt, wie begrenzt 'Macht' sein kann, auch wenn man an der Spitze steht. Wie man aus Fehlern und Niederlagen lernt und warum das Streben nach Shareholder Value nicht das alleinige Unternehmensziel sein sollte – und warum es so wichtig ist, zuhören zu können. Der langjährige 'Mr. Siemens' kennt Kniffe und Fallstricke des Managementalltags wie wenige andere – die Erfahrungen, über die er berichtet, kann man weder an einer Universität noch in einer Ausbildung machen. Er beschreibt in seinem Buch, oft mit einem Augenzwinkern, worauf es in der Praxis abseits des Fachlichen wirklich ankommt.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679003</guid><pubDate>Fri, 29 Oct 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205129/9783962674038.mp3" length="1477723" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679003 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Kunst des Machbaren: Lehrreiches und Heiteres aus dem Leben eines Topmanagers Author: Heinrich Von Pierer Narrator: Peter Wolter Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679003" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679003</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Kunst des Machbaren: Lehrreiches und Heiteres aus dem Leben eines Topmanagers Author: Heinrich Von Pierer Narrator: Peter Wolter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 56 minutes Release date: October 29, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In seinen vier Jahrzehnten für den Weltkonzern Siemens durchlebte Heinrich von Pierer Höhen und Tiefen des Managerdaseins. Was muss ein Topmanager können, um sich an der Spitze zu behaupten? Wie geht er erfolgreich mit Mitarbeitern und Mitarbeiterinnen um, wie mit Betriebsräten, Investoren, Kunden – aber auch mit der Prominenz aus der Politik? Er beschreibt, wie begrenzt 'Macht' sein kann, auch wenn man an der Spitze steht. Wie man aus Fehlern und Niederlagen lernt und warum das Streben nach Shareholder Value nicht das alleinige Unternehmensziel sein sollte – und warum es so wichtig ist, zuhören zu können. Der langjährige 'Mr. Siemens' kennt Kniffe und Fallstricke des Managementalltags wie wenige andere – die Erfahrungen, über die er berichtet, kann man weder an einer Universität noch in einer Ausbildung machen. Er beschreibt in seinem Buch, oft mit einem Augenzwinkern, worauf es in der Praxis abseits des Fachlichen wirklich ankommt.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ad31de522629e97f3b28a8dde566a6c7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Prince by Niccolo Machiavelli</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-prince-by-niccolo-machiavelli--65205222</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672068" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672068</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prince Author: Niccolo Machiavelli Narrator: Isheeta Chakravarthy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: October  2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This 16th century treatise is an extended analysis of how to acquire and maintain political power. It includes 26 chapters and an opening dedication to Lorenzo de Medici. The dedication declares Machiavelli's intention to discuss in plain language the conduct of great men and the principles of princely government. He does so in hope of pleasing and enlightening the Medici family.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672068</guid><pubDate>Sat, 02 Oct 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205222/9789354345715.mp3" length="2437214" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672068 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prince Author: Niccolo Machiavelli Narrator: Isheeta Chakravarthy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: October  2,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672068" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672068</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Prince Author: Niccolo Machiavelli Narrator: Isheeta Chakravarthy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: October  2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This 16th century treatise is an extended analysis of how to acquire and maintain political power. It includes 26 chapters and an opening dedication to Lorenzo de Medici. The dedication declares Machiavelli's intention to discuss in plain language the conduct of great men and the principles of princely government. He does so in hope of pleasing and enlightening the Medici family.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2630e17961d109c37f7c6674f0cb2ab5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Hört einander zu! by Elif Shafak</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-hort-einander-zu-by-elif-shafak--65205125</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678992" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678992</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Hört einander zu! Author: Elif Shafak Narrator: Wiebke Puls Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 37 minutes Release date: September 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Gleichberechtigung, Demokratie und Zukunft! Elif Shafak, eine der bedeutendsten Stimmen für Gleichberechtigung und freiheitliche Werte in Europa, zeigt mit viel Einsicht Wege auf, wie wir Demokratie, Einfühlungsvermögen und unseren Glauben an eine bessere und weisere Zukunft fördern können. Ihr Ansatz: Wir müssen endlich anfangen, uns gegenseitig Gehör zu schenken. Wir leben im Zeitalter der ansteckenden Angst und der nicht enden wollenden Krise. Das spaltet unsere Gesellschaft zusehends. Wie können wir die verschiedenen Lager besser verstehen lernen? Wie bewahren wir in diesem fiebrigen Umfeld einen kühlen Kopf? Und wie können wir die Teile in uns nähren die hoffen, vertrauen und an etwas Besseres glauben? In diesem kraftvollen, erhebenden Plädoyer für Toleranz und Optimismus greift Elif Shafak auf ihre eigenen Erinnerungen zurück und betont die Kraft von Geschichten, die uns zusammenbringen. Sie weiß: Das gegenseitige Zuhören kann Demokratie, Einfühlungsvermögen und unseren Glauben an eine besser und weisere Zukunft fördern.  'Elif Shafak kann das Unverstehbare verständlich machen.' Das blaue Sofa]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678992</guid><pubDate>Fri, 24 Sep 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205125/4064067832635.mp3" length="1477527" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678992 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Hört einander zu! Author: Elif Shafak Narrator: Wiebke Puls Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 37 minutes Release date: September...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678992" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678992</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Hört einander zu! Author: Elif Shafak Narrator: Wiebke Puls Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 37 minutes Release date: September 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Gleichberechtigung, Demokratie und Zukunft! Elif Shafak, eine der bedeutendsten Stimmen für Gleichberechtigung und freiheitliche Werte in Europa, zeigt mit viel Einsicht Wege auf, wie wir Demokratie, Einfühlungsvermögen und unseren Glauben an eine bessere und weisere Zukunft fördern können. Ihr Ansatz: Wir müssen endlich anfangen, uns gegenseitig Gehör zu schenken. Wir leben im Zeitalter der ansteckenden Angst und der nicht enden wollenden Krise. Das spaltet unsere Gesellschaft zusehends. Wie können wir die verschiedenen Lager besser verstehen lernen? Wie bewahren wir in diesem fiebrigen Umfeld einen kühlen Kopf? Und wie können wir die Teile in uns nähren die hoffen, vertrauen und an etwas Besseres glauben? In diesem kraftvollen, erhebenden Plädoyer für Toleranz und Optimismus greift Elif Shafak auf ihre eigenen Erinnerungen zurück und betont die Kraft von Geschichten, die uns zusammenbringen. Sie weiß: Das gegenseitige Zuhören kann Demokratie, Einfühlungsvermögen und unseren Glauben an eine besser und weisere Zukunft fördern.  'Elif Shafak kann das Unverstehbare verständlich machen.' Das blaue Sofa]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/eea20371fb362a3b9f0f6801efcf3322.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Lean Startup: Schnell, risikolos und erfolgreich Unternehmen gründen by Eric Ries</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-lean-startup-schnell-risikolos-und-erfolgreich-unternehmen-grunden-by-eric-ries--65205161</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679008" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679008</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Lean Startup: Schnell, risikolos und erfolgreich Unternehmen gründen Author: Eric Ries Narrator: Peter Wolter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 16, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der Weg zum eigenen Unternehmen ist nie ohne Risiko. Und bis die Firma sich auf dem Markt etabliert hat, dauert es. Wer doch scheitert, verliert in der Regel viel Geld. Genau hier setzt das Konzept von Eric Ries an. Lean Startup heißt seine Methode. Sie ist schnell, ressourcenfreundlich und radikal erfolgsorientiert. Anhand von durchgespielten Szenarien kann man von vornherein die Erfolgsaussichten von Ideen, Produkten und Märkten bestimmen. Und auch während der Gründungphase wird der Stand der Dinge ständig überprüft. Machen, messen, lernen – so funktioniert der permanente Evaluationsprozess. Das spart enorm Zeit, Geld und Ressourcen und bietet die Möglichkeit, spontan den Kurs zu korrigieren. Das Lean-Startup-Tool hat sich schon zigtausenfach in der Praxis bewährt und setzt sich auch in Deutschland immer stärker durch.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679008</guid><pubDate>Thu, 16 Sep 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205161/9783962672812.mp3" length="1477581" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679008 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Lean Startup: Schnell, risikolos und erfolgreich Unternehmen gründen Author: Eric Ries Narrator: Peter Wolter Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679008" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679008</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Lean Startup: Schnell, risikolos und erfolgreich Unternehmen gründen Author: Eric Ries Narrator: Peter Wolter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 16, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der Weg zum eigenen Unternehmen ist nie ohne Risiko. Und bis die Firma sich auf dem Markt etabliert hat, dauert es. Wer doch scheitert, verliert in der Regel viel Geld. Genau hier setzt das Konzept von Eric Ries an. Lean Startup heißt seine Methode. Sie ist schnell, ressourcenfreundlich und radikal erfolgsorientiert. Anhand von durchgespielten Szenarien kann man von vornherein die Erfolgsaussichten von Ideen, Produkten und Märkten bestimmen. Und auch während der Gründungphase wird der Stand der Dinge ständig überprüft. Machen, messen, lernen – so funktioniert der permanente Evaluationsprozess. Das spart enorm Zeit, Geld und Ressourcen und bietet die Möglichkeit, spontan den Kurs zu korrigieren. Das Lean-Startup-Tool hat sich schon zigtausenfach in der Praxis bewährt und setzt sich auch in Deutschland immer stärker durch.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>nden</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b5efd061d301b0d4485e4e130a8da32d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Dieses Buch ist bares Geld wert: Warum das ganze Leben ein 'Deal' ist und Sie die Handwerkerrechnung immer sofort bezahlen sollte</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-dieses-buch-ist-bares-geld-wert-warum-das-ganze-leben-ein-deal-ist-und-sie-die-handwerkerrechnung-immer-sofort-bezahlen-sollte--65205148</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679004" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679004</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Dieses Buch ist bares Geld wert: Warum das ganze Leben ein 'Deal' ist und Sie die Handwerkerrechnung immer sofort bezahlen sollten Author: Markus Elsässer Narrator: Alexander Gamnitzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Mit  Des klugen Investors Handbuch  ist Dr. Markus Elsässer ein Bestseller gelungen, mit  Dieses Buch ist bares Geld wert  zeigt er, dass es die vielen kleinen Tricks und Kniffe sind, die er sich im Laufe seines Lebens erst selbst aneignen musste, die den Unterschied ausmachen. Als Topmanager hat er lange Jahre in Asien und Australien gearbeitet, als eigenverantwortlicher Investor ist er seit mehr als 25 Jahren erfolgreich. Dass man das Thema Beruf dreimal im Leben auf die Tagesordnung setzen sollte, wie man am besten Nein sagt und warum man Humor besser mit einem kleinen 'h' schreibt, verrät er amüsant und kurzweilig.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679004</guid><pubDate>Wed, 21 Jul 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205148/9783960929994.mp3" length="1477751" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679004 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Dieses Buch ist bares Geld wert: Warum das ganze Leben ein 'Deal' ist und Sie die Handwerkerrechnung immer sofort bezahlen sollten Author:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679004" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679004</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Dieses Buch ist bares Geld wert: Warum das ganze Leben ein 'Deal' ist und Sie die Handwerkerrechnung immer sofort bezahlen sollten Author: Markus Elsässer Narrator: Alexander Gamnitzer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Mit  Des klugen Investors Handbuch  ist Dr. Markus Elsässer ein Bestseller gelungen, mit  Dieses Buch ist bares Geld wert  zeigt er, dass es die vielen kleinen Tricks und Kniffe sind, die er sich im Laufe seines Lebens erst selbst aneignen musste, die den Unterschied ausmachen. Als Topmanager hat er lange Jahre in Asien und Australien gearbeitet, als eigenverantwortlicher Investor ist er seit mehr als 25 Jahren erfolgreich. Dass man das Thema Beruf dreimal im Leben auf die Tagesordnung setzen sollte, wie man am besten Nein sagt und warum man Humor besser mit einem kleinen 'h' schreibt, verrät er amüsant und kurzweilig.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/37686632a231295140ba002ef8459fed.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Europa schafft sich ab: Wie die Werte der EU verraten werden und was wir dagegen tun können by Erik Marquardt</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-europa-schafft-sich-ab-wie-die-werte-der-eu-verraten-werden-und-was-wir-dagegen-tun-konnen-by-erik-marquardt--65205144</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676672" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676672</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Europa schafft sich ab: Wie die Werte der EU verraten werden und was wir dagegen tun können Author: Erik Marquardt Narrator: Sebastian Dunkelberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 20, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An den europäischen Außengrenzen werden vielfach Menschenrechte gebrochen. Geflüchtete werden ohne Zugang zu Asylverfahren zurückgewiesen, eingesperrt, auf dem Meer ausgesetzt und misshandelt. Erik Marquardt sitzt für die Grünen im EU-Parlament und war in den letzten Jahren immer wieder auf der Balkanroute, auf Lesbos und bei der Seenotrettung auf dem Mittelmeer. In seinem Buch macht er die Diskrepanz zwischen dem europäischen Bekenntnis zu Menschenrechten und -würde und der Wirklichkeit vor Ort deutlich. Marquardt zeigt, wie Europa wissentlich eigenes Recht bricht, Werte verrät und welche Folgen das für uns alle hat. Zugleich macht er deutlich, welche Veränderungsmöglichkeiten es gibt und wie jede*r einzelne aktiv werden kann. Inhalt  1 Europas Verantwortung • 2 Einbruch der Wirklichkeit • 3 Der Preis der Flucht • 4 Hoffnung, Flucht, Vertreibung • 5 Die Not auf See und die Verhinderung der Rettung • 6 Das Schengenspiel • 7 Eskalation als Folge der Abschottung • 8 Pushbacks mit System • 9 Wie konnte es so weit kommen? • 10 Der Weg zu einer Lösung •  11 'Was kann ich selbst tun?' • 12 Fakten gegen Vorurteile 50 % der Verlagserlöse aus dem Hörbuch spendet Hierax Medien für humanitäre Arbeit zur Unterstützung von Menschen auf der Flucht.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676672</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205144/4066338282002.mp3" length="1477671" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676672 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Europa schafft sich ab: Wie die Werte der EU verraten werden und was wir dagegen tun können Author: Erik Marquardt Narrator: Sebastian...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676672" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676672</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Europa schafft sich ab: Wie die Werte der EU verraten werden und was wir dagegen tun können Author: Erik Marquardt Narrator: Sebastian Dunkelberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: July 20, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An den europäischen Außengrenzen werden vielfach Menschenrechte gebrochen. Geflüchtete werden ohne Zugang zu Asylverfahren zurückgewiesen, eingesperrt, auf dem Meer ausgesetzt und misshandelt. Erik Marquardt sitzt für die Grünen im EU-Parlament und war in den letzten Jahren immer wieder auf der Balkanroute, auf Lesbos und bei der Seenotrettung auf dem Mittelmeer. In seinem Buch macht er die Diskrepanz zwischen dem europäischen Bekenntnis zu Menschenrechten und -würde und der Wirklichkeit vor Ort deutlich. Marquardt zeigt, wie Europa wissentlich eigenes Recht bricht, Werte verrät und welche Folgen das für uns alle hat. Zugleich macht er deutlich, welche Veränderungsmöglichkeiten es gibt und wie jede*r einzelne aktiv werden kann. Inhalt  1 Europas Verantwortung • 2 Einbruch der Wirklichkeit • 3 Der Preis der Flucht • 4 Hoffnung, Flucht, Vertreibung • 5 Die Not auf See und die Verhinderung der Rettung • 6 Das Schengenspiel • 7 Eskalation als Folge der Abschottung • 8 Pushbacks mit System • 9 Wie konnte es so weit kommen? • 10 Der Weg zu einer Lösung •  11 'Was kann ich selbst tun?' • 12 Fakten gegen Vorurteile 50 % der Verlagserlöse aus dem Hörbuch spendet Hierax Medien für humanitäre Arbeit zur Unterstützung von Menschen auf der Flucht.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/55822ffc7b1f98ed20edafe53d5e49ba.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Episode 13- India's Relation's with the World by Anjum Sharma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/episode-13-india-s-relation-s-with-the-world-by-anjum-sharma--65205201</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677136" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677136</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 13- India's Relation's with the World Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What are the factors that play an important role in shaping the foreign policy of a country? Is India's relationship with its neighbours the same as it is with the superpowers? Find out more in this episode.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677136</guid><pubDate>Fri, 25 Jun 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205201/0408100101779.mp3" length="1477595" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677136 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 13- India's Relation's with the World Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 33 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677136" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677136</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 13- India's Relation's with the World Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What are the factors that play an important role in shaping the foreign policy of a country? Is India's relationship with its neighbours the same as it is with the superpowers? Find out more in this episode.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/505c644ed770bad67164093c118f7012.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Episode 8 - Rural Development by Anjum Sharma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/episode-8-rural-development-by-anjum-sharma--65205196</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677137" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677137</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 8 - Rural Development Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Why is it said that the empowerment of Panchayati Raj institutions is necessary for rural development. In a rapidly changing world, it is necessary to take care that the units of local self-government do not lag behind. In such a scenario, what is the government doing to improve the economic condition of the rural people? Find out in this episode.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677137</guid><pubDate>Fri, 25 Jun 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205196/0408100101724.mp3" length="1477563" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677137 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 8 - Rural Development Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 25,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677137" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677137</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 8 - Rural Development Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Why is it said that the empowerment of Panchayati Raj institutions is necessary for rural development. In a rapidly changing world, it is necessary to take care that the units of local self-government do not lag behind. In such a scenario, what is the government doing to improve the economic condition of the rural people? Find out in this episode.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/247281c711e2cdf7bf07b905f388368a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Episode 17 - The States of India by Anjum Sharma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/episode-17-the-states-of-india-by-anjum-sharma--65205188</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677150" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677150</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 17 - The States of India Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  India is a union of 28 states, additionally consisting of 8 union territories. The history, culture, festivals and language of each state and union territories are different. Discover this diverse range of information in this episode.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677150</guid><pubDate>Fri, 25 Jun 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205188/0408100101816.mp3" length="2437204" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677150 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 17 - The States of India Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: June...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677150" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677150</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 17 - The States of India Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 7 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  India is a union of 28 states, additionally consisting of 8 union territories. The history, culture, festivals and language of each state and union territories are different. Discover this diverse range of information in this episode.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8c122369f4e34f040db8e5ec198feb53.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Episode 3 - India's Political Events by Anjum Sharma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/episode-3-india-s-political-events-by-anjum-sharma--65205181</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677148" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677148</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 3 - India's Political Events Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What is the political structure like in India? Where were the elections held in the year 2020, which party left which one and whose hand was caught? Why was the Supreme Court angry over the politics of defection? The MPs expressed displeasure over the closure of which fund? Find out all the answers in this episode.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677148</guid><pubDate>Fri, 25 Jun 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205181/0408100101670.mp3" length="1477577" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677148 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 3 - India's Political Events Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677148" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677148</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 3 - India's Political Events Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What is the political structure like in India? Where were the elections held in the year 2020, which party left which one and whose hand was caught? Why was the Supreme Court angry over the politics of defection? The MPs expressed displeasure over the closure of which fund? Find out all the answers in this episode.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/dad56bf5a1e6275e994ed09dd96972aa.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Episode 4 - Global Events by Anjum Sharma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/episode-4-global-events-by-anjum-sharma--65205173</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677141" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677141</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 4 - Global Events Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In 2020, the US presidential election was a major event globally. Apart from this, all eyes were on the death of George Floyd, the explosion in Beirut, the Armenia-Azerbaijan conflict, the historic peace agreement between Israel and the UAE &amp; the Hong Kong crisis. Find out more in this episode.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677141</guid><pubDate>Fri, 25 Jun 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205173/0408100101687.mp3" length="1477555" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677141 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 4 - Global Events Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 25,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677141" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677141</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 4 - Global Events Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In 2020, the US presidential election was a major event globally. Apart from this, all eyes were on the death of George Floyd, the explosion in Beirut, the Armenia-Azerbaijan conflict, the historic peace agreement between Israel and the UAE &amp; the Hong Kong crisis. Find out more in this episode.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/497eb4424a7912891289e8eec49853d4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Episode 9 - Environment &amp; Ecology by Anjum Sharma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/episode-9-environment-ecology-by-anjum-sharma--65205171</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677142" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677142</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 9 - Environment &amp; Ecology Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Environment and Biodiversity have been hot topics of discussion amongst the entire world community for the last few decades. Many related events took place in the year 2020.  Find out about important environmental events and fundamentals in this episode.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677142</guid><pubDate>Fri, 25 Jun 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205171/0408100101731.mp3" length="1477571" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677142 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 9 - Environment &amp;amp; Ecology Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677142" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677142</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 9 - Environment &amp; Ecology Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Environment and Biodiversity have been hot topics of discussion amongst the entire world community for the last few decades. Many related events took place in the year 2020.  Find out about important environmental events and fundamentals in this episode.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/51cf8e4387fd90132a99de60a28d26e6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Episode 11 - Science &amp; Technology by Anjum Sharma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/episode-11-science-technology-by-anjum-sharma--65205157</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677139" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677139</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 11 - Science &amp; Technology Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Post independence, some science and technology institutes were established in India to promote creative progress in the field. Last year also, the government made many efforts. Some of ISRO's missions including blockchain technology, quantum technology, dark net, genome mapping etc. were in the news. Find out more in this episode.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677139</guid><pubDate>Fri, 25 Jun 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205157/0408100101755.mp3" length="1477571" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677139 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 11 - Science &amp;amp; Technology Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677139" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677139</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 11 - Science &amp; Technology Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Post independence, some science and technology institutes were established in India to promote creative progress in the field. Last year also, the government made many efforts. Some of ISRO's missions including blockchain technology, quantum technology, dark net, genome mapping etc. were in the news. Find out more in this episode.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9c86ac2cb12cfa4b807bc1c2e3a73a8b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Episode 15- International Organizations Under the Spotlight by Anjum Sharma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/episode-15-international-organizations-under-the-spotlight-by-anjum-sharma--65205156</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677146" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677146</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 15- International Organizations Under the Spotlight Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The year 2020 marked the completion of seventy-five years of the United Nations and the Food and Agriculture Organization. Apart from this, the World Health Organization was also an important topic of discussion throughout the year. Find out more in this episode.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677146</guid><pubDate>Fri, 25 Jun 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205156/0408100101793.mp3" length="1477623" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677146 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 15- International Organizations Under the Spotlight Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677146" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677146</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 15- International Organizations Under the Spotlight Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The year 2020 marked the completion of seventy-five years of the United Nations and the Food and Agriculture Organization. Apart from this, the World Health Organization was also an important topic of discussion throughout the year. Find out more in this episode.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3d9c60641f7d0a87a7d8e62e9f7d4b6b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Episode 10 - Defence &amp; Internal Security by Anjum Sharma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/episode-10-defence-internal-security-by-anjum-sharma--65205150</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677135" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677135</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 10 - Defence &amp; Internal Security Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  India is one of the top countries in the world to spend on defence. The country is gradually moving towards self-reliance in the defence sector. At the same time, it faces some challenges related to internal security. In this episode, find out what important decisions, agreements and policies were made related to defence and internal security last year.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677135</guid><pubDate>Fri, 25 Jun 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205150/0408100101748.mp3" length="1477585" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677135 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 10 - Defence &amp;amp; Internal Security Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677135" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677135</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 10 - Defence &amp; Internal Security Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 28 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  India is one of the top countries in the world to spend on defence. The country is gradually moving towards self-reliance in the defence sector. At the same time, it faces some challenges related to internal security. In this episode, find out what important decisions, agreements and policies were made related to defence and internal security last year.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/25a11b2d9b41eae754c788cca2aa12eb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Episode 2 - India &amp; the World in the Shadows of Covid by Anjum Sharma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/episode-2-india-the-world-in-the-shadows-of-covid-by-anjum-sharma--65205149</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677145" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677145</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 2 - India &amp; the World in the Shadows of Covid Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  All through last year, the world seemed to be swinging between hope and hopelessness. The reason was coronavirus. What is this virus and why is it called covid? Why was the whole world locked down? What measures did India take? Listen to this and more in this episode.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677145</guid><pubDate>Fri, 25 Jun 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205149/0408100101663.mp3" length="1477611" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677145 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 2 - India &amp;amp; the World in the Shadows of Covid Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677145" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677145</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 2 - India &amp; the World in the Shadows of Covid Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  All through last year, the world seemed to be swinging between hope and hopelessness. The reason was coronavirus. What is this virus and why is it called covid? Why was the whole world locked down? What measures did India take? Listen to this and more in this episode.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/96ecfe3628b4e7a67e068c9b18cde9db.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Episode 5 - Economics of India by Anjum Sharma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/episode-5-economics-of-india-by-anjum-sharma--65205141</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677147" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677147</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 5 - Economics of India Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Covid brought the world economy to the ground in a jiffy. The fastest decline in the last few decades was seen in the year 2020. Millions of people lost their jobs. India was also no exception to this. In this episode, find out how India's economy was and what efforts were made to recover from the dip.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677147</guid><pubDate>Fri, 25 Jun 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205141/0408100101694.mp3" length="1477565" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677147 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 5 - Economics of India Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: June...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677147" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677147</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 5 - Economics of India Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Covid brought the world economy to the ground in a jiffy. The fastest decline in the last few decades was seen in the year 2020. Millions of people lost their jobs. India was also no exception to this. In this episode, find out how India's economy was and what efforts were made to recover from the dip.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/812d49cc8c5190c1d5e5793083e7bbe9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Episode 1 - The Land of India &amp; it's People by Anjum Sharma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/episode-1-the-land-of-india-it-s-people-by-anjum-sharma--65205139</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677138" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677138</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 1 - The Land of India &amp; it's People Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How much do you know about India and its inhabitants? What are the geographical features of India and what are the national symbols? Find out in this episode.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677138</guid><pubDate>Fri, 25 Jun 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205139/0408100101656.mp3" length="1477591" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677138 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 1 - The Land of India &amp;amp; it's People Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677138" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677138</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 1 - The Land of India &amp; it's People Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How much do you know about India and its inhabitants? What are the geographical features of India and what are the national symbols? Find out in this episode.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/731a4ce483ac50241dbbaf39c511d30f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Episode 16 - Awards &amp; Memories by Anjum Sharma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/episode-16-awards-memories-by-anjum-sharma--65205136</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677149" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677149</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 16 - Awards &amp; Memories Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This episode gives you a glimpse of the major sporting events of the year 2020, the awards bestowed on various personalities, and about the achievers who left this world for the heavenly abode last year.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677149</guid><pubDate>Fri, 25 Jun 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205136/0408100101809.mp3" length="1477565" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677149 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 16 - Awards &amp;amp; Memories Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 33 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677149" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677149</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 16 - Awards &amp; Memories Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 33 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This episode gives you a glimpse of the major sporting events of the year 2020, the awards bestowed on various personalities, and about the achievers who left this world for the heavenly abode last year.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/dd172a04b127089ed91c2d13a798e3e2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Episode 6 - Progress in Education by Anjum Sharma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/episode-6-progress-in-education-by-anjum-sharma--65205115</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677140" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677140</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 6 - Progress in Education Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Education is a major part of basic necessities of life. The year 2020 was said to be the beginning of a new era, a dividing line in terms of education in India. The reason was the new education policy. Apart from this, the name of the Ministry of Human Resource Development was also changed. In this episode, find out how much progress has been made in the field of education and what changes have been seen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677140</guid><pubDate>Fri, 25 Jun 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205115/0408100101700.mp3" length="1477571" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677140 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 6 - Progress in Education Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: June...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677140" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677140</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 6 - Progress in Education Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Education is a major part of basic necessities of life. The year 2020 was said to be the beginning of a new era, a dividing line in terms of education in India. The reason was the new education policy. Apart from this, the name of the Ministry of Human Resource Development was also changed. In this episode, find out how much progress has been made in the field of education and what changes have been seen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1c1562cf4b9a47fd47384b085493da2a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Episode 7 - Agriculture by Anjum Sharma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/episode-7-agriculture-by-anjum-sharma--65205106</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677151" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677151</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 7 - Agriculture Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The livelihood of more than half of the people in India is dependent on agriculture. That makes the farmers and agriculture important in this country from a political and an economic point of view. Last year, the opposition to agricultural laws made most of the headlines. In this episode, find out what is the reason behind the farmers' movement. Also find out why the attack of locusts is dangerous for farmers.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677151</guid><pubDate>Fri, 25 Jun 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205106/0408100101717.mp3" length="1477551" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677151 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 7 - Agriculture Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677151" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677151</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 7 - Agriculture Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The livelihood of more than half of the people in India is dependent on agriculture. That makes the farmers and agriculture important in this country from a political and an economic point of view. Last year, the opposition to agricultural laws made most of the headlines. In this episode, find out what is the reason behind the farmers' movement. Also find out why the attack of locusts is dangerous for farmers.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8e30d165350400b449275174ca8727b4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Episode 12 - Art &amp; Culture by Anjum Sharma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/episode-12-art-culture-by-anjum-sharma--65205105</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677144" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677144</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 12 - Art &amp; Culture Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Arts &amp; culture play an important role in the development of a country. And government implements various programs and schemes to preserve it. In this episode, find out what happened in the past year in India in the field of history, music, folk traditions, performing arts, architecture, literature etc.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677144</guid><pubDate>Fri, 25 Jun 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205105/0408100101762.mp3" length="1477557" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677144 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 12 - Art &amp;amp; Culture Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: June...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677144" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677144</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 12 - Art &amp; Culture Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Arts &amp; culture play an important role in the development of a country. And government implements various programs and schemes to preserve it. In this episode, find out what happened in the past year in India in the field of history, music, folk traditions, performing arts, architecture, literature etc.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e3cfafdf1e37f593fd352860438a0822.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Episode 14 - Government Schemes by Anjum Sharma</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/episode-14-government-schemes-by-anjum-sharma--65205104</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677143" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677143</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 14 - Government Schemes Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Covid brought many challenges before us, while the Indian government implemented many schemes and programs to deal with these challenges. Some schemes were new and some old ones were redefined. Find out more in this episode.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677143</guid><pubDate>Fri, 25 Jun 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205104/0408100101786.mp3" length="997125" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677143 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 14 - Government Schemes Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: June...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677143" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/677143</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Episode 14 - Government Schemes Author: Anjum Sharma Narrator: Hetal Patel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Covid brought many challenges before us, while the Indian government implemented many schemes and programs to deal with these challenges. Some schemes were new and some old ones were redefined. Find out more in this episode.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>125</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8351d0457b1f9cfbf4a2cae005b71965.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Hyperfocus: Wie man weniger arbeitet und mehr erreicht by Chris Bailey</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-hyperfocus-wie-man-weniger-arbeitet-und-mehr-erreicht-by-chris-bailey--65205113</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679006" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679006</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Hyperfocus: Wie man weniger arbeitet und mehr erreicht Author: Chris Bailey Narrator: Peter Wolter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: June  9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Immer mehr Menschen fühlen sich überfordert von immer mehr To-dos und immer weniger Zeit. In der Konsequenz wird es immer schwieriger, sich darauf zu konzentrieren, Aufgaben zufriedenstellend und effizient zu einem Ende zu bringen. In seinem Buch liefert Chris Bailey einen praktischen Weg, um Aufmerksamkeit gezielt zu bündeln. Er zeigt, wie man sich eine produktivere Umgebung schafft und wie man lernt, Prioritäten richtig zu setzen. Die Kunst dabei ist es, sich im richtigen Moment zu fokussieren oder aber, wenn es nötig ist, den Geist schweifen zu lassen. Richtig umgesetzt, schafft man so seine Vorhaben  und vieles mehr!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679006</guid><pubDate>Wed, 09 Jun 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205113/9783962673727.mp3" length="1477559" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679006 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Hyperfocus: Wie man weniger arbeitet und mehr erreicht Author: Chris Bailey Narrator: Peter Wolter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679006" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679006</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Hyperfocus: Wie man weniger arbeitet und mehr erreicht Author: Chris Bailey Narrator: Peter Wolter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: June  9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Immer mehr Menschen fühlen sich überfordert von immer mehr To-dos und immer weniger Zeit. In der Konsequenz wird es immer schwieriger, sich darauf zu konzentrieren, Aufgaben zufriedenstellend und effizient zu einem Ende zu bringen. In seinem Buch liefert Chris Bailey einen praktischen Weg, um Aufmerksamkeit gezielt zu bündeln. Er zeigt, wie man sich eine produktivere Umgebung schafft und wie man lernt, Prioritäten richtig zu setzen. Die Kunst dabei ist es, sich im richtigen Moment zu fokussieren oder aber, wenn es nötig ist, den Geist schweifen zu lassen. Richtig umgesetzt, schafft man so seine Vorhaben  und vieles mehr!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/045d0e739f4807548ddc8d1ed13341e7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die Katastrophe der digitalen Bildung: Warum Tablets Schüler nicht klüger machen – und Menschen die besseren Lehrer sind by Ingo</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-katastrophe-der-digitalen-bildung-warum-tablets-schuler-nicht-kluger-machen-und-menschen-die-besseren-lehrer-sind-by-ingo--65205142</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679002" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679002</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Katastrophe der digitalen Bildung: Warum Tablets Schüler nicht klüger machen – und Menschen die besseren Lehrer sind Author: Ingo Leipner Narrator: Peter Wolter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: May  7, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  SILICON VALLEY : WARUM DIE TECH-ELITE IHRE KINDER AUF DIE WALDORFSCHULE SCHICKT Die Coronakrise zwang Schülerinnen und Schüler ins 'Homeschooling'. Online-Lernen schien das Gebot der Stunde zu sein. Doch lernschwache Kinder wurden dabei benachteiligt und selbst viele ältere Schüler scheiterten am eigenständigen Lernen. Und: Ein Gros der Eltern geriet massiv unter Druck, Heimschule und Beruf unter einen Hut zu bringen. Gleichzeitig schossen die Bildschirmzeiten in die Höhe – nicht nur für schulische Zwecke, sondern für Computerspiele und soziale Medien. Gibt es in Deutschland einfach zu wenig Tablets und Online-Angebote für Schüler? Vielleicht … Doch die Ursachen der digitalen Bildungsmisere liegen tiefer. Selbst die 'beste aller Digitalwelten' kann keine zugewandten und inspirierenden Lehrer ersetzen! Menschen lernen am besten vom Menschen, ohne Computer. Im Silicon Valley wurde das bereits verstanden. Ingo Leipner zeigt, wie sehr die Debatte über digitale Bildung ein Holzweg ist - und das sogar in Zeiten einer Pandemie.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679002</guid><pubDate>Fri, 07 May 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205142/9783962673291.mp3" length="1477715" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679002 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Katastrophe der digitalen Bildung: Warum Tablets Schüler nicht klüger machen – und Menschen die besseren Lehrer sind Author: Ingo...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679002" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679002</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Katastrophe der digitalen Bildung: Warum Tablets Schüler nicht klüger machen – und Menschen die besseren Lehrer sind Author: Ingo Leipner Narrator: Peter Wolter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: May  7, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  SILICON VALLEY : WARUM DIE TECH-ELITE IHRE KINDER AUF DIE WALDORFSCHULE SCHICKT Die Coronakrise zwang Schülerinnen und Schüler ins 'Homeschooling'. Online-Lernen schien das Gebot der Stunde zu sein. Doch lernschwache Kinder wurden dabei benachteiligt und selbst viele ältere Schüler scheiterten am eigenständigen Lernen. Und: Ein Gros der Eltern geriet massiv unter Druck, Heimschule und Beruf unter einen Hut zu bringen. Gleichzeitig schossen die Bildschirmzeiten in die Höhe – nicht nur für schulische Zwecke, sondern für Computerspiele und soziale Medien. Gibt es in Deutschland einfach zu wenig Tablets und Online-Angebote für Schüler? Vielleicht … Doch die Ursachen der digitalen Bildungsmisere liegen tiefer. Selbst die 'beste aller Digitalwelten' kann keine zugewandten und inspirierenden Lehrer ersetzen! Menschen lernen am besten vom Menschen, ohne Computer. Im Silicon Valley wurde das bereits verstanden. Ingo Leipner zeigt, wie sehr die Debatte über digitale Bildung ein Holzweg ist - und das sogar in Zeiten einer Pandemie.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ger,ler</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0cc3967fad989b5ae4687670b9e70796.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Rettet die Demokratie!: Eine überfällige Streitschrift by Dirk Neubauer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-rettet-die-demokratie-eine-uberfallige-streitschrift-by-dirk-neubauer--65205203</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676670" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676670</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rettet die Demokratie!: Eine überfällige Streitschrift Author: Dirk Neubauer Narrator: Sebastian Dunkelberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Weckruf aus dem Osten: Wie unsere Demokratie noch zu retten ist Dies ist die Streitschrift zum Wahljahr: Dirk Neubauer, der Bürgermeister der sächsischen Stadt Augustusburg, will unser politisches System umbauen. Denn: Die Demokratie erreicht die Menschen nicht mehr. Das will Neubauer ändern. Sein Weg aus der Krise: das System vom Kopf auf die Füße stellen, die Hierarchie von Bund, Ländern, Kreisen und Kommunen radikal aufbrechen, die Rolle von Parteien hinterfragen und alles, was geht, vor Ort entscheiden – durch die direkte Beteiligung von Bürgern. Dass dies möglich ist, haben er und seine Stadt bewiesen. Inhalt  1 Stadt. Land. Wut.: Warum unsere Demokratie in Gefahr ist • Die Wut der Abgehängten • Die Corona-Pandemie: eine gescheiterte Bewährungsprobe • Augustusburg: meine typisch untypische Stadt in Sachsen • Der Aufschrei des Ostens • Die entrückte Politik • Ostschicksale • Die AfD: ein Symptom unserer krankenden Demokratie • Der Graben zwischen Politik und Mensch 2 Vertreter des Volkes: Was in unserem Parteiensystem schiefläuft  • Die Stimme des Volkes • Die Professionalisierung des Parteibetriebs • Karrierewunsch: Politik • Ein kaputtes Parteiensystem? Mein politischer Selbstversuch • Koalitionsvertrag oder 'Wie man allen alles verspricht' • Die Ernüchterung der Realität: ein politisches Drama in drei Akten • Planlos, aber mehrheitsfähig • Die Basis braucht Entscheidungsmacht! • Denkanstöße zur Rettung unserer Parteiendemokratie 3 Der goldene Zügel: Wie Finanzpolitik die Demokratie schädigt • Geld und Macht • Raus aus der Zuschauerdemokratie! • Mehr Bürgerbeteiligung – aber wie? • Die Förderlotterie • Welche Schlaglöcher wir stopfen müssen • Der Irrsinn des Fördersystems • Denkanstöße zur Rettung unserer Finanzpolitik 4 Antragsmaschine Staat: Warum übertriebene Bürokratie echte Veränderungen ausbremst • Im Dschungel der Vorschriften • Kommunaler Kriechgang • Parallele DDR – gefühlt wieder da • Die Ohnmacht der Kommunen • Denkanstöße zur Rettung unseres Verwaltungsapparates  5 Bürger und Stadt: Wie ein Team funktioniert • Nicht nur reden, sondern zuhören • Im Dienst der Bürgerinnen und Bürger • 'Die Stadt sind Sie!' – Kommunikation auf Augenhöhe • Bürgerinnen und Bürger wieder in die Verantwortung nehmen • Bürgerprojekte – fördern statt nur fordern • Denkanstöße zur Rettung der kommunalen Bürgerbeteiligung 6 Lasst es uns endlich anders machen! Ermöglichen, statt kümmern und versprechen! • Freies Geld für freie Bürger! • Neue Köpfe. Neue Ziele! • Rein in die Parteien! • Lasst uns streiten! Aber richtig.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676670</guid><pubDate>Wed, 21 Apr 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205203/9783863524647.mp3" length="1477605" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676670 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rettet die Demokratie!: Eine überfällige Streitschrift Author: Dirk Neubauer Narrator: Sebastian Dunkelberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676670" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676670</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Rettet die Demokratie!: Eine überfällige Streitschrift Author: Dirk Neubauer Narrator: Sebastian Dunkelberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: April 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Weckruf aus dem Osten: Wie unsere Demokratie noch zu retten ist Dies ist die Streitschrift zum Wahljahr: Dirk Neubauer, der Bürgermeister der sächsischen Stadt Augustusburg, will unser politisches System umbauen. Denn: Die Demokratie erreicht die Menschen nicht mehr. Das will Neubauer ändern. Sein Weg aus der Krise: das System vom Kopf auf die Füße stellen, die Hierarchie von Bund, Ländern, Kreisen und Kommunen radikal aufbrechen, die Rolle von Parteien hinterfragen und alles, was geht, vor Ort entscheiden – durch die direkte Beteiligung von Bürgern. Dass dies möglich ist, haben er und seine Stadt bewiesen. Inhalt  1 Stadt. Land. Wut.: Warum unsere Demokratie in Gefahr ist • Die Wut der Abgehängten • Die Corona-Pandemie: eine gescheiterte Bewährungsprobe • Augustusburg: meine typisch untypische Stadt in Sachsen • Der Aufschrei des Ostens • Die entrückte Politik • Ostschicksale • Die AfD: ein Symptom unserer krankenden Demokratie • Der Graben zwischen Politik und Mensch 2 Vertreter des Volkes: Was in unserem Parteiensystem schiefläuft  • Die Stimme des Volkes • Die Professionalisierung des Parteibetriebs • Karrierewunsch: Politik • Ein kaputtes Parteiensystem? Mein politischer Selbstversuch • Koalitionsvertrag oder 'Wie man allen alles verspricht' • Die Ernüchterung der Realität: ein politisches Drama in drei Akten • Planlos, aber mehrheitsfähig • Die Basis braucht Entscheidungsmacht! • Denkanstöße zur Rettung unserer Parteiendemokratie 3 Der goldene Zügel: Wie Finanzpolitik die Demokratie schädigt • Geld und Macht • Raus aus der Zuschauerdemokratie! • Mehr Bürgerbeteiligung – aber wie? • Die Förderlotterie • Welche Schlaglöcher wir stopfen müssen • Der Irrsinn des Fördersystems • Denkanstöße zur Rettung unserer Finanzpolitik 4 Antragsmaschine Staat: Warum übertriebene Bürokratie echte Veränderungen ausbremst • Im Dschungel der Vorschriften • Kommunaler Kriechgang • Parallele DDR – gefühlt wieder da • Die Ohnmacht der Kommunen • Denkanstöße zur Rettung unseres Verwaltungsapparates  5 Bürger und Stadt: Wie ein Team funktioniert • Nicht nur reden, sondern zuhören • Im Dienst der Bürgerinnen und Bürger • 'Die Stadt sind Sie!' – Kommunikation auf Augenhöhe • Bürgerinnen und Bürger wieder in die Verantwortung nehmen • Bürgerprojekte – fördern statt nur fordern • Denkanstöße zur Rettung der kommunalen Bürgerbeteiligung 6 Lasst es uns endlich anders machen! Ermöglichen, statt kümmern und versprechen! • Freies Geld für freie Bürger! • Neue Köpfe. Neue Ziele! • Rein in die Parteien! • Lasst uns streiten! Aber richtig.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>berf</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1a20133e22b88c2387f458dcae4802e3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Der Fall Julian Assange: Geschichte einer Verfolgung - Der spektakuläre Report des UNO-Sonderberichterstatters für Folter by Nils</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-der-fall-julian-assange-geschichte-einer-verfolgung-der-spektakulare-report-des-uno-sonderberichterstatters-fur-folter-by-nils--65205081</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679013" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679013</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Fall Julian Assange: Geschichte einer Verfolgung - Der spektakuläre Report des UNO-Sonderberichterstatters für Folter Author: Nils Melzer Narrator: Stefan Lehnen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  2010 veröffentlicht WikiLeaks das größte Leak der US-Militärgeschichte – das 'Afghan War Diary' mitsamt Beweisen für Kriegsverbrechen und Folter. Kurz danach verdächtigt Schweden Wikileaks-Gründer Julian Assange der Vergewaltigung; die USA ermitteln verdeckt. Nach jahrelangem Botschaftsasyl überstellt ihn Ecuador 2019 der britischen Polizei. Die USA verlangen sofort seine Auslieferung wegen Spionage und Hacking und drohen mit 175 Jahren Haft. Für Nils Melzer, UN-Sonderberichterstatter für Folter, ist klar: Assange wird gezielt diffamiert, isoliert, gedemütigt und bedroht – zur Abschreckung aller, die schmutzige Staatsgeheimnisse ans Licht ziehen wollen. Dieses packende Buch erzählt erstmals die vollständige Geschichte seiner Untersuchung.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679013</guid><pubDate>Mon, 19 Apr 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205081/9783748402329.mp3" length="1477731" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679013 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Fall Julian Assange: Geschichte einer Verfolgung - Der spektakuläre Report des UNO-Sonderberichterstatters für Folter Author: Nils...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679013" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679013</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Der Fall Julian Assange: Geschichte einer Verfolgung - Der spektakuläre Report des UNO-Sonderberichterstatters für Folter Author: Nils Melzer Narrator: Stefan Lehnen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  2010 veröffentlicht WikiLeaks das größte Leak der US-Militärgeschichte – das 'Afghan War Diary' mitsamt Beweisen für Kriegsverbrechen und Folter. Kurz danach verdächtigt Schweden Wikileaks-Gründer Julian Assange der Vergewaltigung; die USA ermitteln verdeckt. Nach jahrelangem Botschaftsasyl überstellt ihn Ecuador 2019 der britischen Polizei. Die USA verlangen sofort seine Auslieferung wegen Spionage und Hacking und drohen mit 175 Jahren Haft. Für Nils Melzer, UN-Sonderberichterstatter für Folter, ist klar: Assange wird gezielt diffamiert, isoliert, gedemütigt und bedroht – zur Abschreckung aller, die schmutzige Staatsgeheimnisse ans Licht ziehen wollen. Dieses packende Buch erzählt erstmals die vollständige Geschichte seiner Untersuchung.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/092ef480799c7d6f8024d3081c94152d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die Wirecard-Story: Die Geschichte einer Milliarden-Lüge – Von den mehrfach ausgezeichneten Investigativ-Reportern der Wirtschaft</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-wirecard-story-die-geschichte-einer-milliarden-luge-von-den-mehrfach-ausgezeichneten-investigativ-reportern-der-wirtschaft--65205132</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679005" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679005</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Wirecard-Story: Die Geschichte einer Milliarden-Lüge – Von den mehrfach ausgezeichneten Investigativ-Reportern der WirtschaftsWoche Author: Melanie Bergermann, Volker Ter Haseborg Narrator: Stefan Lehnen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der Fall Wirecard ist der wohl spektakulärste Betrugsfall der deutschen Wirtschaftsgeschichte. 1,9 Milliarden Euro – der Unternehmensgewinn aus mehr als fünf Jahren – sind nicht da. 20 Milliarden Euro Börsenwert – vernichtet. Der ehemalige Konzernchef Markus Braun kam in Untersuchungshaft, Ex-Vorstand Jan Marsalek gelang eine filmreife Flucht. Was bleibt, ist die Geschichte eines Zahlungsabwicklers, der als kleiner Dienstleister für die Pornoindustrie begann, doch schon bald die Schmuddelecke hinter sich lassen und mit namhaften Geschäftspartnern traumhafte Gewinne erzielen sollte. Tatsächlich war Wirecard ein Unternehmen, in dem ein dubioser Deal auf den nächsten folgte. Wirecards Geschichte – sie war zu schön, um wahr zu sein. Von Anfang an. Aufseher, Ermittler und Wirtschaftsprüfer sind blamiert, doch nicht nur das: Der Fa ll Wirecard ist eine Niederlage für den Wirtschaftsstandort Deutschland. Wie konnte das passieren? Dieser Frage gehen Melanie Bergermann und Volker ter Haseborg nach. Die Reporter der  WirtschaftsWoche  sind seit Jahren kritische Begleiter von Wirecard. Jetzt dokumentieren sie die facettenreiche Geschichte des Unternehmens. Für ihre Recherchen im Fall Wirecard wurden sie 2020 mit dem Deutschen Journalistenpreis ausgezeichnet.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679005</guid><pubDate>Tue, 16 Feb 2021 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205132/9783960929666.mp3" length="1477795" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679005 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Wirecard-Story: Die Geschichte einer Milliarden-Lüge – Von den mehrfach ausgezeichneten Investigativ-Reportern der WirtschaftsWoche...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679005" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/679005</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Wirecard-Story: Die Geschichte einer Milliarden-Lüge – Von den mehrfach ausgezeichneten Investigativ-Reportern der WirtschaftsWoche Author: Melanie Bergermann, Volker Ter Haseborg Narrator: Stefan Lehnen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Der Fall Wirecard ist der wohl spektakulärste Betrugsfall der deutschen Wirtschaftsgeschichte. 1,9 Milliarden Euro – der Unternehmensgewinn aus mehr als fünf Jahren – sind nicht da. 20 Milliarden Euro Börsenwert – vernichtet. Der ehemalige Konzernchef Markus Braun kam in Untersuchungshaft, Ex-Vorstand Jan Marsalek gelang eine filmreife Flucht. Was bleibt, ist die Geschichte eines Zahlungsabwicklers, der als kleiner Dienstleister für die Pornoindustrie begann, doch schon bald die Schmuddelecke hinter sich lassen und mit namhaften Geschäftspartnern traumhafte Gewinne erzielen sollte. Tatsächlich war Wirecard ein Unternehmen, in dem ein dubioser Deal auf den nächsten folgte. Wirecards Geschichte – sie war zu schön, um wahr zu sein. Von Anfang an. Aufseher, Ermittler und Wirtschaftsprüfer sind blamiert, doch nicht nur das: Der Fa ll Wirecard ist eine Niederlage für den Wirtschaftsstandort Deutschland. Wie konnte das passieren? Dieser Frage gehen Melanie Bergermann und Volker ter Haseborg nach. Die Reporter der  WirtschaftsWoche  sind seit Jahren kritische Begleiter von Wirecard. Jetzt dokumentieren sie die facettenreiche Geschichte des Unternehmens. Für ihre Recherchen im Fall Wirecard wurden sie 2020 mit dem Deutschen Journalistenpreis ausgezeichnet.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ge</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cb0532e8e65398e1e71a8ad911244180.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die lautlose Eroberung: Wie China westliche Demokratien unterwandert und die Welt neu ordnet by Clive Hamilton, Mareike Ohlberg</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-lautlose-eroberung-wie-china-westliche-demokratien-unterwandert-und-die-welt-neu-ordnet-by-clive-hamilton-mareike-ohlberg--65205218</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672873" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672873</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die lautlose Eroberung: Wie China westliche Demokratien unterwandert und die Welt neu ordnet Author: Clive Hamilton, Mareike Ohlberg Narrator: Erich Wittenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 14 minutes Release date: May  4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Gefährlicher Rivale statt unverzichtbarer Partner: Mit welchen Strategien China die Welt erobert Chinas Aufstieg zur Weltmacht ist unaufhaltsam. Lange erwartete man, dass sich das Land mit zunehmendem Wohlstand demokratisieren würde. Doch das Gegenteil ist der Fall. Die Kommunistische Partei Chinas will sich mit allen Mitteln an der Macht halten. Dafür werden Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft im eigenen Land auf Linie gebracht und ein weitreichendes Programm wurde entwickelt, mit dem China die westlichen Demokratien unterwandert und eine neue Weltordnung etablieren will. Dabei setzt es nicht nur seine Wirtschaftsmacht als Waffe ein, sondern die gesamte Bandbreite seiner Politik. Wie vielfältig der chinesische Einfluss auch bei uns bereits ist, enthüllen die beiden Autoren an zahlreichen Beispielen – ein Anstoß zu einer dringend notwendigen Debatte: Wie soll Deutschland, wie Europa mit der neuen Weltmacht China umgehen?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672873</guid><pubDate>Mon, 04 May 2020 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205218/9783963840357.mp3" length="1477553" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672873 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die lautlose Eroberung: Wie China westliche Demokratien unterwandert und die Welt neu ordnet Author: Clive Hamilton, Mareike Ohlberg...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672873" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672873</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die lautlose Eroberung: Wie China westliche Demokratien unterwandert und die Welt neu ordnet Author: Clive Hamilton, Mareike Ohlberg Narrator: Erich Wittenberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 14 minutes Release date: May  4, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Gefährlicher Rivale statt unverzichtbarer Partner: Mit welchen Strategien China die Welt erobert Chinas Aufstieg zur Weltmacht ist unaufhaltsam. Lange erwartete man, dass sich das Land mit zunehmendem Wohlstand demokratisieren würde. Doch das Gegenteil ist der Fall. Die Kommunistische Partei Chinas will sich mit allen Mitteln an der Macht halten. Dafür werden Wirtschaft und Gesellschaft im eigenen Land auf Linie gebracht und ein weitreichendes Programm wurde entwickelt, mit dem China die westlichen Demokratien unterwandert und eine neue Weltordnung etablieren will. Dabei setzt es nicht nur seine Wirtschaftsmacht als Waffe ein, sondern die gesamte Bandbreite seiner Politik. Wie vielfältig der chinesische Einfluss auch bei uns bereits ist, enthüllen die beiden Autoren an zahlreichen Beispielen – ein Anstoß zu einer dringend notwendigen Debatte: Wie soll Deutschland, wie Europa mit der neuen Weltmacht China umgehen?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b3f91ae5641bec1e47f11fa0f478230a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Japan - Abstieg in Würde: Wie ein alterndes Land um seine Zukunft ringt by Wieland Wagner</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-japan-abstieg-in-wurde-wie-ein-alterndes-land-um-seine-zukunft-ringt-by-wieland-wagner--65205202</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672869" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672869</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Japan - Abstieg in Würde: Wie ein alterndes Land um seine Zukunft ringt Author: Wieland Wagner Narrator: Mark Bremer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: September  3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Was passiert, wenn ein ganzes Land in Rente geht Seit den neunziger Jahren ist die einst als unbesiegbar geltende Wirtschaft Japans in einer Abwärtsspirale gefangen. Sie wird auch dadurch beschleunigt, dass Japans Bevölkerung so schnell altert wie kaum eine andere: In den vergangenen fünf Jahren verlor das Land knapp eine Million Menschen, ganze ländliche Regionen sterben gleichsam aus. Japans Beispiel zeigt, was passiert, wenn ein Land die Grenzen des Wachstums erreicht und sich tiefgreifenden Reformen - insbesondere der konsequenten Öffnung der Wirtschaft für Frauen und Einwanderer - verweigert. Wieland Wagner, Asien-Korrespondent des SPIEGEL, beschreibt in seinem Hörbuch eindrucksvoll, wie die jahrzehntelange Stagnation den Alltag der Menschen verändert und welche Lehren wir in Deutschland aus dem Vergreisen dieser Wohlstandsnation ziehen sollten.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672869</guid><pubDate>Mon, 03 Sep 2018 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205202/9783963840012.mp3" length="1477515" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672869 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Japan - Abstieg in Würde: Wie ein alterndes Land um seine Zukunft ringt Author: Wieland Wagner Narrator: Mark Bremer Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672869" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/672869</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Japan - Abstieg in Würde: Wie ein alterndes Land um seine Zukunft ringt Author: Wieland Wagner Narrator: Mark Bremer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: September  3, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Was passiert, wenn ein ganzes Land in Rente geht Seit den neunziger Jahren ist die einst als unbesiegbar geltende Wirtschaft Japans in einer Abwärtsspirale gefangen. Sie wird auch dadurch beschleunigt, dass Japans Bevölkerung so schnell altert wie kaum eine andere: In den vergangenen fünf Jahren verlor das Land knapp eine Million Menschen, ganze ländliche Regionen sterben gleichsam aus. Japans Beispiel zeigt, was passiert, wenn ein Land die Grenzen des Wachstums erreicht und sich tiefgreifenden Reformen - insbesondere der konsequenten Öffnung der Wirtschaft für Frauen und Einwanderer - verweigert. Wieland Wagner, Asien-Korrespondent des SPIEGEL, beschreibt in seinem Hörbuch eindrucksvoll, wie die jahrzehntelange Stagnation den Alltag der Menschen verändert und welche Lehren wir in Deutschland aus dem Vergreisen dieser Wohlstandsnation ziehen sollten.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rde</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7741d24d4b1242e01cf335e42a05c0ca.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Meditaciones desde el subsuelo by Guillermo Fadanelli</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-meditaciones-desde-el-subsuelo-by-guillermo-fadanelli--65205206</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678291" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678291</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Meditaciones desde el subsuelo Author: Guillermo Fadanelli Narrator: Mauricio Meléndez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ¿Qué causas pueden sustentar a la escritura? ¿Tiene sentido seguir escribiendo en el mundo contemporáneo? Para responder, recurre a una cita E. L. Doctorow: '[La ficción] enseña las leyes de la comunidad y distribuye el sufrimiento'. A partir de ella construye distintos argumentos a favor de la producción de ficciones y su consumo. La literatura nos ayuda a aceptar la diferencia: nos ejercita en el conocimiento de otros mundos e individuos y nos acerca al sufrimiento ajeno. Y amplía nuestra imaginación moral. Pero la literatura también nos enseña a dudar y romper con los productos con los que la globalización intenta pastorearnos: nos hace cuestionar tradiciones y dogmas. A su vez, la literatura aísla al lector, lo fortalece internamente, haciéndolo un individuo al que le resulta más fácil oponer resistencia al mundo globalizado de la mercadotecnia y la barbarie. Finalmente, opta por identificar su propuesta ético-política como una vertiente singular de la tradición anarquista, en la que el individuo sea el protagonista, concluyendo con una sugerente paradoja: La comunidad en tiempos de crisis continúa viva en la pluralidad del individuo. 'Una preocupación humanista está en el origen de los ensayos de Fadanelli, de allí que todos sean críticos y personales a un tiempo. La página, para él, es un lugar de inestabilidad, en que las preguntas, incluso las más abstractas, surgen y vuelven a la propia experiencia.' Luigi Amara 'Los géneros, las distintas formas de la escritura, sostienen la frondosa copa del texto: ensayo, narrativa, filosofía, aforismos, digresiones y referencias biográficas. Sus constantes devaneos hacen también de Insolencia un paseo que se suma a la familia de libros en los que, quizás, el paseo sea en sí mismo un género literario.' Brenda Lozano]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678291</guid><pubDate>Fri, 30 Mar 2018 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205206/9789178018833.mp3" length="2437231" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678291 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Meditaciones desde el subsuelo Author: Guillermo Fadanelli Narrator: Mauricio Meléndez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 10...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678291" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/678291</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Meditaciones desde el subsuelo Author: Guillermo Fadanelli Narrator: Mauricio Meléndez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 30, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ¿Qué causas pueden sustentar a la escritura? ¿Tiene sentido seguir escribiendo en el mundo contemporáneo? Para responder, recurre a una cita E. L. Doctorow: '[La ficción] enseña las leyes de la comunidad y distribuye el sufrimiento'. A partir de ella construye distintos argumentos a favor de la producción de ficciones y su consumo. La literatura nos ayuda a aceptar la diferencia: nos ejercita en el conocimiento de otros mundos e individuos y nos acerca al sufrimiento ajeno. Y amplía nuestra imaginación moral. Pero la literatura también nos enseña a dudar y romper con los productos con los que la globalización intenta pastorearnos: nos hace cuestionar tradiciones y dogmas. A su vez, la literatura aísla al lector, lo fortalece internamente, haciéndolo un individuo al que le resulta más fácil oponer resistencia al mundo globalizado de la mercadotecnia y la barbarie. Finalmente, opta por identificar su propuesta ético-política como una vertiente singular de la tradición anarquista, en la que el individuo sea el protagonista, concluyendo con una sugerente paradoja: La comunidad en tiempos de crisis continúa viva en la pluralidad del individuo. 'Una preocupación humanista está en el origen de los ensayos de Fadanelli, de allí que todos sean críticos y personales a un tiempo. La página, para él, es un lugar de inestabilidad, en que las preguntas, incluso las más abstractas, surgen y vuelven a la propia experiencia.' Luigi Amara 'Los géneros, las distintas formas de la escritura, sostienen la frondosa copa del texto: ensayo, narrativa, filosofía, aforismos, digresiones y referencias biográficas. Sus constantes devaneos hacen también de Insolencia un paseo que se suma a la familia de libros en los que, quizás, el paseo sea en sí mismo un género literario.' Brenda Lozano]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/475b96c228668e9f3034522880bff648.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Unterwegs in Nordkorea: Eine Gratwanderung by Rüdiger Frank</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-unterwegs-in-nordkorea-eine-gratwanderung-by-rudiger-frank--65205168</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676818" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676818</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Unterwegs in Nordkorea: Eine Gratwanderung Author: Rüdiger Frank Narrator: Mark Bremer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 22, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Entfernung zu uns ist nicht nur in Kilometern zu messen. Nordkorea ist ein diktatorisches System, das vor markigen Drohungen an den Rest der Welt und auch vor der Verhaftung von Touristen nicht zurückschreckt. Wenn überhaupt, dann sollte man keineswegs ohne gründliche Vorbereitung dorthin fahren. Doch wenn man sich dafür entscheidet, dann zeigt sich dem Besucher ein verwirrend vielfältiges und oft widersprüchliches Bild. Reisende bekommen trotz der überall vorherrschenden Zensur in Nordkorea viel gezeigt, doch vieles übersehen sie dabei. Rüdiger Frank ist einer der weltweit besten Kenner Nordkoreas, seit über einem Vierteljahrhundert bereist er das Land regelmäßig. In seinem neuen Buch fasst er seine Reiseerfahrungen zusammen, gibt praktische Tipps und überraschende Einblicke in Alltag und Kultur Nordkoreas.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676818</guid><pubDate>Thu, 22 Feb 2018 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205168/9783942057950.mp3" length="1477515" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676818 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Unterwegs in Nordkorea: Eine Gratwanderung Author: Rüdiger Frank Narrator: Mark Bremer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676818" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676818</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Unterwegs in Nordkorea: Eine Gratwanderung Author: Rüdiger Frank Narrator: Mark Bremer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 33 minutes Release date: February 22, 2018 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Entfernung zu uns ist nicht nur in Kilometern zu messen. Nordkorea ist ein diktatorisches System, das vor markigen Drohungen an den Rest der Welt und auch vor der Verhaftung von Touristen nicht zurückschreckt. Wenn überhaupt, dann sollte man keineswegs ohne gründliche Vorbereitung dorthin fahren. Doch wenn man sich dafür entscheidet, dann zeigt sich dem Besucher ein verwirrend vielfältiges und oft widersprüchliches Bild. Reisende bekommen trotz der überall vorherrschenden Zensur in Nordkorea viel gezeigt, doch vieles übersehen sie dabei. Rüdiger Frank ist einer der weltweit besten Kenner Nordkoreas, seit über einem Vierteljahrhundert bereist er das Land regelmäßig. In seinem neuen Buch fasst er seine Reiseerfahrungen zusammen, gibt praktische Tipps und überraschende Einblicke in Alltag und Kultur Nordkoreas.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>diger</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cf90e96b91622fa2dd5e634f06deb12f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Das kommunistische Manifest op Kölsch by Walter Stehling</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-das-kommunistische-manifest-op-kolsch-by-walter-stehling--65205189</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676814" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676814</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das kommunistische Manifest op Kölsch Author: Walter Stehling Narrator: Walter Stehling Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 18 minutes Release date: December  1, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  E Jespens jeit eröm en Europa - et Jespens vum Kummenismus. Die Mächte vom ahle Europa han sech mallich zesamme jedon zor Hätzjach jäje dat Jesoens, d'r Paps, d'r Zar, d'r Metternich un d'r Guizot, fränzüsisch Radekale un de dütsche Schmier... Das Manifest der kommunistischen Partei op Kölsch. Der Klassiker von 1848 von Karl Marx und Friedrich Engels in Kölnisch-Ripoarischer Sprache als exklusive Hörbuch-Mundart-Ausgabe.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676814</guid><pubDate>Fri, 01 Dec 2017 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205189/9783942057936.mp3" length="1477553" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676814 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das kommunistische Manifest op Kölsch Author: Walter Stehling Narrator: Walter Stehling Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 18...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676814" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676814</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Das kommunistische Manifest op Kölsch Author: Walter Stehling Narrator: Walter Stehling Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 18 minutes Release date: December  1, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  E Jespens jeit eröm en Europa - et Jespens vum Kummenismus. Die Mächte vom ahle Europa han sech mallich zesamme jedon zor Hätzjach jäje dat Jesoens, d'r Paps, d'r Zar, d'r Metternich un d'r Guizot, fränzüsisch Radekale un de dütsche Schmier... Das Manifest der kommunistischen Partei op Kölsch. Der Klassiker von 1848 von Karl Marx und Friedrich Engels in Kölnisch-Ripoarischer Sprache als exklusive Hörbuch-Mundart-Ausgabe.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/86ab415d50aff34a19852cd0f9de3619.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Im nächsten Leben ist zu spät by Sina Trinkwalder</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-im-nachsten-leben-ist-zu-spat-by-sina-trinkwalder--65205192</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676825" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676825</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Im nächsten Leben ist zu spät Author: Sina Trinkwalder Narrator: Luise Schubert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: September  1, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Viele Menschen leben in einem Gefühl der Unzufriedenheit. Sie leiden vielleicht unter ihrem Gewicht, ihrem Job, ihrer Beziehung, vielleicht wünschen sie sich, mehr aus ihrem Leben zu machen. Doch bei vielen bleibt es auch dabei, sie kommen über das Wünschen nicht hinaus., , Sina Trinkwalder ist eine Macherin. Sie hat keine Scheu, Neues anzupacken. Sie weist einen gangbaren Weg aus Unzufriedenheit und Erstarrung. Zielgruppe sind alle, die wissen, dass etwas schiefläuft und die nicht wissen, wie sie es ändern sollen., , Sina Trinkwalders persönliches Erfolgskonzept - nie den Kopf sinken zu lassen, sondern Probleme zu fixieren, anzugehen und zu lösen - präsentiert sie klar, nachvollziehbar und immer mit einem Augenzwinkern. Ein Hörbuch für heute, denn: Im nächsten Leben ist zu spät!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676825</guid><pubDate>Fri, 01 Sep 2017 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205192/9783942057929.mp3" length="1477539" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676825 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Im nächsten Leben ist zu spät Author: Sina Trinkwalder Narrator: Luise Schubert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676825" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676825</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Im nächsten Leben ist zu spät Author: Sina Trinkwalder Narrator: Luise Schubert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: September  1, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Viele Menschen leben in einem Gefühl der Unzufriedenheit. Sie leiden vielleicht unter ihrem Gewicht, ihrem Job, ihrer Beziehung, vielleicht wünschen sie sich, mehr aus ihrem Leben zu machen. Doch bei vielen bleibt es auch dabei, sie kommen über das Wünschen nicht hinaus., , Sina Trinkwalder ist eine Macherin. Sie hat keine Scheu, Neues anzupacken. Sie weist einen gangbaren Weg aus Unzufriedenheit und Erstarrung. Zielgruppe sind alle, die wissen, dass etwas schiefläuft und die nicht wissen, wie sie es ändern sollen., , Sina Trinkwalders persönliches Erfolgskonzept - nie den Kopf sinken zu lassen, sondern Probleme zu fixieren, anzugehen und zu lösen - präsentiert sie klar, nachvollziehbar und immer mit einem Augenzwinkern. Ein Hörbuch für heute, denn: Im nächsten Leben ist zu spät!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8d24979fbb68065f2fe7463baba5bfc0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Wir können nicht allen helfen: Ein Grüner über Integration und die Grenzen der Belastbarkeit by Boris Palmer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-wir-konnen-nicht-allen-helfen-ein-gruner-uber-integration-und-die-grenzen-der-belastbarkeit-by-boris-palmer--65205153</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676824" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676824</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir können nicht allen helfen: Ein Grüner über Integration und die Grenzen der Belastbarkeit Author: Boris Palmer Narrator: Mark Bremer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 10, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Boris Palmer, Deutschlands bekanntester grüner Bürgermeister, hat in den letzten Jahren immer wieder neue Debatten angestoßen und damit die Berliner Politik herausgefordert. Aber er hat als Oberbürgermeister von Tübingen auch gezeigt, wie man Probleme vor Ort löst - zupackend, undogmatisch, nah dran an den Menschen., , In diesem Hörbuch fordert er auf der Grundlage seiner Erfahrungen als Bürgermeister eine ehrliche Debatte über die Flüchtlingsfrage und darüber, wie wir die riesige Herausforderung der Integration hunderttausender Menschen meistern können. An vielen konkreten Beispielen zeigt er, warum die Debatte um die Flüchtlinge von mangelndem Realitätssinn, Tabuisierungen und Denkblockaden geprägt ist: Wie reden wir über Gewalt von Flüchtlingen? Wie gehen wir mit Ängsten um? Welche Rolle spielen dabei die Sozialen Medien? Wie interpretieren wir Statistiken für unsere Zwecke? Mit welchen Argumenten können wir die Rechtspopulisten stoppen? Und welche Lösungen gibt es bei der langfristigen Integration der Flüchtlinge?, , Die Kritik eines Bürgermeisters, der täglich vor Ort Probleme lösen muss, die in Berlin nicht immer wahrgenommen werden - und eine Streitschrift für mehr Mut und Realismus in der Politik.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676824</guid><pubDate>Sat, 10 Jun 2017 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205153/9783942057905.mp3" length="1477525" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676824 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir können nicht allen helfen: Ein Grüner über Integration und die Grenzen der Belastbarkeit Author: Boris Palmer Narrator: Mark Bremer...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676824" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676824</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Wir können nicht allen helfen: Ein Grüner über Integration und die Grenzen der Belastbarkeit Author: Boris Palmer Narrator: Mark Bremer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 10, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Boris Palmer, Deutschlands bekanntester grüner Bürgermeister, hat in den letzten Jahren immer wieder neue Debatten angestoßen und damit die Berliner Politik herausgefordert. Aber er hat als Oberbürgermeister von Tübingen auch gezeigt, wie man Probleme vor Ort löst - zupackend, undogmatisch, nah dran an den Menschen., , In diesem Hörbuch fordert er auf der Grundlage seiner Erfahrungen als Bürgermeister eine ehrliche Debatte über die Flüchtlingsfrage und darüber, wie wir die riesige Herausforderung der Integration hunderttausender Menschen meistern können. An vielen konkreten Beispielen zeigt er, warum die Debatte um die Flüchtlinge von mangelndem Realitätssinn, Tabuisierungen und Denkblockaden geprägt ist: Wie reden wir über Gewalt von Flüchtlingen? Wie gehen wir mit Ängsten um? Welche Rolle spielen dabei die Sozialen Medien? Wie interpretieren wir Statistiken für unsere Zwecke? Mit welchen Argumenten können wir die Rechtspopulisten stoppen? Und welche Lösungen gibt es bei der langfristigen Integration der Flüchtlinge?, , Die Kritik eines Bürgermeisters, der täglich vor Ort Probleme lösen muss, die in Berlin nicht immer wahrgenommen werden - und eine Streitschrift für mehr Mut und Realismus in der Politik.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ber,ner</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8ebf22c4e7594dde5fc4f934908f831f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Die Getriebenen: Merkel und die Flüchtlingspolitik: Report aus dem Inneren der Macht by Robin Alexander</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-die-getriebenen-merkel-und-die-fluchtlingspolitik-report-aus-dem-inneren-der-macht-by-robin-alexander--65205126</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676829" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676829</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Getriebenen: Merkel und die Flüchtlingspolitik: Report aus dem Inneren der Macht Author: Robin Alexander Narrator: Helmut Winkelmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 13, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Grenzöffnung für Flüchtlinge im Herbst 2015 hat das Land gespalten - die einen preisen Angela Merkels moralische Haltung, die andern geißeln die Preisgabe von Souveränität. Doch was als planvolles Handeln erscheint, ist in Wahrheit eine Politik des Durchwurstelns, des Taktierens und Lavierens, befeuert von hehren Idealen und Opportunismus. Robin Alexander zeigt, dass die politischen Akteure Getriebene sind, zerrieben zwischen selbst auferlegten Zwängen und den sich überschlagenden Ereignissen. Robin Alexander blickt als Korrespondent der Welt am Sonntag seit Jahren hinter die Kulissen des Kanzleramtes. In seinem Buch, das auf Recherchen in Berlin, Brüssel, Wien, Budapest und der Türkei basiert, rekonstruiert er minutiös die Schlüsselentscheidungen von sechs Schicksalsmonaten und erzählt am Beispiel des wohl dramatischsten Kapitels der jüngeren deutschen Geschichte davon, wie heute Politik gemacht wird.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676829</guid><pubDate>Mon, 13 Mar 2017 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205126/9783942057790.mp3" length="1477517" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676829 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Getriebenen: Merkel und die Flüchtlingspolitik: Report aus dem Inneren der Macht Author: Robin Alexander Narrator: Helmut Winkelmann...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676829" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676829</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Die Getriebenen: Merkel und die Flüchtlingspolitik: Report aus dem Inneren der Macht Author: Robin Alexander Narrator: Helmut Winkelmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: March 13, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Grenzöffnung für Flüchtlinge im Herbst 2015 hat das Land gespalten - die einen preisen Angela Merkels moralische Haltung, die andern geißeln die Preisgabe von Souveränität. Doch was als planvolles Handeln erscheint, ist in Wahrheit eine Politik des Durchwurstelns, des Taktierens und Lavierens, befeuert von hehren Idealen und Opportunismus. Robin Alexander zeigt, dass die politischen Akteure Getriebene sind, zerrieben zwischen selbst auferlegten Zwängen und den sich überschlagenden Ereignissen. Robin Alexander blickt als Korrespondent der Welt am Sonntag seit Jahren hinter die Kulissen des Kanzleramtes. In seinem Buch, das auf Recherchen in Berlin, Brüssel, Wien, Budapest und der Türkei basiert, rekonstruiert er minutiös die Schlüsselentscheidungen von sechs Schicksalsmonaten und erzählt am Beispiel des wohl dramatischsten Kapitels der jüngeren deutschen Geschichte davon, wie heute Politik gemacht wird.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>chtlingspolitik</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9cb8ea65eade583a10d61dfaae69536c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Allein unter Flüchtlingen by Tuvia Tenenbom</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-allein-unter-fluchtlingen-by-tuvia-tenenbom--65205174</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676813" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676813</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Allein unter Flüchtlingen Author: Tuvia Tenenbom Narrator: Stefan Krause Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: March  6, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Seit Herbst 2015, als zahlreiche Flüchtlinge nach Deutschland kamen, hat sich das Land grundlegend verändert. Viele erleben die Migrationsbewegung als eine Zäsur, deren Folgen noch längst nicht abzusehen sind. Um zu verstehen, was da in den letzten Monaten eigentlich genau passiert ist, ist Tuvia Tenenbom einmal mehr kreuz und quer durch die Republik gereist., , Er wollte wissen, was die wahren Gründe der Willkommenskultur waren, warum Deutschland ein großes Herz gezeigt, aber immer noch keinen Plan hat, und wie es hier eigentlich um die Meinungsfreiheit bestellt ist. Seinen Gesprächspartnern - seien es Gregor Gysi, Volker Beck oder Kardinal Reinhard Marx, seien es Frauke Petry von der AfD, Pegida-Gründer Lutz Bachmann oder der geistige Führer der neuen Rechten Götz Kubitschek, seien es Akif Pirinçci oder Jürgen Todenhöfer - hat er unbequeme Fragen gestellt. Die Erkenntnisse, die er dabei gewonnen hat, sind mindestens ebenso verstörend wie seine Besuche in den Flüchtlingslagern, wo er von beschämenden Zuständen berichtet, deren Auswirkungen nicht nur individuell verheerend sind, sondern in nicht allzu ferner Zukunft die gesamte deutsche Gesellschaft betreffen werden., , Tuvia Tenenboms provokante, streitbare Großreportage über die neue deutsche Wirklichkeit ist ebenso aufrüttelnd wie erschütternd - und ein Appell zum Umdenken und offenen Diskurs.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676813</guid><pubDate>Mon, 06 Mar 2017 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205174/9783942057745.mp3" length="1477525" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676813 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Allein unter Flüchtlingen Author: Tuvia Tenenbom Narrator: Stefan Krause Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676813" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676813</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Allein unter Flüchtlingen Author: Tuvia Tenenbom Narrator: Stefan Krause Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: March  6, 2017 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Seit Herbst 2015, als zahlreiche Flüchtlinge nach Deutschland kamen, hat sich das Land grundlegend verändert. Viele erleben die Migrationsbewegung als eine Zäsur, deren Folgen noch längst nicht abzusehen sind. Um zu verstehen, was da in den letzten Monaten eigentlich genau passiert ist, ist Tuvia Tenenbom einmal mehr kreuz und quer durch die Republik gereist., , Er wollte wissen, was die wahren Gründe der Willkommenskultur waren, warum Deutschland ein großes Herz gezeigt, aber immer noch keinen Plan hat, und wie es hier eigentlich um die Meinungsfreiheit bestellt ist. Seinen Gesprächspartnern - seien es Gregor Gysi, Volker Beck oder Kardinal Reinhard Marx, seien es Frauke Petry von der AfD, Pegida-Gründer Lutz Bachmann oder der geistige Führer der neuen Rechten Götz Kubitschek, seien es Akif Pirinçci oder Jürgen Todenhöfer - hat er unbequeme Fragen gestellt. Die Erkenntnisse, die er dabei gewonnen hat, sind mindestens ebenso verstörend wie seine Besuche in den Flüchtlingslagern, wo er von beschämenden Zuständen berichtet, deren Auswirkungen nicht nur individuell verheerend sind, sondern in nicht allzu ferner Zukunft die gesamte deutsche Gesellschaft betreffen werden., , Tuvia Tenenboms provokante, streitbare Großreportage über die neue deutsche Wirklichkeit ist ebenso aufrüttelnd wie erschütternd - und ein Appell zum Umdenken und offenen Diskurs.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>chtlingen</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2f4c2bc258d51077d1d7554d1e8c6db9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Was bleiben wird - Ein Gespräch über Herkunft und Zukunft by Friedrich Schorlemmer, Gregor Gysi</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-was-bleiben-wird-ein-gesprach-uber-herkunft-und-zukunft-by-friedrich-schorlemmer-gregor-gysi--65205224</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675355" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675355</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Was bleiben wird - Ein Gespräch über Herkunft und Zukunft Author: Friedrich Schorlemmer, Gregor Gysi Narrator: Friedrich Schorlemmer, Gregor Gysi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: March  9, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Was von den Träumen blieb Vor der Wende standen sie auf verschiedenen Seiten: Gregor Gysi, Sohn des DDR-Kulturministers Klaus Gysi und Anwalt, und Friedrich Schorlemmer, Pfarrerssohn und Oppositioneller. In diesem sehr persönlichen Gespräch mit dem Journalisten Hans-Dieter Schütt erinnern sich beide an ein verschwundenes Land und wie sie es erlebten. Sie sprechen über das, was Bestand haben wird, aber auch das, was auf den Müll der Geschichte gehört. Gregor Gysi, Sohn des Widerstandskämpfers und späteren Kulturministers der DDR Klaus Gysi, gehörte zu den eher systemnahen, wenn auch von der Nomenklatura beäugten Persönlichkeiten der DDR. Friedrich Schorlemmer, Pfarrer, Oppositioneller, Mitinitiator der Bürgerrechtsbewegung 'Schwerter zu Pflugscharen', stand der DDR und ihren Oberen immer kritisch gegenüber. Beide erinnern sich an ein schwieriges Land, das sie geprägt hat wie 17 Millionen andere auch. Ohne Scheuklappen und falsche Ressentiments unternehmen sie im Gespräch mit dem Journalisten Hans-Dieter Schütt den Versuch, über das zu sprechen, was bedenkenswert bleibt an dem gesellschaftlichen Projekt, das die DDR gewesen ist. Gerade angesichts eines entfesselten Kapitalismus, der seine Menschen ebenso wie Natur und Umwelt zur Ressource macht, statt sich in deren Dienst zu stellen, ist dieses Buch das notwendige Unterfangen, Alternativen zu beschreiben.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675355</guid><pubDate>Mon, 09 Mar 2015 01:22:05 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65205224/9783945733523.mp3" length="1477689" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Glenna  Pagac</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675355 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Was bleiben wird - Ein Gespräch über Herkunft und Zukunft Author: Friedrich Schorlemmer, Gregor Gysi Narrator: Friedrich Schorlemmer, Gregor...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675355" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/675355</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Was bleiben wird - Ein Gespräch über Herkunft und Zukunft Author: Friedrich Schorlemmer, Gregor Gysi Narrator: Friedrich Schorlemmer, Gregor Gysi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 26 minutes Release date: March  9, 2015 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Was von den Träumen blieb Vor der Wende standen sie auf verschiedenen Seiten: Gregor Gysi, Sohn des DDR-Kulturministers Klaus Gysi und Anwalt, und Friedrich Schorlemmer, Pfarrerssohn und Oppositioneller. In diesem sehr persönlichen Gespräch mit dem Journalisten Hans-Dieter Schütt erinnern sich beide an ein verschwundenes Land und wie sie es erlebten. Sie sprechen über das, was Bestand haben wird, aber auch das, was auf den Müll der Geschichte gehört. Gregor Gysi, Sohn des Widerstandskämpfers und späteren Kulturministers der DDR Klaus Gysi, gehörte zu den eher systemnahen, wenn auch von der Nomenklatura beäugten Persönlichkeiten der DDR. Friedrich Schorlemmer, Pfarrer, Oppositioneller, Mitinitiator der Bürgerrechtsbewegung 'Schwerter zu Pflugscharen', stand der DDR und ihren Oberen immer kritisch gegenüber. Beide erinnern sich an ein schwieriges Land, das sie geprägt hat wie 17 Millionen andere auch. Ohne Scheuklappen und falsche Ressentiments unternehmen sie im Gespräch mit dem Journalisten Hans-Dieter Schütt den Versuch, über das zu sprechen, was bedenkenswert bleibt an dem gesellschaftlichen Projekt, das die DDR gewesen ist. Gerade angesichts eines entfesselten Kapitalismus, der seine Menschen ebenso wie Natur und Umwelt zur Ressource macht, statt sich in deren Dienst zu stellen, ist dieses Buch das notwendige Unterfangen, Alternativen zu beschreiben.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>ber</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/93f2b9a3ce0fc0209b230b5f918f4d99.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item></channel></rss>
